1 11901007 410 1SSINS ANAJU | _ 9301007 10 IVNdAO! Sais If i \ = REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE TOME 109—FASCICULE 4 Publication subventionnée par: ACADEMIE SUISSE DES SCIENCES NATURELLES ASSN VILLE DE GENEVE SOCIETE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE VOLKER MAHNERT Directeur du Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genéve CHARLES LIENHARD Chargé de recherche au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Geneve Comité de lecture Il est constitué en outre du président de la Société suisse de Zoologie, du directeur du Muséum de Genève et de représentants des instituts de zoologie des universités suisses. Les manuscrits sont soumis à des experts d’institutions suisses ou étrangères selon le sujet étudié. La préférence sera donnée aux travaux concernant les domaines suivants: biogéo- graphie, systématique, évolution, écologie, éthologie, morphologie et anatomie comparée, physiologie. ei ATE 4 Administration MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE 1211 GENEVE 6 Internet: http://www. ville-ge.ch/musinfo/mhng/page/rsz.htm PRIX DE L’ABONNEMENT: SUISSE Fr. 225.— UNION POSTALE Fr. 230.— (en francs suisses) Les demandes d’abonnement doivent étre adressées a la rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie, Muséum d’histoire naturelle, C.P. 6434, CH-1211 Genève 6, Suisse ANNALES de la SOCIETE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE et du MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE de la Ville de Genève tome 109 fascicule 4 2002 FEB 1 0 200$ \ES LIBRAS £ z HI GENEVE DECEMBRE 2002 ISSN 0035 - 418 X REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE SWISS JOURNAL OF ZOOLOGY REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE TOME 109—FASCICULE 4 Publication subventionnée par: ACADEMIE SUISSE DES SCIENCES NATURELLES ASSN VILLE DE GENEVE SOCIETE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE VOLKER MAHNERT Directeur du Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genéve CHARLES LIENHARD Chargé de recherche au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Geneve Comité de lecture Il est constitué en outre du président de la Société suisse de Zoologie, du directeur du Muséum de Genève et de représentants des instituts de zoologie des universités suisses. Les manuscrits sont soumis à des experts d’institutions suisses ou étrangères selon le sujet étudié. La préférence sera donnée aux travaux concernant les domaines suivants: biogéo- graphie, systématique, évolution, écologie, éthologie, morphologie et anatomie comparée, physiologie. Administration MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE 1211 GENEVE 6 Internet: http://www. ville-ge.ch/musinfo/mhng/page/rsz.htm PRIX DE L’ABONNEMENT: SUISSE Fr. 225.— UNION POSTALE Fr. 230.— (en francs suisses) Les demandes d’abonnement doivent étre adressées à la rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie, Muséum d’histoire naturelle, C.P. 6434, CH-1211 Genève 6, Suisse REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 679-685; décembre 2002 Systématique évolutive des Pseudosinella. XVI. Espèces édaphiques de la Moldavie (Insecta: Collembola) Maria Manuela DA GAMA et Galina BUSMACHIU? ! Instituto do Ambiente e Vida, Departamento de Zoologia da Universidade de Coimbra, 3004-517 Coimbra, Portugal. 2 Institutul de Zoologie al Academiei de Stiinte a Moldovei, 2028 Chisinau, str. Academiei 1, Republica Moldova. Evolutionary systematics of Pseudosinella. XVI. Edaphic species from Moldavia (Insecta: Collembola). - The authors have studied ten edaphic species of the genus Pseudosinella, six of which are new: P. moldavica sp. n., P. simpatica Sp. n., P. codri sp. n., P. gruiae sp. n., P. larisae sp. n. and P. ioni sp. n. The phylogenetic position of these taxa is also considered. Key-words: Insecta — Collembola — Pseudosinella — new species. INTRODUCTION Les matériaux qui servent de base a l'étude des espèces traitées dans cet arti- cle ont été récoltés dans le sol et la litière de différents écosystèmes forestiers, dans un verger de pommiers et dans un champ de blé dans la République de la Moldavie. De ce pays une centaine d’especes de collemboles ont été déja citées, parmi lesquelles cing especes du genre Pseudosinella : P. alba (Packard, 1873), P. octopunctata Börner, 1901, P. sexoculata Schott, 1902, P. wahlgreni (Börner, 1907) et P. imparipunctata Gisin, 1953. Cette étude, concernant les espèces du genre Pseudosinella Schäffer, 1897, s'intègre dans un projet financé par “NATO Science Fellowship” du Portugal au moyen d'une bourse attribuée au deuxième auteur qui veut manifester sa reconnaissance a cette Institution. Ce projet comprend encore l'étude d’autres genres de la famille Entomobryidae dont les résultats seront publiés plus tard. Dans cet article sont décrites six espéces nouvelles de Pseudosinella provenant de la Moldavie, dont Pseudosinella moldavica sp. n., Pseudosinella simpatica sp. n., Pseudosinella codri sp. n., Pseudosinella gruiae sp. n. et Pseudosinella larisae sp. n. sont probablement des représentants de la lignée généalogique sensu Gisin et Gama, dont l‘ancêtre doit être une espèce de Lepidocyrtus Bourlet qui n’est pas encore connue: p présent sur l’abdomen II, R cilié sur la base du labium (Gama, 1984). L’es- pece-mere de la lignée généalogique sensu Gisin et Gama à laquelle doit appartenir Pseudosinella ioni sp. n. est Lepidocyrtus pallidus Reuter, 1890 emend. Gisin, 1965: p présent sur l'abdomen II, r rudimentaire sur la base du labium (Gisin, 1967). On a encore identifié dans ce matériel trois espèces de Pseudosinella (Ps. no- seki Rusek, 1985, Ps. imparipunctata Gisin, 1953 et Ps. octopunctata Börner, 1901), Manuscrit accepté le 04.06.2002 680 M. M. DA GAMA & G. BUSMACHIU qui font également partie de cette dernière lignée généalogique et Ps. horaki Rusek, 1985 qui doit être un représentant de la lignée dont l’ancétre est Lepidocyrtus sp. Les types des nouvelles espèces sont déposés au Muséum d ‘histoire naturelle de Genève (MHNG), au Musée de Zoologie de l’Université de Coimbra (MC) et au Muséum d’Entomologie de Chisinau (MEC). SYSTEMATIQUE ET EVOLUTION DES ESPECES 1. Pseudosinella moldavica sp. n. Figs 1-4 STATIONS ET TYPES Moldavie: Lozova, forét de Tilia, holotype et 1 paratype (prép.), 05.1995 (MHNG); Bahmut, forét de Quercus, 2 paratypes (prép.), 04.2001 (MHNG), 3 paratypes (prép.), 04.2001 (MC); Inesti, plantation d’Acacia, 1 paratype (prép.), 04. 2000 (MC); Sadova, plantation d‘Acacia, | paratype (prép.), 05.1996 (MEC). DESCRIPTION Taille: 1,2-1,4 mm. Habitus normal du genre. Le pigment bleu se trouve unique- ment dans les 3 + 3 yeux, de taille identique, dont 2 + 2 sont placés en position antérieure et le troisieme en position postérieure (fig. 1). Rapport entre la longueur des antennes et la diagonale céphalique = 1, 3. Articles antennaires sans écailles. Macro- chétes dorsaux: R111/10/0101+2. Pour la chétotaxie de la téte voir fig. 5. Chétotaxie de l’abd. II: pa B q, (fig. 2). Soie accessoire “s” de l’abd. IV absente. Base du labium: M, M, RE L, L,, tous ces poils étant distinctement ciliés (fig. 3). La dent impaire de la griffe (fig. 4) est située a environ 74% de sa créte interne et les deux dents proximales ont a peu pres la méme taille. Empodium lancéolé. Ergot tibiotarsal spatule. Les dents apicale et anteapicale du mucron sont subégales. 2. Pseudosinella simpatica sp. n. Fig. 5 STATIONS ET TYPES Moldavie : Inesti, plantation d“Acacia, holotype et 1 paratype (prép.), 04.2000 (MHNG); Lozova, forét de Acerum-Carpenetum, | paratype (prép.), 05.1996 (MEC); Sadova, plantation d’Acacia, 5 paratypes (prép.), 05.1996 (MC). DESCRIPTION Taille: 1, 5 — 1, 8 mm. Rapport entre la longueur des antennes et la diagonale céphalique = 1,6. Griffe, empodium et ergot tibiotarsal comme chez Ps. moldavica sp. n. Cette espece se distingue de Ps. moldavica sp. n. principalement par le fait de posséder 2 + 2 yeux, dont un en position antérieure et le deuxieme en position postérieure, lequel est un peu plus petit que l’antérieur (fig. 5). Le pigment bleu se trouve seulement dans les yeux. 3. Pseudosinella codri sp. n. STATIONS ET TYPES Moldavie : Radeni, plantation d’Acacia, holotype et 1 paratype (prép.), 06.2001 (MHNG); Bravicea, verger de pommiers, | paratype (prép.), 06.2001 (MEC); Dragusanı, plan- tation d’Acacia, 2 paratypes (prép.), 06.2001 (MC); Tabara, forêt mixte, 2 paratypes (prép.), 06.2001 (MEC). PSEUDOSINELLA DE LA MOLDAVIE 681 DESCRIPTION Taille: 1,7-1,9 mm. Rapport entre la longueur des antennes et la diagonale céphalique = 1,5. Griffe, empodium et ergot tibiotarsal comme chez Ps. moldavica sp. n. Cette espèce est presque identique aux deux espèces antérieures, Ps. moldavica sp. n. et Ps. simpatica Sp. n., ne se séparant essentiellement de celles-ci que par l'absence des yeux et du pigment. DISCUSSION Ces trois espèces, Ps. moldavica sp. n., Ps. simpatica Sp. n. et Ps. codri sp. n., qui ont été trouvées dans différentes localités, présentent une distribution identique des macrochètes dorsaux céphaliques, thoraciques et abdominaux, la même formule chéto- taxique de l'abdomen II et de la base du labium et l'absence de la soie accessoire “ s ” de l'abdomen IV. Elles se séparent essentiellement par le nombre des yeux. Il semble que leur évolution a été réalisée par la réduction progressive du nombre des yeux, car les autres caractères adaptatifs et les caractères non- adaptatifs sont presque identiques chez ces espèces. D'après les arbres généalogiques établis par da Gama (1984), elles doivent déri- ver d une espèce de Lepidocyrtus qui n est pas encore connue et dont les caractères fon- damentaux sont les suivants: p de l'abdomen II présent et R de la base du labium cilié. Ces espèces à 3 + 3,2 + 2 et 0 + 0 yeux respectivement sont très voisines, du point de vue généalogique, de Ps. charoae Villanueva & Jordana, 1988, récoltée en Espagne, qui possède 6 + 6 yeux, et dont les caractères non—adaptatifs sont identiques à ceux de nos espèces. On peut même essayer de reconstituer la lignée évolutive de ces espèces, dans laquelle les espèces à 1 + 1, 4 +4 et 5+5 yeux n'ont pas encore été décrites: Ps. charoae (646 yeux) > ......... ee > Ps. moldavica sp. n. (3+3 VEUX) PS simpatica sp. n. (2+2 yeux) 2.2... > Ps. codri sp. n. (0+0 yeux). 4. Pseudosinella horaki Rusek 1985 STATIONS Moldavie : Copanca, foret inondable, 3 exemplaires (alcool), 05.2001 (MEC); Durlesti, forêt mixte, 1 exemplaire (alcool), 03.2001 (MEC); Edinet, plantation d’Acacia, 3 exemplaires (alcool), 06.2001 (MEC); Glodeni, forêt mixte, 5 exemplaires (alcool), 06.2001 (MEC); Lozova, forét de Tilia, 3 exemplaires (prép.), 10.1997 (MEC); forét de Acerum-Carpenetum, 4 exem- plaires (prép.), 05.1995 (MEC); Navarnet, forét mixte, 3 exemplaires (alcool), 06.2001 (MEC); Sauca, forêt mixte, 1 exemplaire (alcool), 06.2001 (MEC); Stejareni, forêt de Acerum- Carpenetum, 2 exemplaires (prép.), 05.1998 (MEC). TAXONOMIE Cette espece possede 5 + 5 yeux et les caracteres chétotaxiques suivants: Macrochètes dorsaux: R001/00/0101+2. Chétotaxie de l’abd. II: p a B q, qo. Base du labium: M,M,R EL, L;, M, et M, présentant la même longueur. La soie accessoire “ s ” de l’abd. IV fait défaut. 5. Pseudosinella gruiae sp. n. Fig. 6 STATIONS ET TYPES Moldavie : Durlesti, forét mixte, holotype et 6 paratypes (prép.), 03.2001 (MHNG); Bahmut, forét de Quercus, 3 paratypes (prép.), 03.2001 (MC), 4 paratypes (prép.), 04.2001 682 M. M. DA GAMA & G. BUSMACHIU Fics 1-10 Pseudosinella spp.: 1. P. moldavica sp. n., yeux, côté droit. 2. P. moldavica sp. n., chétotaxie dor- sale de l’abd. II, côté gauche. 3. P. moldavica sp. n., chétotaxie de la base du labium, côté droit. 4. P. moldavica sp. n., griffe III, face antérieure. 5. P. simpatica sp. n., répartition des yeux, des macrochetes et des trichobothries céphaliques. 6. P. gruiae sp. n., griffe III, face antérieure. 7. P. larisae sp. n., griffe III, face antérieure. 8. P. ioni sp. n., chétotaxie dorsale de l’abd. II, côté gauche. 9. P. ioni sp. n., chétotaxie de la base du labium, côté gauche. 10. P. ioni sp. n., griffe III, face antérieure. PSEUDOSINELLA DE LA MOLDAVIE 683 (MEC), 3 paratypes (prép.), 05.2000 (MEC); Beriozovca, forét mixte, 2 paratypes (prép.), 06.2001 (MEC); Copanca, forét inondable, 2 paratypes (prép.), 04.2001 (MEC); Radeni, planta- tion d’Acacia, 1 paratype (prép.), 06.2001 (MEC); Taul, forêt de Quercus, 1 paratype (prép.), 06.2001 (MEC). DESCRIPTION Taille: 1, 5 — 1, 8 mm. Habitus normal du genre. Pigment et yeux absents. Rapport entre la longueur des antennes et la diagonale céphalique = 1, 9 — 2. Articles antennaires sans écailles. Macrochetes dorsaux: R001/00/0101+2. Chétotaxie de l’abdomen II: p a Bq, gp. Soie accessoire “ s ” de l’abdomen IV absente. Base du labium: M, M, R EL, L, tous les poils sont nettement ciliés et M, et M, ont la même longueur. La dent impaire de la griffe se situe à environ 70% de sa crête interne (fig.6) et les deux dents proximales présentent une taille identique. Empodium lancéolé. Ergot tibiotarsal spatulé. Mucron à dents subégales. DISCUSSION Ps. gruiae Sp. n. présente les mêmes caractères non - adaptatifs et la plupart des caractères adaptatifs de Ps. horaki, se séparant principalement de celle-ci par l'absence des yeux et du pigment. Ps. sandelsorum Gruia, 1977 possède 5+5 yeux comme Ps. horaki, dont elle est très proche, mais la structure de la griffe semble avoir des petits détails différents de la griffe de Ps. horaki et M, de la base du labium est plus courte que M,, contrairement à Ps. gruiae sp. n. et à l'espèce de Rusek. L'espèce ancestrale de ces trois espèces doit être également Lepidocyrtus Sp. (Gama, 1984). 6. Pseudosinella larisae sp. n. Fig. 7 STATIONS ET TYPES Moldavie: Durlesti, forét mixte, holotype et 3 paratypes (prép.), 03.2001 (MHNG); Taul, forêt mixte, 1 paratype (prép.), 06.2001 (MC); Bahmut, forêt de Quercus, 1 paratype (prép.), 03.2001 (MEC); Malinovscoe, plantation d’Acacia, 1 paratype (prép.), 06.2001 (MEC). DESCRIPTION Taille: 1, 9 — 2, 1 mm. Habitus normal du genre. Pigment et yeux absents. Rapport entre la longueur des antennes et la diagonale céphalique = 1, 6. Articles antennaires avec écailles. Macrochètes dorsaux: R001/00/0101+3, le macrochete le plus postérieur de l’abd. IV est plus petit que les deux autres. Chétotaxie de l’abdomen II: p a B q, q.. Soie accessoire “ s ” de l’abdomen IV absente. Base du labium: M, M; REL, L,, tous ces poils sont ciliés. La dent impaire de la griffe (fig. 7) est placée a 70% environ de sa créte interne et les deux dents proximales sont subégales. Empo- dium lancéolé. Ergot tibiotarsal spatulé. La dent apicale du mucron n'est pas plus grande que l’anteapicale. DISCUSSION La formule des macrochetes dorsaux avec 1 + 3 sur l’abdomen IV distingue cette espèce de Ps. gruiae Sp. n., étant la seule espèce connue de la lignée de Lepido- cyrtus sp. a présenter cette particularite. 684 M. M. DA GAMA & G. BUSMACHIU 7. Pseudosinella ioni sp. n. Figs 8-10 STATIONS ET TYPES Chisinau, plantation d’Acacia, holotype et 5 paratypes (prép.), 09.2000 (MHNG); Taul, bois de pins, 1 paratype (prép.), 06.2001 (MC); Micauti, dans un champ de blé, 1 paratype (prép.), 04.2000 (MEC). DESCRIPTION Taille: 1, 3 — 1, 6 mm. Habitus normal du genre. Pigment et yeux absents. Rapport entre la longueur des antennes et la diagonale céphalique = 1,2. Articles an- tennaires sans écailles. Macrochetes dorsaux: R111/10/0301+2. Chétotaxie de l’abd. II: p AB Q, 9», B est trois fois environ plus long que A et deux fois plus long que Q, (fig. 8). Soie accessoire “ s ” de l’abdomen IV absente. Base du labium: MrEL,L, r est rudimentaire et les autres soies sont ciliés (fig. 9). La dent impaire de la griffe (fig. 10) est placée a environ 75% de sa créte interne et la dent proximale postérieure est un peu plus développée que la proximale antérieure. Empodium lancéolé. Ergot tibiotarsal pointu. La dent apicale du mucron n’est pas plus longue que l’anteapicale. DISCUSSION P. ioni sp. n. semble appartenir a la méme lignée généalogique de Ps. octo- punctata Borner, 1901 (4+4 yeux), de Ps. staryi Rusek, 1981 (4+4 yeux), de Ps. hauseri Gama, 1973 (3+3 yeux) et de Ps. imparipunctata Gisin, 1953 (2+2 yeux) dont l’espece — mère est Lepidocyrtus pallidus: p présent sur l’abd. II, r de la base du labium rudimentaire. En effet, les caracteres chétotaxiques principaux sont identiques chez ces cing especes. 8. Pseudosinella octopunctata Borner, 1901 STATION Moldavie : Micauti, verger de pommiers, 1 exemplaire (prép.), 04.2000 (MEC). 9. Pseudosinella imparipunctata Gisin, 1953 STATIONS Moldavie : Bahmut, forêt de Quercus, 1 exemplaire (alcool), 04.2001 (MEC); Rascaeti, forêt inondable, 1 exemplaire (alcool), 09.2001 (MEC) . 10. Pseudosinella noseki Rusek, 1985 STATION Moldavie: Olanesti, forét inondable, 2 exemplaires (prép.), 07.2001 (MEC). TAXONOMIE Chez cette espèce le pigment et les yeux n'existent pas et les caractères chéto- taxiques sont les suivants: Macrochètes dorsaux: R011/32/0201+2. Chétotaxie de l’abd. I: p AB q, 9. Base du labium: M, M, rE L, L,. Soie accessoire “ s ” de l’abd. IV absente. Ainsi Ps. noseki doit appartenir également a la lignée dérivée de Lepido- cyrtus pallidus. PSEUDOSINELLA DE LA MOLDAVIE 685 CLÉ D’ IDENTIFICATION DES ESPÈCES I BagsoierRide laybase:dullabiumiiciliGey wen... E 2 - jeassoier de lay base dullabiummudimentaute.. m RR N 6 2 Formule des macrochètes dorsaux céphaliques et thoraciques R111/10...... 3 E Formule des macrochètes dorsaux céphaliques et thoraciques R001/00 ..... 4 3 IH ZI. a IT P. moldavica sp. n. - Ds ROBY CUR RR INA SITR P. simpatica sp. n. - VER ee en toro Cae RE en: P. codri sp. n. 4 Eormule des macrochètes de lEabdomendV 13272: ver 5 - Formule des macrochètes de abdomen IV 1+3........... P. larisae sp. n. 5 D fb S) AWAD. Sy cs o sa PP PR Re A P. horaki Rusek, 1985 - OLO ya re Li eT gi gu oe P.gruiae sp. n. 6 Une seule soie M sur la base du labium. Chétotaxie de abdomen II pABQ,q, N N 7 - Deux soies M (M,, M,) sur la base du labium. Chétotaxie de l’abdomen II PB ee Ve ahi oR MND eR P. noseki Rusek, 1985 7 AL Sel SHADE n, P. octopunctata Borner, 1901 - DEN EUR ate RU ne e a OR P. imparipunctata Gisin, 1953 - ORO By UNG ae ae ER P. ioni sp. n. BIBLIOGRAPHIE GAMA, M. M. DA 1973. Systématique évolutive des Pseudosinella. IX (Insecta:Collembola). Revue suisse de Zoologie 80: 45-63. GAMA, M. M. DA 1984. Phylogénie des espèces européennes de Pseudosinella (Collembola: Entomobryidae). Annales de la Société royale zoologique de Belgique 114: 59-70. Gisin, H. 1965. Nouvelles notes taxonomiques sur les Lepidocyrtus. Revue d’Ecologie et de Biologie du Sol 2 (4): 519-524. GIsIN, H. 1967. Espèces nouvelles et lignées évolutives de Pseudosinella endogés. Memorias e Estudos do Museu zoolögico da Universidade de Coimbra 301: 1-21. GRUIA, M. 1977. Collemboles euédaphiques de la Vallée Motru Sec. Travaux de l'Institut de Spéologie “Emile Racovitza” 16: 77-84. Rusek, J. 1981. Some Collembola from Iraq. Véstnik Ceskoslovenské Spoleénosti Zoologické 45: 63-80. RUSEK, J. 1985. New palearctic Lepidocyrtus and Pseudosinella species (Collembola: Entomo- bryidae). Véstnik Ceskoslovenske Spolecnosti Zoologické 49:132-146. VILLANUEVA, F. & JORDANA, R. 1988. Pseudosinella charoae n. sp. (Insecta:Collembola) de Navarra (Espana). Actas III Congreso Iberico de Entomologia: 591-596. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 687-694; décembre 2002 Deux psoques intéressants de Corse (Psocoptera: Caeciliusidae) avec une liste des espéces ouest-paléarctiques de la famille Charles LIENHARD Muséum d'histoire naturelle, c. p. 6434, CH-1211 Genève 6, Suisse. E-mail: charles.lienhard@ mhn.ville-ge.ch Two interesting psocids from Corsica (Psocoptera: Caeciliusidae) with a checklist of the Western Palaearctic species of the family. - Valenzuela labrostylus sp. n. is described and illustrated (female only). The generic placement of this species remains doubtful because of the presence of labral stylets, which are absent in all other known Valenzuela species. The holo- type of Caecilius corsicus Kolbe, 1882 is redescribed and the synonymy of this name with rhenanus Tetens, 1891 is proposed: Valenzuela corsicus (Kolbe) becomes the valid name of the most common Mediterranean species of Caeciliusidae. The 15 presently recognized Western Palaearctic species of this family are listed. Key-words: Psocoptera - Caeciliusidae - new species - new synonymy - Corsica. INTRODUCTION Pour définir le statut d’un psoque apparemment inédit de Corse il m’a paru indispensable de réétudier le type de Caecilius corsicus Kolbe, 1882, réputé introu- vable. Grâce à la perspicacité du Dr David Hollis (BMNH) l’exemplaire type de cor- sicus a pu être retrouvé dans la collection de McLachlan. Son étude a montré qu’il appartient à l’espece actuellement appelée Valenzuela rhenanus (Tetens, 1891). Cette espèce largement répandue dans la région ouest-paléarctique et très commune dans le bassin méditerranéen doit donc porter le nom de Valenzuela corsicus (Kolbe, 1882). L'espèce qui a déclenché cette étude s’est avérée inédite. Elle est provisoire- ment placée dans le genre Valenzuela malgré la présence de styli labraux absents chez les autres espèces du genre. Il s’agit d’une espèce hémiédaphique trouvée dans un éboulis de roches à 1000 m d’altitude; pour le moment une seule femelle aptère est connue. Les abréviations suivantes sont utilisées dans le texte: BMNH = The Natural History Museum, Londres; MHNG = Muséum d'histoire naturelle, Genève. IO/D = index oculaire (Lienhard, 1998: fig. 4b); fl, f2,...= les articles du flagelle antennaire; P2 = deuxieme segment du palpe maxillaire; P4 = dernier segment du palpe maxillaire; AP = areola postica (aile antérieure); PSG = plaque subgénitale (femelle). LC = Manuscrit accepté le 10.09.2002 688 C. LIENHARD longueur du corps; Ant = longueur de l’antenne; Aa = longueur de l’aile antérieure; F = longueur du fémur postérieur; T = longueur du tibia postérieur; tl, t2 = longueur des articles du metatarse (de condyle a condyle). Pour la terminologie générale utilisée dans les descriptions, voir Lienhard (1998). DESCRIPTIONS Valenzuela labrostylus sp. n. Figs 1-8 MATERIEL Holotype 2 (MHNG, préparation microscopique n° 7563). FRANCE: Corse: Ht. Asco, 1000m, 13.1X.2001, éboulis, sous une pierre, leg. B. Knoflach & K. Thaler. ETYMOLOGIE Le nom spécifique /abrostylus fait allusion a la présence de styli labraux, ex- ceptionnelle chez le genre Valenzuela; il s’agit d’un substantif en apposition composé des mots latins “labrum” et “stylus”. DESCRIPTION (9) Coloration. Téte, thorax et terminalia brun-noir, autres segments abdominaux avec une pigmentation hypodermale tres dense de couleur rouge carmin. Antennes, palpes maxillaires et pattes d’un brun relativement clair. Labre brun foncé, yeux noirs, sutures frontale et verticale brun fonce. Morphologie. Completement aptere (fig. 1), mésothorax et métathorax sans traces de rudiments alaires. Yeux composés et ocelles bien développés (IO/D = 2,5). Antennes à peu pres aussi longues que le corps, flagelle sans articles épaissis (en par- ticulier fl a f4 non épaissis), fl légèrement courbé et relativement long, mais plus court que f2+f3. Bord antérieur du labre (fig. 2) avec une paire de styli latéraux bien dévelop- pés et 5 sensilles marginaux (dont 3 placoides) correspondant au “type 2” de Mockford (2000: fig. 4). P4 légèrement plus long que P2 (fig. 3). Lacinia à apex étroit et tronqué (fig. 4). Endophragme annulaire du postclypeus (“inner clypeal shelf’ de Mockford, 2000) bien développé (fig. 5). Organe coxal de Pearman non différencié. Aucune vésicule adhésive visible sur la face ventrale de l’abdomen de la femelle étudiée (ce qui ne surprend pas chez une forme aptere). Epiprocte sans caracteres particuliers. Paraprocte avec un champ sensoriel composé de 8 à 10 trichobothries et une soie sans rosette basale, bord postérieur du paraprocte avec un tubercule marginal a peine développé, a apex faiblement bilobé (semblable à celui représenté sur la fig. 15). PSG (fig. 7) avec un dessin brun en “V” largement ouvert antérieurement et avec deux pe- tits lobes apicaux incolores bien développés, bord postérieur un peu plus sclérifié au milieu. Gonapophyses relativement peu sclérifiées, bord postérieur basal de la valve ventrale courbé en arc, partie membraneuse de la valve dorsale brusquement rétrécie peu avant l’apex (fig. 6). Canal de la spermathèque entouré d’un manchon relativement long (fig. 8). Dimensions (2 holotype). LC = 1,9 mm; Ant = 2,1 mm; fl = 390 um; f2 = 250 um; £3 = 200 um; F = 550 um; T = 840 um; tl = 230 um; t2 = 105 um. DEUX PSOQUES INTERESSANTS DE CORSE 689 Fics 1-8 Valenzuela labrostylus sp. n., 2 (holotype): 1, habitus; 2, labre (milieu et moitié gauche); 3, palpe maxillaire (pilosité non figurée); 4, lacinia; 5, postclypeus avec endophragme annulaire (vu par transparence, trait interrompu); 6, gonapophyses; 7, plaque subgénitale: 8, spermathèque. 690 C. LIENHARD DISCUSSION Les genres de la famille des Caeciliusidae ont récemment été redefinis par Mockford (2000, 2001). Lienhard & Smithers (2002) ont donné une liste complete de toutes les especes actuellement connues. D’apres la clé d’identification et les diagnoses présentées par Mockford (2000) la nouvelle espece se place dans la sous-famille des Caeciliusinae et la tribu des Coryphacini, qui contient 5 genres dont seuls Steno- caecilius Mockford et Valenzuela Navas sont représentés dans la région paléarctique (cf. Lienhard & Smithers, 2002). Stenocaecilius est caractérisé par la présence de styli labraux, probablement un caractere plésiomorphe au sein de la famille des Caeci- liusidae (cf. Mockford, 2000), et par un article P4 nettement raccourci (plus court que P2), probablement une synapomorphie des especes de ce genre (cf. Mockford, 2000). Chez Valenzuela la longueur de P4 est a peu pres égale a celle de P2 et les styli labraux manquent. Les trois autres genres de la tribu sont également caractérisés par l’absence de styli labraux et chacun possede quelques caracteres autapomorphes supplémentaires qui font défaut chez la nouvelle espèce (cf. Mockford, 2000). Les espèces de Steno- caecilius possèdent en outre un dimorphisme sexuel concernant fl épaissi chez le mâle et normal chez la femelle. En l’absence de mâle nous ne pouvons pas avoir recours à ce caractère pour décider du placement générique de la nouvelle espèce, et les carac- tères alaires restent également inconnus. Vu l’absence du racourcissement apomorphe de P4 et malgré la présence de styli labraux nous la placons provisoirement dans le genre Valenzuela sans l’attibuer à un des groupes d’espèces définis par Mockford (2000). Dans la région ouest-paléarctique, la plupart des espèces de la famille appar- tiennent à ce genre tandis que Stenocaecilius n’y est représenté que par une seule espèce (voir liste à la fin de ce travail). Valenzuela corsicus (Kolbe, 1882) Figs 9-18 Caecilius corsicus Kolbe, 1882: 209. Valenzuela corsicus (Kolbe). Mockford, 2000: 381. Caecilius rhenanus Tetens, 1891: 372, 382. Syn. n. Valenzuela rhenanus (Tetens). Mockford, 2000: 351. Pour la synonymie complete, voir Lienhard & Smithers, 2002: 180. HOLOTYPE (9) Etiquettes originales: “Corsica / McLachlan Coll. B.M.1938-674 / Caecilius corsicus K. / Type”. Le spécimen était conservé à sec au BMNH, collé sur une paillette. Il a été transféré dans l’eau distillée, régénéré dans une solution de phosphate trisodique, transféré en alcool, disséqué et en partie monté sur une lame selon la mé- thode decrite par Lienhard (1998). Quelques restes se trouvent encore en alcool: capsule céphalique avec mandibules, tronc du thorax. Les quatre étiquettes originales ont été collées sur la lame de la préparation microscopique permanente. Une nouvelle étiquette avec le texte suivant a aussi été collée sur cette lame: “Caecilius corsicus Kolbe, 1882, Holotype, vid. C. Lienhard, 2002 (see also spirit)”. Le tube en verre avec les restes en alcool contient deux étiquettes portant les mémes informations que les étiquettes sur la lame. Le matériel a été renvoyé au BMNH. DEUX PSOQUES INTERESSANTS DE CORSE 691 Fics 9-18 Valenzuela corsicus (Kolbe), 2 (holotype): 9, lacinia; 10, palpe maxillaire (pilosité non figurée); 11, aile antérieure; 12, aile postérieure; 13, gonapophyses; 14, labre (milieu et moitié gauche); 15, bord postérieur du paraprocte gauche; 16, spermatheque; 17, plaque subgénitale; 18, post- clypeus avec endophragme annulaire (vu par transparence, trait interrompu). 692 C. LIENHARD DESCRIPTION Sous le nom de Caecilius rhenanus on peut trouver plusieurs descriptions détaillées de cette espèce dans la littérature (cf. Badonnel, 1943: 120; Günther, 1974: 140; Lienhard, 1998: 198). C’est pourquoi nous nous contentons ici de préciser quelques caracteres observés chez la femelle holotype, de présenter quelques données biometriques et d’illustrer les caracteres taxonomiques les plus importants basés sur l’étude microscopique de ce spécimen (figs 9-18). Morphologie (2 holotype). Macroptère, aile antérieure droite un peu abimée sur le bord postérieur et avec une légère anomalie de nervation concernant la fourche radiale (r4+5 n’atteignant pas le bord de l’aile). Longueur de la fourche radiale de l’aile antérieure a peu pres égale (aile gauche, fig. 11) ou légèrement inférieure (aile droite) à la longueur de son pédoncule (ces longueurs mesurées selon la méthode décrite par Lienhard, 1985: 121). Endophragme annulaire du postclypeus (“inner clypeal shelf” de Mockford, 2000) bien développé (fig. 18). Une antenne tombée, l’autre abimée (intacte jusqu’à f7); flagelle antennaire sans articles épaissis (en particulier fl à f4 non épaissis), fl rectiligne et beaucoup plus court que f2+f3. P4 et P2 a peu pres de longueur égale (fig. 10). Bord antérieur du labre (fig. 14) sans styli latéraux, avec 5 sensilles marginaux (dont 3 placoïdes) correspondant au “type 2” de Mockford (2000: fig. 4). Sans suture précoxale mésothoracique. Paraprocte gauche avec un tubercule marginal incolore faiblement développé, aplati, à apex légèrement bilobé (fig. 15); paraprocte droit sans tubercule marginal. Dimensions (2 holotype). Mensurations faites sur le spécimen transféré en alcool. Longueur du corps jusqu’à la pointe des ailes = 3,6 mm (Kolbe, 1982: “Long. corp: c al’ 335 mm). LC = 2,6 mm; Aa = 2,6 mm; fl = 325 um 2 =2 N mIB Z230 um; F = 580 pm; T= 1010 pm; tl = 255 pm; t2 = 140 pm; IO/D = 2,0. DISCUSSION Il s’agit ici de l’unique exemplaire mentionné par Kolbe (1882: 210) dans la description originale. Il peut donc être considéré comme l’holotype de l’espèce. L’excellent état de conservation du spécimen permet d’observer tous les caractères taxonomiques importants et il ne subsiste aucun doute que les noms corsicus Kolbe, 1882 et rhenanus Tetens, 1891 se rapportent a la méme espece. Déja Badonnel (1943: 122) a constaté que, sur la base de la description originale, corsicus pourrait étre iden- tique a rhenanus, mais il n’avait pas l’occasion de réétudier le type de corsicus. Pendant une longe periode, le nom corsicus a donc été traité comme nomen dubium (cf. Lienhard, 1998: 191). Mockford (2000) l’a provisoirement combiné avec le nom generique Valenzuela dont il représente maintenant l’espece type qui avait été decrite sous le nom de Valenzuela marianus Navas, un synonyme de rhenanus selon Meinander (1979). Valenzuela corsicus (Kolbe) est largement répandu dans la région ouest-paléarctique, notamment dans le bassin méditerranéen, ou il est l’espece la plus commune de la famille. Les détails de sa répartition géographique sont présentés par Lienhard & Smithers (2002), sa biologie est brievement decrite par Lienhard (1998). DEUX PSOQUES INTERESSANTS DE CORSE 693 LES ESPECES OUEST-PALEARCTIQUES DE LA FAMILLE DES CAECILIU- SIDAE Toutes les espéces ouest-paléarctiques actuellement placées dans la famille des Caeciliusidae (sauf évidemment V. labrostylus sp. n.) ont déjà été traitées par Lienhard (1998) qui en présente aussi une clé d’identification. Mais a l’époque toutes les es- peces, à l’exception de Enderleinella obsoleta, étaient attribuées au genre Caecilius. Selon la révision de Mockford (2000, 2001) les espèces ouest-paléarctiques de “Caecilius s. 1.” appartiennent à six genres différents. C’est pourquoi il me paraît utile de présenter ici une liste actualisée des Caeciliusidae ouest-paléarctiques: Famille: CAECILIUSIDAE Sous-famille: CAECILIUSINAE Caecilius fuscopterus (Latreille, 1799) Epicaecilius pilipennis (Lienhard, 1996) Lienhardiella dahli (Badonnel, 1963) Maoripsocus koriflae (Arahou, 1984) Stenocaecilius caboverdensis (Meinander, 1966) Valenzuela atricornis (McLachlan, 1869) Valenzuela burmeisteri (Brauer, 1876) Valenzuela corsicus (Kolbe, 1882) [= Valenzuela rhenanus (Tetens, 1891) syn. n.] Valenzuela despaxi (Badonnel, 1936) Valenzuela flavidus (Stephens, 1836) Valenzuela fortunatus (Enderlein, 1929) Valenzuela gynapterus (Tetens, 1891) Valenzuela labrostylus sp. n. Valenzuela piceus (Kolbe, 1882) Sous-famille: PARACAECILIINAE Enderleinella obsoleta (Stephens, 1836) REMARQUES Pour la subdivision de la sous-famille des Caeciliusinae en plusieurs tribus et sous-tribus on peut se référer a Lienhard & Smithers (2002) et Yoshizawa (2001). Ces subdivisions, certes justifiées pour la faune mondiale, compliqueraient inutilement la classification des quelques espèces ouest-paléarctiques. Nous nous contentons donc d’une classification simplifiée, en présentant les genres de cette sous-famille par ordre alphabétique. Les espèces du genre Valenzuela sont aussi mentionnées par ordre alphabétique sans tenir compte des groupes d’espèces définis par Mockford (2000). L'attribution à ces groupes d’espèces est signalée dans le catalogue de Lienhard & Smithers (2002) où la distribution géographique de toutes les espèces est également documentée. I] faut aussi noter que le genre monotypique Lacroixiella Badonnel, avec la seule espèce L. martini (Lacroix), a été placé par Mockford (2000) dans la catégorie 694 C. LIENHARD “Psocida agnota”, son attribution a une famille étant actuellement impossible. Cette classification a été reprise par Lienhard & Smithers (2002) alors que Lienhard (1998) avait conservé le placement provisoire de cette espece exotique accidentellement introduite en Europe au sein des Caeciliusidae, initialement proposé par Badonnel (1943). REMERCIEMENTS Je remercie trés cordialement Barbara Knoflach et Konrad Thaler (Innsbruck) d’avoir mis a ma disposition leur récolte de Corse et David Hollis (BMNH) de m’avoir prété le matériel type de Caecilius corsicus. Edward L. Mockford (Normal, Illinois, USA) et Nico Schneider (Luxembourg) ont eu l’amabilité de relire le manuscrit; je les remercie de leurs remarques critiques. BIBLIOGRAPHIE BADONNEL, A. 1943. Psocopteres. Faune de France 42: 1-164. GUNTHER, K. K. 1974. Staubläuse, Psocoptera. Jn: Die Tierwelt Deutschlands. Jena. 61. Teil: 314 pp. KOLBE, H. J. 1882. Neue Psociden der paläarktischen Region. Entomologische Nachrichten, Berlin 8: 207-212. LIENHARD, C. 1985. Vorarbeiten zu einer Psocopteren-Fauna der Westpaläarktis. II. Die europäischen Arten der Gattung Elipsocus Hagen, 1866 (Psocoptera: Elipsocidae). Mitteilungen der Schweizerischen Entomologischen Gesellschaft 58: 113-127. LIENHARD, C. 1998. Psocopteres euro-méditerranéens. Faune de France 83: XX+517 pp. LIENHARD, C. & SMITHERS, C. N. 2002. Psocoptera (Insecta): World Catalogue and Bibliography. Instrumenta Biodiversitatis 5: xli+745 pp. Museum d'histoire naturelle, Genève. MEINANDER, M. 1979. Revision of the European Psocoptera recorded by Navas. Miscelanea Zoologica 5: 59-67. MOCKFORD, E. L. 2000. A classification of the psocopteran family Caeciliusidae (Caeciliidae auct.). Transactions of the American Entomological Society 125(4) (1999): 325-417. [Date de publication: janvier 2000; cf. Lienhard & Smithers, 2002: 594]. MOCKFORD, E. L. 2001. Additions and corrections to “A classification of the psocopteran family Caeciliusidae (Caeciliidae auct.)”. Transactions of the American Entomological Society 127(1): 79-84. TETENS, H. 1891. Zur Kenntnis der deutschen Psociden. Entomologische Nachrichten, Berlin 17: 369-384. YOSHIZAWA, K. 2001. Systematic study of Amphipsocidae in Japan (Psocodea: Psocoptera: Caeciliusetae), with comments on higher classification within the family. Insecta Matsumurana, New Series 58: 1-25. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 695-704; décembre 2002 Two new species of the genus Mecyclothorax Sharp from Papua New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae) Martin BAEHR Zoologische Staatssammlung, Miinchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 Miinchen, Germany. E-mail: martin.baehr@zsm.mwn.de Two new species of the genus Mecyclothorax Sharp from Papua New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Zuphiinae). - Two additional new species of the psydrine genus Mecyclothorax Sharp are described from Papua New Guinea: M. cuccodoroi and M. loebli. They occur sympatrically at median altitude and are distinguished from all other New Guinean species by external structure and shape, and by the structure of their aedeagi. A revised key to all New Guinean species of Mecyclothorax is presented. Key-words: Coleoptera — Carabidae — Psydrinae — Mecyclothorax — new species — Papua New Guinea. INTRODUCTION The psydrine genus Mecyclothorax in New Guinea was repeatedly subject of descriptions of new species and of revisions (Darlington, 1962, 1971; Baehr, 1992, 1995, 1998) which are evidence that the mecyclothoracine fauna of New Guinea by no means is adequately recorded. On the contrary, even the increasing collecting work during the last 20 years only could give a very imperfect picture of the number of species occurring and of their distribution. Until now, altogether 10 species were described from the whole island of New Guinea, but even their recorded distribution (see appendix) demonstrates our limited knowledge. Thus far, the genus was recorded almost exclusively from few scattered localities within a limited area in central and eastern Irian Jaya. In spite of much longer and better exploration, from the eastern half of the island (Papua New Guinea) to date only a single species was described that occurs on the highest top of Mt. Wilhelm. It was difficult to understand, then, why Papua New Guinea should not harbour addi- tional species at lower altitudes. This defiance, and likewise the scattered records in western New Guinea, most probably reflect the yet absolutely inadequate sampling of these small beetles that probably are best collected by sieving or Berlese extraction of litter or soil. Therefore, it is not too surprising, that both new species described in the present paper were collected by staff of the Geneva Museum who are well known for their very successful sampling of litter and soil inhabiting tiny insects. As a conclusion, in New Guinea the genus Mecyclothorax to date is yet un- known from Owen Stanley Range, Huon Peninsula, the western part of Papua New Guinea, and also from the whole western part of Irian Jaya including Snow Mountains Manuscript accepted 03.06.2002 696 M. BAEHR and Vogelkop Peninsula. Most probably species will be discovered in most of these areas in future, because this originally Australian genus is as well distributed to the east of New Guinea, e.g. in New Caledonia (Jeannel, 1944; Deuve, 1987; unpublished records), Tahiti (Perrault, 1978, 1992), and Hawaii (Britton, 1948), as to the west, e.g. in Borneo (Baehr & Lorenz, 1999) and Java (Louwerens, 1949). MATERIAL AND METHODS Both new species were obtained within a sample of carabid beetles that were collected by G. Cuccodoro of the Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève (MHNG) in 1992 and kindly were loaned for examination from the collector. The holotypes are located in that museum, paratypes are shared with the working collection of the author at Zoologische Staatssammlung, München (CBM). For dissection of the male genitalia specimens were soaked in a wet jar for a night, then the genitalia were cleaned for a short while in hot 4% KOH. For the descriptions normal taxonomic methods have been used. Measurements were taken using a stereo microscope with an ocular micrometer. Length has been measured from apex of labrum to apex of elytra. Length of pronotum was measured along midline, width of pronotum at widest part, width of base of prono- tum at the extreme tips of the basal angles. Measurements and ratios were obtained in the same manner as in Baehr (1992, 1995, 1998). Mecyclothorax cuccodoroi sp. n. iiestlns Holotype: è, PAPUA NG: Morobe Bulldog Rd. Hidden Valley Gold 2550m, 16.V.1992 G. Cuccodoro #238 (MHNG). Paratypes: 2 63,1 9, same data (CBM, MNHG) Etymology: The name is a patronym in honour of the collector. Distribution: Central eastern Papua New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances: Probably collected by sieving ground litter in rain forest at median altitude. DIAGNOSIS Small, piceous-castaneous species, characterized by absence of the posterior lateral pronotal seta, distinct basal angle and coarsely punctate basal part of pronotum, short, not oviform elytra with markedly punctate striae, and glossy, though not irides- cent surface. According to shape of aedeagus the species probably is most closely related to M. sapae Baehr, but is distinguished from this species by much lesser size, different shape of pronotum, and absolute lack of microreticulation on dorsal surface. DESCRIPTION Measurements: Length: 3.5-3.8 mm; width: 1.5-1.7 mm. Ratios. Width head/ prothorax: 0.64-0.68; width/length of prothorax: 1.21-1.27; width base/apex of pro- thorax: 1.04-1.07; width elytra/prothorax: 1.33-1.35; length/width of elytra: 1.30-1.32. Colour: Head and prothorax piceous, elytra lighter, castaneous. Mouthparts, antennae, and legs light reddish. Lower surface reddish-piceous, elytral epipleurae light reddish. Head: Rather narrow in relation to prothorax. Eyes comparatively large, convex, rather protruding, orbits small, oblique, c. 1/4 of length of eye. Frontal furrows TWO NEW MECYCLOTHORAX 697 deep, oblique, elongate, completely encircling the eye. Frons with more or less distinct, about circular, paramedian grooves. Posterior supraorbital seta situated slightly behind posterior margin of eye. Clypeal suture well impressed. Labrum transverse, truncate, 6-setose. Mandibles moderately elongate, apically suddenly curved. Mentum with distinct, apically rounded tooth. Submentum with very elongate setae. Antenna rather short, slightly surpassing posterior border of pronotum, median antennomeres slightly >1.5 x as long as wide. Surface impunctate, without microreticulation, glossy. Pronotum: Large, wide, circular, considerably wider than long, disk fairly con- vex, laterally evenly curved, with a short but conspicuous excision in front of the basal angles. Widest diameter about at middle. Base slightly wider than apex. Apex straight, apical angles slightly projecting, rounded off. Base almost straight, only laterally faintly oblique. Basal angles distinct, almost right, though at apex very obtuse. Mar- ginal channel rather narrow, little widened near basal angles, base and apex not margined. Anterior transverse sulcus absent, posterior transverse sulcus barely percep- tible. Median line feebly impressed, anteriorly and posteriorly abbreviated. Basal grooves about circular, rather indistinct. Basal area not explanate, on same level with disk, very coarsely punctate. Anterior marginal seta situated slightly in front of middle, slightly removed from lateral margin, posterior marginal seta absent. Surface impunc- tate, without any microreticulation, highly glossy. Elytra: Short and wide, dorsally markedly convex, widest diameter about at middle. Humeri obtusely rounded, lateral margin evenly curved. Basal margin distinct, oblique, slightly sinuate, connected to scutellary striole. Striae except for sutural stria abbreviated at humerus, all striae except for inner two also abbreviated at apex. All striae except for 7'h well impressed, very coarsely punctate. Inner six intervals distinctly convex. 7' stria impressed only near base, punctate. Scutellary striole fairly elongate, situated mediad of the outturned sutural stria. Marginal channel narrow. 3rd interval with 2 setiferous punctures in centre of interval, anterior puncture situated in basal fourth, posterior puncture in middle. Punctures rather inconspicuous, setae extremely short. Near apex with a single setiferous puncture at end of 3 stria. Marginal pores conspicuous, about 13 in a row that is slightly interrupted in middle, marginal setae very elongate. Intervals impunctate, without any traces of microreticu- lation. Surface highly glossy, though not iridescent. Inner wings absent. Lower surface: Largely impunctate, though mesepisternum with a row of very coarse punctures. Metepisternum about as long as wide. Sternum VII in à bisetose, in 2 quadrisetose. Legs: Without striking features. Three basal tarsomeres of male anterior tarsus expanded and biseriately squamose. Male genitalia: Genital ring short and wide, highly asymmetric, with conspicu- ously incurved lateral flanges. Aedeagus moderately elongate, suddenly curved down towards apex, lower surface with a heavily sclerotized ridge which in middle forms a conspicuous convexity. Apex markedly compressed, foliaceous, conspicuously spatu- late, with convex tip, strongly sclerotized, slightly curved to left side and slightly concave on left side. Orifice almost completely situated on right side. Internal sac with two complexly shaped sclerites and with some folding. Both parameres of fairly similar size and shape, though right paramere more hollowed and with longer and 698 M. BAEHR narrower apex. Apex with 2-3 rather elongate setae, lower margin in middle with c. 6- 8 setae. Left paramere with shorter and wider apex that bears two fairly elongate setae. Lower margin apparently asetose. Female genitalia: Stylomere 1 compact, at apical rim with 2 setae. Stylomere 2 rather short, dentiform, with two elongate ventrolateral ensiform setae, one elongate dorsomedian ensiform seta situated about in middle of stylomere, and two short apical nematiform setae originating from a groove. Variation: Apart from some variation in colour that may be due to incomplete pigmentation, some minor variation in relative shape of pronotum and elytra was noted. One specimen, however, has some elongate, very deep longitudinal sulci on head, much alike the trechine sulci, though in this specimen asymmetrically arranged. Certainly, this is an accidental deformation. Mecyclothorax loebli sp. n. Figs 2, 4 Holotype: 6, PAPUA NG: Morobe Bulldog Rd. Mt. Nako 2600m, 29.V1.1992 G. Cuccodoro #250 (MHNG). Paratypes: 4 22, PAPUA NG: Morobe Bulldog Rd. Hidden Valley Gold 2550m, 16.V:1992 G. Cuccodoro #238 (CBM, MHNG). Etymology: The name is a patronym in honour of the former Curator of Coleoptera of the Geneva Museum, Dr I. Löbl, who kindly loaned the material. Distribution: Central eastern Papua New Guinea. Known only from vicinity of Bulldog Rd. in Morobe Province. Collecting circumstances: Probably collected by sieving ground litter in rain forest at median altitude. DIAGNOSIS Small, uniformly black species, characterized by absence of the posterior lateral pronotal seta, obtuse basal angle and scarcely though coarsely punctate basal part of pronotum, short, convex, not oviform elytra with markedly punctate striae, and rather glossy, though not iridescent surface. With respect to shape and structure of the aede- agus, this species is most closely related to M. riedeli Baehr, but is distinguished from the latter species by its shorter, more quadrate elytra and the more regularly curved aedeagus that bears a more distinctly upturned apex. DESCRIPTION Measurements: Length: 3.8-4.2 mm; width: 1.85-1.90 mm. Ratios. Width head/ prothorax: 0.63-0.65; width/length of prothorax: 1.19-1.25; width base/apex of pro- thorax: 0.87-0.92; width elytra/prothorax: 1.46-1.50; length/width of elytra: 1.26-1.30. Colour: Black, labrum, mandibles, and legs dark reddish, palpi and antennae light reddish. Lower surface dark piceous, elytral epipleurae reddish. Head: Rather narrow in relation to prothorax. Eyes comparatively large, con- vex, rather protruding, orbits rather small, oblique, slightly > 1/4 of length of eye. Frontal furrows deep, oblique, elongate, completely encircling the eye. Frons with a more or less distinct, about circular median groove. Posterior supraorbital seta situated slightly behind posterior margin of eye. Clypeal suture well impressed. Labrum trans- verse, truncate, 6-setose. Mandibles moderately elongate, apically suddenly curved. Mentum with distinct, apically rounded tooth. Submentum with very elongate setae. TWO NEW MECYCLOTHORAX 699 TABLE 1. Measurements and ratios of the Mecyclothorax species of New Guinea. For better comparison of the species the measurements and ratios are compiled in the following table. For both Darlington’s species some ratios were taken from the descriptions, though these species are rather easily identified. Body ratio ratio ratio width ratio ratio length width width/length base/apex width length/width (mm) head/pronotum of pronotum pronotum elytra/pronotum _ elytra toxopei Darlington 4.7 0.76 1.29 0.98 1.50 1.41 sedlaceki Darlington 4.3 0.77 1.36 0.98 1.46 1.37 julianae Baehr 4.6 0.69 1.25 1.11 1.42 1.47 eipomeki Baehr 59 0.69 1.18 1.06 1.38 1.49 eliti Baehr 5.8-6.3 0.65-0.69 1.15-1.19 1.09-1.12 1.38-1.40 1.42-1.45 sapei Baehr 5:23 0.75 1.13 0.96 1.50 1.39 cuccodoroi sp. n. 3.5-3.8 0.64-0.68 1.21-1.27 1.04-1.07 1.33-1.35 1.30-1.32 Jiwikae Baehr 3.3-3.719 0.64-0.66 1.18-1.20 0.95-0.98 1.42-1.43 1.37 langdae Baehr 4.6 0.65 Wal; 1-05 1.38 1.52 bilaianus Baehr 4.0 0.65 1.17 1.01 1.45 1.42 riedeli Baehr 4.0-4.4 0.59 1.18-1.21 1.18-1.19 1.35-1.38 1.42-1.44 loebli sp. n. 3.8-4.2 0.63-0.65 1.19-1.25 0.87-0.92 1.46-1.50 1.26-1.30 Antenna rather short, barely surpassing the posterior border of pronotum, median an- tennomeres c.1.5 x as long as wide. Surface impunctate, rather glossy, with traces of slightly transverse microreticulation which is more distinct on neck, and also in the three females than in the single male. Pronotum: Large, wide, circular, considerably wider than long, disk moderate- ly convex, laterally evenly and strongly curved, without or with a very slight excision in front of the basal angles. Widest diameter slightly in front of middle. Base consi- derably narrower than apex. Apex straight, apical angles barely projecting, rounded. Base almost straight or very gently convex, laterally faintly oblique. Basal angles obtuse, very wide. Marginal channel narrow throughout, not widened near basal angles, apex and base not margined, though lateral margin slightly incurved at base. Anterior transverse sulcus barely indicated, posterior transverse sulcus shallow. Median line distinct, though rather faintly impressed, anteriorly and posteriorly shortly abbreviated. Basal grooves about linear, slightly oblique, fairly disctinct. Basal area not explanate, on same level with disk, sparsely though coarsely punctate. Anterior mar- ginal seta situated slightly in front of middle, slightly removed from lateral margin, posterior marginal seta absent. Surface impunctate, glossy, with very superficial, trans- verse, somewhat irregular microreticulation that is more distinct in apical and basal parts and in the females. Elytra: Very short and wide, dorsally markedly convex, widest diameter about at middle. Humeri obtusely rounded, lateral margin in middle barely convex, almost straight, hence, shape of elytra somewhat rectangular. Basal margin distinct, sinuate, connected to scutellary striole. Striae except for sutural stria much abbreviated at humerus, all striae except for inner two also abbreviated at apex. Inner five striae well impressed, very coarsely punctate. Inner five intervals distinctly convex. 6% stria stria impressed only near base, 7'h stria not impressed, both punctate. Scutellary striole fairly 700 M. BAEHR Fics 1, 2 Male genitalia. Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. 1. Mecyclothorax cuccodoroi sp. n. 2. M. loebli sp. n. Scales: 0.25 mm. elongate, situated mediad of the outturned sutural stria. Marginal channel moderately wide. 314 interval with 2 setiferous punctures in centre of interval, anterior puncture sit- uated in basal fourth, posterior puncture in middle, though two specimens with a sin- gle puncture unilaterally. Punctures rather inconspicuous, setae extremely short. Near apex with a single setiferous puncture near end of 3" stria. Marginal pores fairly con- spicuous, about 13 in a row that is slightly interrupted in middle, marginal setae very elongate. Intervals impunctate, with very fine, highly superficial, transverse mi- croreticulation. Surface glossy, though not iridescent. Inner wings absent. Lower surface: Largely impunctate, though mesothorax sparsely though very coarsely punctate. Metepisternum about as long as wide. Sternum VII in dé bisetose, in 2 quadrisetose. Legs: Without striking features. Three basal tarsomeres of male anterior tarsus expanded and biseriately squamose. TWO NEW MECYCLOTHORAX 701 Fics 3, 4 Habitus. 3. Mecyclothorax cuccodoroi sp. n. 4. M. loebli sp. n. Lengths: 3.5 mm; 4.2 mm. Male genitalia: Genital ring short and wide, highly asymmetric, with conspicu- ously wide lateral flanges, very thickly sclerotized. Aedeagus moderately elongate, remarkably curved, with deeply concave lower surface. Apex wide, compressed, mo- derately foliaceous, somewhat spatulate, with convex tip, strongly sclerotized, curved down though near tip withdrawn and slightly curved to the right side. Orifice largely situated on right side. Internal sac with an about circular sclerite and with some fold- ing. Both parameres of fairly similar size and shape, though right paramere narrower and with shorter, wider, more tapering apex. Apex with 2 moderately elongate setae, lower margin densely fringed with numerous (> 20) rather elongate setae. Left para- mere slightly larger, with longer and narrower apex, that bears two fairly elongate setae and a shorter one. Lower margin asetose. Female genitalia: Stylomere 1 compact, at apical rim with 2-3 setae. Stylomere 2 rather short, dentiform, with two elongate ventrolateral ensiform setae, one elongate 702 M. BAEHR dorsomedian ensiform seta situated about in middle of stylomere, and two short apical nematiform setae originating from a groove. Variation: Some sexual variation apparently present, because the single male possesses a slightly narrower abdomen, and the microreticulation of the dorsal surface is less distinct than in the three examined females. REVISED KEY TO THE SPECIES OF MECYCLOTHORAX SHARP FROM NEW GUINEA Because both new species do not fit the present full or partial keys to the New Guinean species of Mecyclothorax (Baehr, 1995, p. 4; 1998, p. 23), a completely new key is presented that should replace both former keys. For easier determination, however, figures from the former papers (Baehr, 1992, 1995, 1998) are quoted where necessary. Although range is not a prima facie distinguishing character, the ranges of most species seem to be so restricted that they can be used as support for the differentiation of the species. Therefore, geographic and altitudinal ranges are included in the key as exactly as possible. I Elytral striae 3 and 5 with setiferous punctures. Wilhelmina Top (Gn. Trikora), central'TrianiJaya\at'4200m 0 REC toxopei Darlington - Onlyelytral stria 3 with setiferous punctures PAR PEER 2 2 Posterior lateral’ seta of pronotum present... .. (CASSE 5 - Posterior lateral’seta of pronotum absent. RR 9 3 Elytra with 4 discal setae; elytral striae well impressed, crenulate, inter- vals convex, stria 7 fairly well developed. Juliana Top (Gn. Mandala), eastern'eentralInian,Jaya, ar 3300:m rece anise Julianae Baehr - Elytra with 2, rarely unilaterally 3 discal setae; elytral striae weakly impressed, outer striae consisting of rows of punctures only, intervals depressed, stria 7 scarcely indicated. Distribution different . ............. + 4 Smaller, shorter species, length c. 4.3 mm; colour black; pronotum wider, ratio w/l c. 1.36, lateral margin very shortly sinuate in front of the subdentiform basal angles; surface of elytra irregularly microreticulate. Mt. Wilhelm, central Papua New Guinea, at 4250 m...... sedlaceki Darlington - Larger, longer species, length c. 5.5 mm; colour reddish-piceous; prono- tum narrower, ratio w/l <1.20, lateral margin barely sinuate in front of the obtusely subdentiform basal angles; surface of elytra regularly microreticulate. Eipomek-Langda area, eastern central Irian Jaya, at SS OOM Ate Soot Len Lier ete eee eipomeki Baehr 5 Basal angles of pronotum almost rectangular, lateral margin near base distinctly sinuate; aedeagus see Baehr (1995, figs 5, 7) and fig. 1 ......... 6 - Basal angles of pronotum obtuse, lateral margin near base not or barely sinuate; aedeagus see Baehr (1992, fig. 2; 1995, figs 11, 12; 1998, fig. 2) 6 Larger species, length > 5 mm; surface at least with traces of micro- reticulation; aedeagus see Baehr (1995, figs 5, 7). Eastern central Irian Jayayabove 3200m 9.49... 22 21 EI. ELE Se 7) 10 1] TWO NEW MECYCLOTHORAX 703 Smaller species, length < 4 mm; surface without traces of microreticula- tion; aedeagus see fig. 1. Bulldog Rd., Morobe Prov., eastern central BapuarNewiGuineanat 255 0m pe O ete eee tee cuccodoroi sp. n. Larger species, length > 5.7 mm; microreticulation on head and prono- tum barely indicated, on elytra rather superficial, but present on apical part of elytra; basal angles of pronotum obtuse at apex, lateral margins distinct, explanate and slightly upturned; at least median elytral striae deeply impressed, intervals distinctly convex; aedeagus see Baehr (1995, fig. 5). Gunung Elit, eastern central Irian Jaya, at 3200-3300 m DF. BETT Alana Ure e A RR EE a) eliti Baehr Smaller species, length c. 5.3 mm; microreticulation distinct, on elytra even very conspicuous, but absent on apical part of elytra; basal angles of pronotum rectangular, lateral margins very narrow, barely explanate and upturned; elytral striae barely impressed, intervals depressed; aedea- gus see Baehr (1995, fig. 7). Sape Valley, north of Juliana Top (Gn. Mandala), eastern central Irian Jaya, at 3400 m.............. sapei Baehr Aedeagus with short, wide, laminate apical plate that is bent down (Baehr, 1995, figs 10, 11); basal angles of pronotum very obtuse, without any perceptible sinuosity (Baehr, 1995, figs 13, 14); either very small species (length < 3.7 mm) with short elytra, or larger species (length 4.6 mm)awithrelongaterelytras a Re A ANR RER NOTA o 9 Aedeagus either with short, laminate apex that is markedly falciform (Baehr, 1998, fig. 2) or with elongate, less wide apex that is slightly curved upwards at tip (Fig. 2; Baehr, 1992, fig. 2); basal angles of prono- tum obtuse, though commonly with perceptible sinuosity (Fig. 4; Baehr, 1992, fig. 1; 1998, fig. 1), medium sized species (length 3.8-4.4 mm)...... 10 Smaller and shorter species, length < 3.8 mm, ratio I/w of elytra < 1.37; basal angles of pronotum almost rounded off; anterior transverse sulcus of pronotum weak; aedeagus elongate, markedly curved (Baehr, 1995, fig. 10). Jiwika area, central Irian Jaya, at2300m........... Jiwikae Baehr Larger and more elongate species, length > 4.5 mm, ratio 1/w of elytra > 1.50; basal angles of pronotum distinct, though obtuse; aedeagus stouter, less curved (Baehr, 1995, fig. 11). Langda area, eastern central Irian VAVA FAZIO METE ARE IE RE STO SOL eel Mn langdae Baehr Apex of aedeagus short, laminate, markedly falciform (Baehr, 1998, fig. 2). Bilai area, central Irian Jaya, at 1900-2300 m.......... bilaianus Baehr Apex of aedeagus elongate, not falciform, only feebly curved up (E1027 PB ache ml OOD aise Dann nee a eae ae ere" til Elytra longer and narrower (ratio length/width > 1.42), more oviform (Baehr, 1992, fig. 1); base of pronotum distinctly wider than apex (ratio base/apex > 1.18); lower surface of aedeagus in middle straight, apex less upturned (Baehr, 1992, fig. 2). Kangine area, Baliem Valley, central na Va a (OORT I E So eee APR 0) AE riedeli Baehr Elytra shorter and wider (ratio length/width < 1.30), more quadrate (Fig. 4); base of pronotum distinctly narrower than apex (ratio base/apex 704 M. BAEHR < 0.92); lower surface of aedeagus in middle evenly concave, apex more distinctly upturned (Fig. 2). Bulldog Rd. area, Morobe Prov., eastern central Papua New Guinea, at 2550-2600 m................. loebli sp. n. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS My sincere thanks are due to Drs G. Cuccodoro and I. Löbl of the Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Geneve, for the kind loan of the most interesting material. REFERENCES BAEHR, M. 1992. A new Mecyclothorax Sharp from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Cara- bidae, Psydrinae). Spixiana 15: 249-252. BAER, M. 1995. The genus Mecyclothorax Sharp, 1903 in New Guinea (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae). Mitteilungen der Miinchner Entomologischen Gesellschaft 85: 3-19. BAEHR, M. 1998. A further new species of the genus Mecyclothorax Sharp from western New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae). Spixiana 21: 21-24. BAEHR, M. & LORENZ, W. 1999. A revaluation of Loeffleria globicollis Mandl from Borneo (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae). Spixiana 22: 263-267. BRITTON, E. B. 1948. A revision of the Hawaiian species of Mecyclothorax (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Occasional Papers of the Bishop Museum Honolulu 19: 107-166. DARLINGTON, P. J. Jr. 1962: The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part I. Cicindelinae, Carabinae, Harpalinae through Pterostichini. Bulletin of the Museum of comparative Zoology 126: 321-565. DARLINGTON, P. J. Jr. 1971: The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part IV. General considerations; analysis and history of fauna; taxonomic supplement. Bulletin of the Museum of comparative Zoology 142: 129-337. DEUVE, T. 1987. Descriptions de deux Carabiques nouveaux de Nouvelle-Calédonie et de Thailande (Coleoptera, Caraboidea, Psydridae, Trechidae). Revue francaise d’Entomo- logie (N. S.) 9: 143-146. JEANNEL, R. 1944. Un Carabique nouveau de la Nouvelle-Calédonie (Coleoptera). Revue fran- caise d’Entomologie 10: 84-86. LOUWERENS, C. J. 1949. Carabidae (Col.) from the Sunda Islands. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Sunda-Expedition des Naturhistorischen Museums Basel: 303-325. PERRAULT, G. G. 1978. La faune des Carabidae de Tahiti II - genre Mecyclothorax (Sharp). Nouvelle revue d’Entomologie 8: 27-36, 133-162. PERRAULT, G. G. 1992. Endemism and biogeography among Tahitian Mecyclothorax species (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Psydrini) (pp. 201-215). In: NOONAN, G. R., BALL, G. E. & STORK, N. E. (eds). The biogeography of ground beetles of mountains and islands. Intercept, Andover. APPENDIX. Checklist of the Mecyclothorax species of New Guinea Abbreviations: c. = central, e. = eastern, ce. = central eastern. bilaianus Baehr, 1998 c. IRIAN JAYA: Bilai — 1900-2300 m cuccodoroi sp. n. ce. PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Bulldog Range — 2550 m eipomeki Baehr, 1995 e. IRIAN JAYA: Eipomek — 3500 m eliti Baehr, 1995 c. IRIAN JAYA: Gn. Elit — 3200-3300 m Jiwikae Baehr, 1995 c. IRIAN JAYA: Jiwika — 2300 m Julianae Baehr, 1995 e. IRIAN JAYA: Juliana Top (Gn. Mandala) — 3500 m langdae Baehr, 1995 c. IRIAN JAYA: Langda — 2300 m loebli sp. n. ce. PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Bulldog Range — 2550-2600 m riedeli Baehr, 1992 c. IRIAN JAYA: Baliem Vy. — 1900 m sapei Baehr, 1995 e. IRIAN JAYA: Juliana Top (Gn. Mandala) — 3400 m sedlaceki Darlington, 1971 c. PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Mt. Wilhelm — 4250 m toxopei Darlington, 1962 c. IRIAN JAYA: Wilhelmina Top (Gn. Trikora) — 4200 m REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 705-713; décembre 2002 Four new species of the genus Gnypeta Thomson, 1858 from the Oriental Region (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae, Aleocharinae) Grzegorz PASNIK Institute of Systematics and Evolution of Animals, Polish Academy of Sciences, Stawkowska 17, 31-016 Krakow, Poland. E-mail: pasnik @isez.pan.krakow.pl Four new species of the genus Gnypeta Thomson, 1858 from the Oriental Region (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae, Aleocharinae). - Four new Oriental species of the genus Gnypeta Thomson, 1858 are described and illustrated: Gnypeta bolmi sp. n., Gnypeta mindanaoensis sp. n., Gnypeta sabangensis sp. n. and Gnypeta guineensis sp. n. Their affinities with related species are discussed. Key-words: Coleoptera - Staphylinidae - Aleocharinae - Gnypeta - new species - Oriental Region. The genus Gnypeta Thomson, 1858 contains more than 70 species distributed throughout all zoogeographical regions. Twenty three species of Gnypeta have previ- ously been recorded from the Oriental Region (Bernhauer & Scheerpeltz, 1926; Cameron, 1933, 1939, 1950; Pace, 1984a, 1984b, 1986, 1987, 1989, 1990a, 1990b, 1991, 2000). Four additional new species from the Oriental Region are described in the present paper. The holotypes and paratypes of new species have been deposited in the Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde in Stuttgart (SMNS), Muséum d'histoire naturelle in Geneva (MHNG) and in the Institute of Systematics and Evolution of Animals, Polish Academy of Sciences in Krakow (ISEA). Gnypeta bolmi sp. n. Figs 1-4 Material. Holotype, d : Philippines, Mindanao, 30 km E of Malaybalay, Busdi, 1000 m, 5-9.V.1996, leg. Bolm (SMNS). Description. Length 2.7 mm. Body convex, parallel-sided, weakly shiny; ground colour pitchy brown; posterior margin of elytra, tibiae and tarsi yellow, anten- nae brown with antennomeres 1-2 and 11 red. Head circular in outline, moderately convex, shiny, widest across eyes; eyes moderately large, protruding from lateral contours of head, eye length seen from above subequal to that of postocular region; temples relatively strongly arcuately narrowed to hind angles; surface of head without microsculpture; punctation fine, dense, and asperate; pubescence short and moderately dense, directed medially. Manuscript accepted 03.07.2002 706 G. PASNIK Antennae moderately long, distinctly increasing in width apically, extending to middle of elytra, antennomere 3 longer than 2, antennomeres 4-8 longer than wide, decreasing in length, antennomeres 9-10 quadrate, antennomere 11 as long as anten- nomeres 9 and 10 combined. Pronotum subquadrate, convex, widest in apical third, lateral sides clearly sinuate, hind angles obtuse; before base with small and shallow transverse impression; surface without microsculpture; punctation fine, very dense and asperate; pubescence short and moderately dense, along midline directed anteriorly. Elytra subquadrate, slightly wider than pronotum, widest behind middle, lateral sides moderately arcuate, at suture as long as pronotum at midline, at sides distinctly longer than pronotum at midline; postero-lateral angles weekly sinuate; surface lacking microsculpture; punctation fine, dense and asperate; pubescence short and dense, directed obliquely posteriorly. Abdomen weakly constricted at base, widest at level of tergites 5 and 6, bases of tergites 3-5 each with deep transverse impression, impressions smooth and impunc- tate; tergal punctation fine and dense, tergite 8 with fine transverse microsculpture; pu- bescence relatively short and moderately dense. Male. Tergite 8 as in Fig. 3, sternite 8 as in Fig. 4; aedeagus as in Figs 1 and 2. Female unknown. Remarks. Gnypeta bolmi sp. n. is similar to G. tronqueti Pace, 1987, from which it can be distinguished by the darker body colour, the shorter and more incrassate antennae, the posteriad more strongly narrowed temples and by the shape of aedeagus. Gnypeta mindanaoensis sp. n. Figs 5-11 Material. Holotype, d : Philippines, Mindanao, 30 km E of Malaybalay, Busdi, 1000 m, 5-9.V.1996, leg. Bolm (SMNS); Paratypes, ¢: Philippines, Mindanao, Mt. Apo Ilomavis, 1400 m, 18-19.V.1996, leg. Bolm (SMNS); d and 2: Philippines, Mindanao, Prov. Davao, 25 km W of New Bataan, 1200 m, 20-22.V.1996, leg. Bolm (SMNS and ISEA). Description. Length 3.0-3.2 mm. Body convex, parallel-sided, weakly shiny; ground colour pitchy brown; base and posterior margin of elytra, tibiae and tarsi yellow, antennae brown with antennomeres 1-2 and 11 red. Head circular in outline, flattened dorsally, narrowly and shallowly impressed medially, widest across eyes; eyes moderately large, protruding from lateral contours of head, eye length seen from above subequal to that of postocular region; temples moderately arcuately narrowed to hind angles; surface of head without microsculpture; punctation fine, dense and asperate; pubescence short and moderately dense, directed medially. Antennae very long, very weakly increasing in width apically, extending to 3/4 of elytra, antennomere 3 longer than 2, antennomeres 4-9 longer than wide, decreasing in length, antennomere 10 quadrate, antennomere 11 as long as antennomeres 9 and 10 combined. Pronotum slightly transverse, moderately convex, widest in apical third, lateral sides sinuate, hind angles obtuse; before base with small and shallow transverse impression; surface without microsculpture; punctation fine, very dense and asperate; pubescence short and moderately dense, along midline directed anteriorly. FOUR NEW SPECIES OF GNYPETA 707 Fics 1-4 Gnypeta bolmi sp. n.: 1 - aedeagus in lateral view, 2 - aedeagus in ventral view, 3 - male tergite 8, 4 - male sternite 8. Elytra subquadrate, slightly wider than pronotum, widest behind middle, lateral sides moderately arcuate, at suture as long as pronotum at midline, at sides distinctly longer than pronotum at midline; postero-lateral angles weakly sinuate; surface lacking microsculpture; punctation fine, dense, and asperate; pubescence short and dense, directed obliquely posteriorly. Abdomen weekly constricted at base, widest at level of tergites 5 and 6, bases of tergites 3-5 each with deep transverse impression, impressions smooth and impunc- 708 G. PASNIK Fics 5-11 Gnypeta mindanaoensis sp. n.: 5 - aedeagus in lateral view, 6 - aedeagus in ventral view, 7 - sper- matheca, 8 - male tergite 8, 9 - male sternite 8, 10 - female tergite 8, 11 - female sternite 8. FOUR NEW SPECIES OF GNYPETA 709 tate; tergal punctation fine and dense, tergite 8 with fine transverse microsculpture; pubescence relatively short and moderately dense. Male. Tergite 8 as in Fig. 8, sternite 8 as in Fig. 9; aedeagus as in Figs 5 and 6. Female. Tergite 8 as in Fig. 10, sternite 8 as in Fig. 11; spermatheca as in Fig. 7. Remarks. Gnypeta mindanaoensis sp. n. is similar to G. bolmi sp. n., from which it differs by its larger size, the very weakly incrassate antennae, the more elon- gate middle antennomeres, the denser and more asperate pronotal and elytral puncta- tion and by the shape of aedeagus. Gnypeta sabangensis Sp. n. Figs 12-18 Material. Holotype, d : Philippines, Palawan central, Sabang, 50-100 m, degraded rain- forest on slope, 30.X1.1995, leg. Kodada (MHNG); Paratypes, 48 d and 6% 9: same data as holotype (MHNG); 26 d and 9: same data as holotype (ISEA); 3d d and 9: Philippines, Palawan centr., above San Rafael, ca. 300 m, degraded forest on slope, 4.XII.1995, leg. J. Kodada (MHNG): 26 d: same data as above (ISEA). Description. Length 2.4-2.7 mm. Body convex, parallel-sided, weakly shiny; ground colour dark brown; base and posterior margin of elytra, tibiae and tarsi yellow, abdomen black with tergites 1-2 brown, antennae brown with antennomeres 1-3 and 11 red. Head quadrate in outline, moderately convex, widest across eyes; eyes moder- ately large, protruding from lateral contours of head, eye length seen from above sub- equal to that of postocular region; temples broadly arcuately narrowed to hind angles; surface of head without microsculpture; punctation relatively coarse, dense and asperate; pubescence short and moderately dense, directed medially. Antennae moderately short, clearly increasing in width apically, extending to 1/3 of elytra, antennomere 3 longer than 2, antennomeres 4-7 longer than wide, decreasing in length, antennomeres 8-10 quadrate, antennomere 11 as long as anten- nomeres 9 and 10 combined. Pronotum slightly transverse, moderately convex, widest in apical third, lateral sides weakly sinuate, hind angles obtuse; before base with small and shallow trans- verse impression; surface without microsculpture; punctation coarse, very dense and asperate; subconfluent in central part of disc, pubescence short and moderately dense, along midline directed anteriorly. Elytra transverse, 1.2 times wider than their length at sides, slightly wider than pronotum, widest behind middle, lateral sides moderately arcuate, at suture as long as pronotum at midline, at sides distinctly longer than pronotum at midline; postero- lateral angles weakly sinuate; surface lacking microsculpture; punctation similar to that on pronotum but finer and not subconfluent; pubescence short and dense, directed obliquely posteriorly. Abdomen weekly constricted at base, widest at level of tergites 5 and 6, bases of tergites 3-5 each with deep transverse impression, impressions smooth and impunc- tate; tergal punctation fine and dense, tergite 8 with fine transverse microsculpture; pubescence relatively short and moderately dense. Male. Tergite 8 as in Fig. 15, sternite 8 as in Fig. 16; aedeagus as in Figs 12 and 13. 710 G. PASNIK È 25 + 3 17 16 18 Fics 12-18 Gnypeta sabangensis sp. n.: 12 - aedeagus in lateral view, 13 - aedeagus in ventral view, 14 - spermatheca, 15 - male tergite 8, 16 - male sternite 8, 17 - female tergite 8, 18 - female sternite 8. FOUR NEW SPECIES OF GNYPETA TAL Female. Tergite 8 as in Fig. 17, sternite 8 as in Fig. 18; spermatheca as in Fig. 14. Remarks. In general appearance and the shape of aedeagus, Gnypeta sabangen- sis sp. n. is similar to G. modesta Bernhauer, 1915 as well as its subspecies celebensis Pace, 1986. However, it may be readily distinguished from both by the darker body colour and the coarser punctation of head and pronotum. Additionally, it differs from the former by the more transverse pronotum and the eyes more protruding from the lateral contours of head, and the latter by the less transverse head and the more strongly narrowed temples. Gnypeta guineensis sp. n. Figs 19-21 Material. Holotype, 9: Papua N. Guinea, env. Madang Nagada, VI.1979, leg. W. G. Ullrich (MHNG). Description. Length 2.6 mm. Body convex, parallel-sided, weakly shiny; ground colour dark brown; pronotum brownish-red, elytra brown, with lateral sides blackish and posterior margin yellow, abdomen black with tergites 1-2 red, legs yellowish-red, antennae brown with antennomeres 1-3 and 11 red. Head circular in outline, moderately convex, widest across eyes; eyes moder- ately large, protruding from lateral contours of head, eye length seen from above sub- equal to that of postocular region; temples gradually arcuately narrowed to hind angles; surface of head without microsculpture; punctation relatively coarse, dense and asperate; pubescence short and moderately dense, directed medially. Antennae moderately short, clearly increasing in width apically, extending to 1/3 of elytra, antennomere 3 longer than 2, antennomeres 4-8 longer than wide, decreasing in length, antennomeres 9-10 quadrate, antennomere 11 as long as anten- nomeres 9 and 10 combined. Pronotum slightly transverse, moderately convex, widest in apical third, lateral sides weakly sinuate, hind angles obtuse; before base with small and shallow trans- verse impression; surface without microsculpture; punctation coarse, umbilicate, very dense and asperate; pubescence short and moderately dense, along midline directed anteriorly. Elytra transverse, about 1.2 times wider than their length at sides, slightly wider than pronotum, widest behind middle, lateral sides moderately arcuate, at suture as long as pronotum at midline, at sides distinctly longer than pronotum at midline; postero-lateral angles weakly sinuate; surface lacking microsculpture; punctation similar to that on pronotum, but finer and slightly sparser; pubescence short and dense, directed obliquely posteriorly. Abdomen weakly constricted at base, widest at level of tergites 5 and 6, bases of tergites 3-5 each with deep transverse impression, impressions smooth and impunc- tate; tergal punctation fine and moderately dense, tergite 8 with fine transverse microsculpture; pubescence relatively short and moderately dense. Male unknown. Female. Tergite 8 as in Fig. 20, sternite 8 as in Fig. 21; spermatheca as in Bio £9. 712 G. PASNIK 20 J ar 19 21 Fics 19-21 Gnypeta guineensis Sp. n.: 19 - spermatheca, 20 - female tergite 8, 21 - female sternite 8. Remarks. Gnypeta guineensis Sp. n. differs from all other species of Gnypeta by the umbilicate pronotal punctation. In general appearance the new species is similar to G. elegans Bernhauer, 1902 and Gnypeta sabangensis sp. n., but it may be readily dis- tinguished from both by the posteriad more strongly narrowed temples, the sparser abdominal punctation and by the elytral colour. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I would like to express my sincere thanks to Dr W. Schawaller (SMNS) and Dr G. Cuccodoro (MHNG) for the loan of material for this study. REFERENCES BERNHAUER, M. & SCHEERPELTZ, O. 1926. Staphylinidae VI. In: SCHENKLING, S. (ed.). Coleopterorum Catalogus, pars 82. W. Junk, Berlin. CAMERON, M. 1933. Staphylinidae (Coleoptera) from Mount Kinabalu. Journal of the Federated Malay States Museums 17: 338-360. CAMERON, M. 1939. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Coleoptera, Staphylinidae, vol. 4. Taylor & Francis, London. CAMERON, M. 1950. New species of Staphylinidae (Coleoptera) from the Malay Peninsula. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 12: 89-131. Pace, R. 1984a. Aleocharinae della Thailandia e della Birmania riportate da G. de Rougemont (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 11: 427-468. FOUR NEW SPECIES OF GNYPETA 713 PACE, R. 1984b. Aleocharinae dell’ Asia sudorientale raccolte dal Dr. Osella (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 11: 481-491. Pace, R. 1986. Aleocharinae dell’ Asia sudorientale raccolte da G. de Rougemont (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 13: 139-237. PACE, R. 1987. Aleocharinae dello Sri Lanka raccolte da Marc Tronquet (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 14: 315-338. Pace, R. 1989. Aleocharinae della Thailandia (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Bollettino dell Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 16: 227-268. Pace, R. 1990a. Nuove Aleocharinae Orientali (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 17: 127-180. Pace, R. 1990b. Aleocharinae delle Filippine. 82 contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae. In: BERTI N. (ed.). Miscellanées sur les Staphylins. Mémoires du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (A) 147: 57-113. Pace, R. 1991. La sottofamiglia Aleocharinae della Nuova Caledonia (Coleoptera, Staphy- linidae). Memorie della Societa entomologica italiana 70: 79-170. Pace, R. 2000. Aleocharinae di Papua-Nuova Guinea (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (156 Contri- buto alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Bulletin de l’Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Entomologie 70: 109-163. indi pra se WA Mia Bical ME A! Ss ie TT TN me) ri | ae REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 715-723; décembre 2002 New Dacnusini from the Iberian Peninsula and the Canary Islands (Hymenoptera, Braconidae, Alysiinae) Maximilian FISCHER!, Josep TORMOS2, Xavier PARDO? & Ricardo JIMENEZ? ! Naturhistorischer Museum Wien. Zweite Zoologische Abteilung (Insekten). Burgring 7, A-1014 Wien. Postfach 417. Austria. 2 Unidad de Zoologia. Facultad de Biologia. Universidad de Salamanca. E-37071 Salamanca. Spain. 3 Universitat de Valéncia. Institut Cavanilles de Biodiversitat i Biologia Evolutiva. Apartat Oficial 2085. E-46071 Valencia. Spain. New Dacnusini from the Iberian Peninsula and the Canary Islands (Hymenoptera, Braconidae, Alysiinae). - Four species of Dacnusini, two from the Iberian Peninsula: Chorebus crenesulcis and C. fragilosus, and two from Canary Islands: Coloneura fuerteventurensis and C. ortegae, are described as new, drawn, and are compared with allied species. Keys for their discrimination are provided. Key-words: New species - Chorebus - Alysiinae - Braconidae. INTRODUCTION Hymenoptera are characterized by their so-called haplo-diploidy. This means that males are haploid, females diploid. As a consequence, females lay eggs which, if not fertilized, give rise to males. Many descendants of a population may thus consist of males only until these males can copulate with the females. Then, the females will lay fertilized eggs only and these will give rise to female descendants. The result will be a sequence of generations which will consist alternatively predominantly either of females or males. One may therefore collect at the same time only females of one species and males of another species, i.e., specimens of different sex that do not neces- sarily belong to the same species. In this article four species of Dacnusini (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Alysiinae), two from the Iberian Peninsula: Chorebus crenesulcis and C. fragilosus, and two from Canary Islands: Coloneura fuerteventurensis and C. ortegae, and are described as new, drawn, and are compared with allied species. Keys for their discrimination are pro- vided. The specimens of this study are preserved in the following Institutions: Holo- types at the Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genève (MHNG); paratypes at the Institut Cavanilles de Biodiversitat i Biologia Evolutiva (ICBBE). Manuscript accepted 27.06.2002 716 M. FISCHER ET AL. Abbreviations used in the descriptions: IOL = postocellar line = interocellar line. OOL = oculo-ocellar line. F, Fl, F2 etc. : Flagellomere (s), Flagellomere 1, 2 etc., Fm, Fp = middle Flagellomere (s), penultimate Flagellomere. T, T1,T2 = tergite (s), first, second tergite. st = pterostigma. r, rl, r2 = radial vein, first, second abscissa of ra- dius. cc = cubital cross vein. nr = recurrent vein (Nervus recurrens). b = basal vein. cu2 = 2nd abscisa of cu ( = cubital vein). d = discoidal vein. nv = nervulus. np = parallel vein (nervus parallelus). R = radial cell. B = brachial cell. nr’ = radiellus (radial vein of hind wing). cu2’ = second abscissa of cubital vein of hind wing. nr’ = recurrent vein of hind wing. SYSTEMATIC PART DACNUSINI Forster Diagnosis: Remarks on Dacnusini of the Dacnusa-genus group (Dacnusa Hali- day, Chorebus Haliday, Coloneura Foerster and others) in general: a) The mandible has an outer surface, an inner surface, and a dorsal surface. The latter is delimited from the outer surface by a strong lamella. As a rule, as well as the inner surface, it is not visible in the resting position of the mandible; b) If not stated otherwise: maxillary palpi 6-segmented, not longer than height of head; labial palpi 4-segmented; c) Clypeus is about 3-times as wide as high, shiny, with a few setae, projecting from face at an obtuse angle; upper and lower edges somewhat bent and parallel; d) Hind meso- pleural furrow, prepectal furrow, and furrows of sides of pronotum smooth, unless otherwise stated; e) The wing membrane is nearly always hyaline; f) The pterostigma is nearly always longitudinally folded in dried specimens, thus hindering visualization of its true width. The relative proportions given refer to the visible, not true width of the pterostigma. The data given relative to the pterostigma are therefore only approxi- mate; g) Hind wing with no peculiarities, this means r’ and cu2’ indicated, if at all, only as folds; nr’ absent. Coloneura Foerster Coloneura fuerteventurensis Sp. n. Figs 1, 2 Holotype female: Canary Islands, Fuerteventura, Villaverde, 18.11.1980, leg. G. Ortega, Museo Insular Ciencias Nat., Hy 4157 (MHNG). Paratypes: | female, same data as holotype (ICBBE); 1 female, same locality, but 21.11.1980, leg. M. Baez (ICBBE). Etymology: The name indicates the original locality. Taxonomic position: The species runs to Coloneura moskovita Tobias, 1986 in key of Tobias (1986). The two species can be distinguished as follows: Il Precoxal sulcus absent. T1 entirely glabrous. r2 completely and evenly bent. Antennae 18-segmented Russia: Moscow region EEE RMR ne re Le. moskovita Tobias, female/male - Precoxal sulcus weakly crenelated (Fig. 1). T1 longitudinally striated (Fig. 2). r2 not evenly bent, but distal half nearly straight, at most with S-shaped outline (Fig. 1). Antennae 24-segmented. Canary Islands 2 Sse Xa si Un NEIL rr fuerteventuresis sp. n., female NEW DACNUSINI 7 FEMALE. — Length of body: 2.2 mm. Head: 1.5-times as wide as long between eyes, 2.1-times as wide as face, 1.4- times as wide as mesoscutum, at most 3-fold width behind eyes; temples 1.8-times as long as eyes; antennal sockets as distant from each other as from eyes; occiput clearly bent inwards. IOL greater than width of one ocellus wide; OOL longer than width of ocellar area. Upper side inconspicuously setose laterally and on occiput. Epicranial su- ture weak, with a very weak epifrontal suture. Face 1.1-times as wide as high, central elevation very weak, long, whitish, felt-like setae in central area, setae of lateral areas inconspicuous, inner edges of eyes only weakly bent. Tentorial pits small. Clypeus or- dinary in shape. Mandible as long as apically wide, denticle 1 blunt, slightly deflected sidewards, denticle 2 pointed, denticle 3 very broad and rounded, incisions between denticles; outer surface rugose, upper surface delimited by a keel, glabrous; maxillary palpi 6-segmented, labial palpi 4-segmented. Antennae about as long as body, 24-seg- mented: F1 4-times, F2-F5 about 2.5-times, remainder about twice as long as wide, numerous setae shorter than width of F; in lateral view 3 or 4 sensilla visible. Mesosoma: 1.4-times as long as high, upper side bent. Mesoscutum 1.4-times as wide as long; a few setae along the imaginary course of the notauli and on the declivity; dorsal fovea moderately elongate; notauli only developed on declivity and crenelated, passing into the lateral furrows. Praescutellar fovea divided, lateral areas with faint folds. Axillae and scutellum.setose. Postaxillae and lateral areas of metascu- tum smooth. Propodeum rugose, with some white setae, especially laterally. Anterior furrow of sides of pronotum smooth. Precoxal sulcus (Fig. 1) narrow, crenelated; praepectal and epicnemial furrow crenelated. Metapleuron seta-pointed partly smooth. Hind femur 5-times as long as wide; hind tarsus slightly shorter than its tibia. Wing (Fig. 1): fore wing: st parallel-sided, distal part twice as long as metacarp, proximal part as long as rl; distal half of r2 very weakly sinuate, nearly straight; R ending before tip of wing; nr antefurcal; d 1.5-times as long as nr; nv slightly post- furcal; B open; culb absent; a2 present, but weakened distally; hind wing with normal structure. Metasoma: T1 (Fig. 2) nearly as long as wide, nearly parallel- sided, basally only slightly narrowed, irregularly and longitudinally striate, dorsal carinae short. Ovipositor sheaths concealed. Colouration: Black. Yellow: anellus, mouth parts, all legs, tegulae, and wing venation. Very faintly darkened: base of hind coxa, tips of hind femur and hind tibia, hind tarsus. Variation: One example with dull yellowish T2+3. MALE. — Unknown. Coloneura ortegae sp. n. Eier Holotype male: Canary Islands, Fuerteventura, Villaverde, 18-II-1980, leg. G. Ortega, Museo Insular ciencias Nat., Hy 4155 (MHNG). Paratypes: 1 male, 4158, same data as holotype (ICBBE); 1 male, same island, but Los Molinos, 22-II-80, leg. M. Baez (ICBBE). Etymology: Dedicated to the collector Gloria Ortega. 718 M. FISCHER ET AL. Taxonomic position: Ths species runs to Coloneura siciliensis Griffiths, 1968 in the keys of Griffiths (1968a) and Tobias (1986). The two species can be distinguished as follows: I. Propodeum and T1 smooth. Anetnnae 18-articulated. 1,4 mm. Sicily ME SORTA PARI, CR a ER siciliensis Griffiths, female/male - Propodeum rugose. T1 (Fig. 3) longitudinally striated. Antennae 23-24- articulated il emmi@anarvels anis EP ee ae ortegae Sp. n., male MALE — Body length: 1.5 mm. Head: 1.6-times as wide as long between eyes, 2.3-times as wide as face, 1.3- times as wide as mesoscutum, strongly widened behind eyes; temples twice as long as eyes, occiput bent inwards, antennal sockets as distant from each other as from eyes; upper side with inconspicuous setae laterally and on occiput; epicranial suture between ocelli; IOL longer tant diameter of one ocellus; OOL longer than width of ocellar area; an inconspicuous epifrontal depression in front of ocelli. Face 1.3-times as wide as high; lateral areas with long erect setae and short setae; middle keel weakly indicated only above; eye edges weakly curved. Clypeus and labrum with long setae and recog- nizable seta points. Mandible about as long as wide, parallel-sided, but somewhat de- flected upwards as a whole; denticle | broad, blunt, forming a right angle; denticle 2 pointed and projecting; denticles 3 and 4 small, retracted; small incisions between den- ticles 1, 2 and 3; outer surface coarsely reticulate, upper surface smooth; palpi short. Antennae 23-articulated, only slightly longer than body; Fl 3-times as long as wide; following ones and Fp about twice as long as wide; most setae shorter than width of F, in lateral view 3 sensilla visible. Mesosoma: 1.25-times as long as high, upper side slightly curved. Mesoscutum 1.25-times as wide as long; some setae on declivity and along the imaginary course of notauli hardly recognizable; dorsal fovea slightly elongated; notauli absent. Prae- scutellar fovea with some longitudinal carinae. Axillae setose. Postaxillae and lateral areas of metascutum shiny. Propodeum with delicate rugosity and weak, curved fold from middle of front margin to sides, with some setae laterally. Prexocal sulcus absent. Metapleuron inconspicuously seta-pointed posteriorly. Hind femora 5-times as long as wide; hind tarsus scarcely shorter than its tibia. Wings: st parallel-sided, distal part twice as long as metacarp, proximal part as long as rl; distal half of r2 sinuate; R ending before tip of wing; d 1.2 times as long as nr; b and nr parallel; nv slightly postfurcal; B incompletely closed (culb obliterated); np arises from middle of B; hind wing normal. Metasoma: T1 (Fig. 3) 1.5-times as long as wide, parallel-sided, irregularly and longitudinally striate, dorsal carinae only straight and well-differentiated in front. Coloration: Black. Yellow: anelli, mouth parts, tegulae and wing venation. Legs predominantly dar. T2 brown. Variation: One example with 24 antennal segments, and T1 scarcely striated. FEMALE. — Unknown. NEW DACNUSINI 719 È B ROSE Fics 1-5 Coloneura fuerteventurensis sp. n. (female). Body in lateral view (1); T1: First tergite of meta- soma (2). Coloneura ortegae sp. n. (male). T1: First tergite of metasoma (3). Chorebus crene- sulcis sp. n. (male). Antenna (4). Chorebus fragilosus sp. n. (female). Body in lateral view (5). 720 M. FISCHER ET AL. Chorebus Haliday The two following species described — Chorebus crenesulcis sp. n. and Chore- bus fragilosus sp. n. — look similar when viewed superficially. However, they show differences that are commonly taken as specific characters. Since one species is based on a female, the other on a male, one could speculate that they might be the female and male of the same species. Readers are referred to the introduction. Chorebus crenesulcis sp. n. Fig. 4 Holotype male: Espana, Valencia, El Saler (Viveros), T.N., 29-X/1-XI-1991, leg. F. Luna - J.V. Falcé (MHNG). Etymology: This abbreviation stands for crenelatisulcis. It is reminiscent of the crenelated precoxal sulcus, prepectal suture, and epicoxal suture. Taxonomic position: This species runs in keys of Griffiths (1968b) and Tobias (1986) to Chorebus geminus (Tobias, 1962) from which it can be distinguished as fol- lows: It T1 2.5-times as long as apically wide. Antennae 39-articulated, twice as long as body, apical flagellomeres 2.5-times as long as wide. Head nar- rowed behind eyes. 2.3 mm. Azerbaidshan.......... geminus Tobias, female - T1 1.6-times as long as apically wide. Antennae (Fig. 4) 26-articulated, 1.5-times as long as body, apical flagellomeres twice as long as wide. Head between temples as wide as between eyes. 1.6 mm. Iberian Penin- UU EWR Rimes tele tiene SAS € NN ML méme aS ER: crenesulcis sp. n., male MALE. — Body length: 1.6 mm. Head: twice as wide as long, 1.75-times as wide as the face, 1.33-times as wide as mesoscutum; eyes as long as temples; between temples as wide as between the eyes; occiput slightly bent inwards; antennal sockets as distant from each other as from eyes; upper side with inconspicuous setae laterally and on occiput, OOL longer than width of ocellar area; IOL longer than the diameter of one ocellus; epicranial furrow distinct. Face 1.75-times as wide as high, with scattered setae, seta points recognizable; middle elevation scarcely developed and bare; edges of eyes nearly parallel-sided. Clypeus of ordinary shape. Mandibles parallel-sided, as wide as along length of middle line; den- ticle 2 pointed and strongly projecting; denticles 1, 3 and 4 also pointed, but shorter and somewhat bent outwards; incisions between the denticles; outer surface uneven and with long setae basally; from denticle 1 arises a small lamella; palpi about as long as height of the head. Antennae (Fig. 4) 1.5-times as long as body, 26-articulated; Fl 5-times, F2 a little wider and 3-times, Fm and Fp twice as long as wide; the longest setae as long as width of F; in lateral view 2 sensilla recognizable. Mesosoma: 1.4-times as long as high, upper side only weakly arched. Mesoscu- tum 1.3-times as wide as long; notauli almost absent, evenly and densely setose with visible seta points especially on declivity, dorsal fovea small. Prescutellar fovea divi- ded; lateral areas quadrate. Axillae setose. Scutellum with fewer setae. Postaxillae smooth. Metascutum with smooth lateral areas and a blunt medial lamella. Propodeum with weakly developed, broad pentagonal area and small basal keel, with white, scat- tered seta, which do not hide the surface. Anterior furrow of sides of pronotum deli- NEW DACNUSINI HON cately rugose. Precoxal sulcus narrow, densely crenelated, shortened behind, reaching anterior edge of mesopleuron; prepectal furrow narrowly crenelated, passing into the crenelated epicoxal furrow; subalar area separated by a lamella; area above middle coxa with long, white setae. Metapleuron with numerous long, white setae, some of them forming a rosette around a central tubercle. Hind coxa with some long, scattered setae, but without a real tuft of setae. Hind femora 5-times as long as wide, hind tarsi as long as their tibiae. Wings: st nearly parallel-sided, distal part twice as long as metacarp, proximal part as long as rl;rl slightly longer than st wide; distal half of r2 nearly straight (scarcely recognizable, sinuate); nr antefurcal; d 1,1-times as long as nr; b and nr par- allel; nv postfurcal; B open on lower distal corner; culb absent. Metasoma: T1 1,6-times as long as apically wide; parallel-sided, narrowed on- ly right in front, irregularly rugose; dorsal lamellae converging and forming a medial keel, with scattered setae, some outstanding setae on sides. T2 with a few long setae at base; the T for the rest with a single cross-row of long setae each. Colouration. Yellow: anellus, clypeus, mouth parts, mesosoma except mesos- cutum and scutellum, legs, tegulae, wing venation, and anterior half of metasoma. Dark to black: antennae, mesoscutum, scutellum, T3 and the following T. Mesopleuron brownish. Hind tibiae and hind tarsi slightly darkened. FEMALE. — Unknown. Chorebus fragilosus sp. n. Fig. 5 Holotype female: Espana, Valencia, El Saler (Viveros), T.M. 29-X-1991, leg. F. Luna - J.V. Falco (MHNG). Etymology: The name fragilosus is an abbreviation for fragilipilosus. It refers to the very weak pubescence of the propodeum and metapleuron. Taxonomic position: The species runs in keys of Griffiths (1968b) and Tobias (1986) to Chorebus canariensis Griffiths, 1967 from which it can be distinguished as follows: je Precoxal sulcus narrow, crenelated, reaching from anterior edge to near the middle coxa. Propodeum with white, felt-like setae. Mesosoma and metasoma black, the latter only medially yellow. Ovipositor sheaths not projecuns Canary Islands #0" 20e canariensis Griffiths, female/male - Precoxal sulcus smooth, nearly absent (Fig. 5). Propodeum not white, felt-like setose, but scarcely pubescent. Mesosoma and anterior half of metasoma predominantly yellow. Ovipositor sheaths long, somewhat projecting (Fig. 5). Iberian Peninsula............. fragilosus sp. n., female FEMALE. — Body length: 1.3 mm. Head: 1.9-times as wide as long, 1.5-times as wide as mesoscutum, 1.8-times as wide as face; eyes as long as temples; between eyes as wide as between temples; occiput moderately bent inwards; distance between antennal sockets and their distance from eyes as great as their diameter; upper side only with some inconspicuous setae laterally and on occiput; epicranial suture faint, with a longitudinal depression in front TR? M. FISCHER ET AL. of anterior ocellus; OOL greater than width of ocellar area; IOL greater than diameter of one ocellus. Face 1.5-times as wide as high, evenly convex, without delimited cen- tral elevation, with some inconspicuous setae only. Clypeus of ordinary shape, clearly arched. Tentorial pits round, their diameter smaller than distance from eyes. Mandible as wide as medially long, parallel-sided; denticle 1 blunt; denticle 2 pointed and pro- jecting; denticles 3 and 4 blunt and retracted; small incisions between denticles; outer surface weakly rugose; palpi rather short. Antennae as long as body, 20-articulated; F1 3-times as long as wide, the following slightly shorter; Fm and Fp twice as long as wide; setae shorter than width of F; sensilla hardly visible. Mesosoma: Mesoscutum 1.3-times as wide as long, with short, white setae evenly distributed over surface, hard, with a small bare area on lateral lobes behind; notauli only on declivity, anteriorly delimited by a weak carina, which passes into the lateral carina; only one very small dorsal pit. Prescutellar furrow deep, divided by a keel. Axillae and scutellum with a few white setae. Postaxillae smooth. Lateral areas of metascutum smooth, narrow, delimited by faint carinae, with a central lamella and a blunt tooth. Propodeum somewhat rugose, with short, white setae, which do not hide the surface. Precoxal sulcus (Fig. 5) absent. Metapleuron with numerous white setae, which do not hide the surface; seta points visible; central elevation present, but weak- ly developed. Hind femur 5- times as long as wide, hind tibia only slightly longer than its tarsus. Wings: st nearly parallel-sided, distal part twice as long as metacarp, proximal part shorter than rl; r2 nearly straight in distal half; R ending before tip of wing; nr antefurcal, d 1.2-times as long as nr; b and nr parallel; nv clearly postfurcal; culb absent; B therefore open on lower outer corner. Metasoma: T1 1,1-times as long as apically wide, evenly narrowed towards base; stigmata on small tubercles, converging dorsal carinae on basal half; central stripe slightly arched and rugose; lateral areas uneven, shiny, the setae do not hide the surface; a few laterally projecting setae on sides. Tip of metasoma pointed; hypopy- gium not reaching tip of metasoma. Ovipositor sheaths (Fig. 5) three quarters as long as hind tibia (lateral view), projecting somewhat beyond tip of metasoma. Colouration: Yellow: scape, pedicel, anellus, mouth parts, legs, tegulae, wing venation, anterior half of metasoma, and hypopygium. Dark: head, antennae, the rest of the metasoma, and ovipositor sheaths. Hind tibiae and hind tarsi weakly infuscated. MALE. — Unknown. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We wish to thank C. van Achterberg (National Museum of Natural History, Leiden), for his comments on the manuscript. Financial support for this paper was pro- vided from the Junta de Castilla y Leon, project SA 18/96, and Fundacion Ento- molögica “Torres-Sala”. REFERENCES GRIFFITHS, G. C. D. 1968a. The Alysiinae (Hym., Braconidae) parasites of the Agromyzidae (Diptera). V. Te parasites of Liriomyza Mik and certain genera of Phytomyzinae. Bei- trdge zur Entomologie 18: 5-62. NEW DACNUSINI 723 GRIFFITHS, G. C. D. 1968b. The Alysiinae (Hym., Braconidae) parasites of the Agromyzidae (Diptera). VI. The parasites of Cerodontha Rondani s.l. Beiträge zur Entomologie 18: 63-152. Tosias, W. I. 1986. Hymenoptera, Braconidae [pp. 100-105 (key for genera of Alysiinae), 163- 221 (Dacnusini)]. /n: MEDVEDEV, G. S. (ed.). Identification key for the insects of the European part of the URSS. Vol. II. Part V. Akademia Nauka, Leningrad (in Russian, transl. 1995 in English). ae REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 725-733; décembre 2002 Nouvelles considérations sur la systématique et la biogéographie du genre Butheoloides Hirst (Scorpiones, Buthidae) avec description d’un nouveau sous-genre et de deux nouvelles especes Wilson R. LOURENCO Laboratoire de Zoologie (Arthropodes), Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle, 61, rue de Buffon, F-75005 Paris, France. E-mail: arachne @ mnhn.fr New considerations on the taxonomy and biogeography of the genus Butheoloides Hirst (Scorpiones, Buthidae) with the descriptions of a new subgenus and two new species. - One new sub-genus and two new species belonging to the genus Butheoloides Hirst, 1925 are described from Morocco and Algeria. With the description of Butheoloides (Gigantoloides) aymerichi sp. n., and Butheoloides (Butheoloides) schwendingeri sp. n., the total number of known species is raised to ten. A Perisaharian pattern of dis- tribution is confirmed for this genus. Key-words: Butheoloides - Buthidae - Morocco - new species - North Africa - scorpion. INTRODUCTION Le genre Butheoloides fut décrit pour la première fois par Hirst (1925). Il a été fondé sur l’espece Butheoloides maroccanus, habitant les flancs des montagnes de l’Atlas dans la région d’ Amizmiz au sud de Marrakech au Maroc. Le genre demeure monotypique jusqu’a la description par Vachon (1948) de Butheoloides milloti de la région des falaises de Bandiagara au sud de Tombouctou au Mali. Une troisième espèce, Butheoloides monodi a également été décrite par Vachon (1950) de Fissel à l’ouest du Sénégal. Plus récemment, cing nouvelles espèces ont été décrites: Butheoloides annieae Lourenco de la région du Lamto en Cöte d’Ivoire, Butheoloides wilsoni Lourengo de la région d’Ouessa au Burkina Faso, Butheoloides polisi Lourenco de la basse vallée de l'Omo, pres de Kelan en Ethiopie, Butheoloides hirsti Lourenço de Mvolo au Soudan et Butheoloides charlotteae Lourenco de Pandam State au Nigéria (Lourenço, 1986, 1995, 1996, 2000). Avec ces nouvelles descriptions, l’aire globale de répartition du genre a été considérablement élargie. Le genre Butheoloides demeure néanmoins discret, avec un nombre peu élevé d’especes, lesquelles, a l’exception de B. annieae, peuvent étre considérées comme rares; ceci sans doute en raison des tres faibles densités des populations. ! Etude subventionnée par le Département municipal des affaires culturelles de la Ville de Genève. Manuscrit accepté le 20.06.2002 726 W. R. LOURENCO A présent l’étude de deux exemplaires collectés respectivement au Maroc et en Algérie, améne a la description d’un nouveau sous-genre et de deux nouvelles especes. Les descriptions sont suivies de quelques considérations sur le type de répartition géographique du genre Butheoloides. Les holotypes sont déposés au Muséum d’his- toire naturelle de Genève. Butheoloides (Gigantoloides) subgen. n. Diagnose: Scorpion de taille moyenne, avec une longueur totale d’environ 46/47 mm, bien supérieure à celles des espèces du sous-genre Butheoloides, qui varie de 17 à 20 mm. Par sa morphologie générale et pour certains caractères, tels la forme du sternum et des peignes, les anneaux du metasoma arrondis, le nouveau sous-genre se rapproche du genre Butheoloides. Carenes des pédipalpes et du corps faiblement marquées. Une seule carène axiale sur les tergites, peu marquée: tergite VII avec cinq carènes. Carènes des anneaux I-II du metasoma bien marquées: celles de l’anneau III moyennement marquées; anneaux IV-V arrondis, avec des carénes faiblement marquées. Peignes petits avec fulcres. Eperons tibiaux aux pattes III et IV, mais réduits sur la III. Chélicères avec la dentition caractéristique des Buthidae (Vachon, 1963); les deux dents basales du doigt mobile trés réduites et fusionnées. Pinces des pédipalpes tres fines et allongées; tranchant des doigts fixe et mobile des pédipalpes avec 11/12 series de granulations presque obliques; extrémité des doigts avec un gros granule spinoide dirigé vers l’intérieur. Trichobothriotaxie du type A, disposition a pour les trichobothries de la face dorsale du fémur (Vachon, 1974, 1975). Le nouveau sous-genre Gigantoloides rappelle le sous-genre Butheoloides, par différents aspects de sa morphologie (voir ci avant). Il peut néanmoins être distingué de celui-ci (1) une taille globale nettement plus importante (11) les dents basales du doigt mobile des chélicères très réduites et fusionnées (iii) 12/11 séries presque obliques de granules sur le tranchant des doigts mobile et fixe des pédipalpes (iv) présence d’une épine sous-aiguillonnaire spinoïde et bien développée (v) vésicule granulée, et par (vi) stigmates courts-linéaires. Chez le sous-genre Butheoloides (i) la taille globale est réduite (11) les dents basales du doigt mobile des chélicères ne sont pas fusionnées (iii) les doigts des pédipalpes présentent généralement 8-9 séries de granules (iv) l’Epine sous-aiguillonnaire est réduite avec une forme de mamelon ou absent (v) la vésicule est lisse (vi) les stigmates sont semi-ovales. Espece type du sous-genre nouveau: Butheoloides (Gigantoloides) aymerichi sp. n. Butheoloides (Gigantoloides) aymerichi sp. n. Figs 1-6 Holotype femelle: Maroc, 7 km de Tinerhir, Camping Atlas, région de Palmeraie (1360 m), VIII/2000 (M. Aymerich coll.). Etymologie: Le nom spécifique est créé en hommage a M. Michel Aymerich (Mont- pellier, France) collecteur du spécimen type. Diagnose: la méme que pour le sous-genre Gigantoloides. Description basée sur l’holotype femelle. Mensurations dans le Tableau I. Coloration générale jaunätre avec seuls les anneaux IV et V du metasoma rou- geätres. Plaque prosomienne jaunätre avec quelques taches foncées trés estompées sur BUTHEOLOIDES (SCORPIONES, BUTHIDAE) 127 Fic. 1 Butheoloides (Gigantoloides) aymerichi sp. n., femelle holotype dans son habitat naturel (photo M. Aymerich). la région antérieure; yeux noirätres. Mesosoma jaunätre. Anneaux metasomaux I-II jaunatres; III jaune rougeätre; IV-V rougeätres. Telson: vésicule jaune rougeätre; aiguillon jaune rougeätre à la base et rougeätre a l’extrémité. Peignes, opercule génital, sternum, hanches et processus maxillaire jaune pale. Pattes jaunätres. Pédipalpes jau- natres; pinces a main jaunatres et doigts plus sombres. Chélicéres jaune clair dépour- vues de toute tache ou trame. Morphologie. Prosoma: plaque prosomienne avec concavité frontale moyen- nement prononcée; tubercule oculaire nettement antérieur par rapport au centre de la plaque prosomienne; yeux médians de taille moyenne, séparés par un diamètre oculaire environ; trois paires d’yeux latéraux. Carènes pratiquement absentes; granulations moyennement à faiblement marquées. Mesosoma: tergites faiblement granulés, presque lisses: carène axiale présente sur les tergites I à VII, mais faiblement marquée; tergite VII avec 5 carènes. Metasoma: anneaux arrondis avec des granulations éparses et des carènes moyennement marquées. Telson: vésicule pourvue de gros granules; une carène présente sur la face ventrale; aiguillon plus court que la vésicule, très incurvé, pourvu d’une épine sous-aiguillonnaire spinoide, bien développée. Sternites à stigmates petits et linéaires. Peignes avec 18-18 dents. Pédipalpes: fémur à 5 carenes; tibia avec carènes dorsales et internes pourvues de nombreux granules, face interne avec plusieurs granules spiniformes; pince lisse. Tranchant des doigts fixe et mobile avec 11-12 séries de granules. Chélicères avec la dentition caractéristique des Buthidae 728 W. R. LOURENCO (©) € ae c Le euch cheichecseichch Ne ce Cee < gc © CRESCE € ads © Sie FIGs 2-6 Butheoloides (Gigantoloides) aymerichi sp. n. (femelle holotype). 2. Carapace, vue dorsale. 3. Telson, vue latérale. 4. Chélicere, vue dorsale. 5. Fémur du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. 6. Tibia du pédipalpe vue dorsale. (Vachon, 1963), cependant deux dents basales du doigt mobile très réduites et fusion- nées. Trichobothriotaxie du type A-a, orthobothriotaxique (Vachon, 1974, 1975). Butheoloides (Butheoloides) schwendingeri sp. n. Figs 7-11 Holotype femelle: Algérie, Sidi Moussa Oued (canyon), 8/V/1973 (Cl. Girard). Etymologie: Le nom spécifique est créé en hommage au Dr Peter Schwendinger conser- vateur de la collection des Arthropodes au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genève. BUTHEOLOIDES (SCORPIONES, BUTHIDAE) 729 Diagnose: Butheoloides (Butheoloides) schwendingeri sp. n. est une espèce voisine de Butheoloides maroccanus, elle peut cependant étre distinguée de cette derniére par une pigmentation plus claire. Chez B. (B.) schwendingeri sp. n. les pédi- palpes et les pattes sont globalement jaune-clair dépourvus de taches, tandis que chez B. maroccanus les pédipalpes sont plus foncés, rougeätres et les pattes sont jaune ocre avec des pigments sombres. Par ailleurs, chez B. (B.) schwendingeri sp. n., la plaque prosomienne présente une concavité frontale plus profonde que chez B. (B.) maroc- canus. De plus, les granules spiniformes de la face interne du fémur et du tibia des pédipalpes sont nettement moins marqués chez la nouvelle espèce, et les valeurs mor- phométriques different (cf. Tableau I). TABLEAU I. Mensurations (en mm) des holotypes de Butheoloides (G.) aymerichi sp. n. et Butheoloides (B.) schwendingeri sp. n., et d’un topotype femelle de B. (B.) maroc- canus ? B. (G.) aymerichi B.(B.) schwendingeri B (B.) maroccanus Longueur totale 46,9 18,8 223, Prosoma - Longueur 4,6 23 2,6 - Largeur antérieure Si 1,6 2,0 - Largeur postérieure 4,7 22 DE Anneau caudal I - Longueur 3,4 1,8 2,0 - Largeur 24 1,4 1,6 Anneau caudal V - Longueur S2 2,8 SH - Largeur 23 1,4 1,5 - Hauteur 2,0 1,2 1, Vésicule - Largeur 1,8 1,1 1 - Hauteur 1,5 1,0 1,1 Pédipalpe - Fémur longueur 4,9 2,0 2,4 - Femur largeur 1,2 0,7 0,9 - Tibia longueur Sai 2,4 2,8 - Tibia largeur 1677 1,0 1,2. - Pince longueur 9,5 4,1 4,7 - Pince largeur 17 182 1,3 - Pince hauteur 1,6 0,9 1,1 - Doigt mobile longueur 6,3 2,0 3,0 ? Deux exemplaires topotypes sont également déposés au Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève Description basée sur l’holotype femelle. Mensurations dans le Tableau I. Coloration générale jaunâtre. Plaque prosomienne jaunâtre avec quelques petites taches brunâtres estompées; yeux noirs. Mesosoma jaunâtre avec des taches brunätres estompées, plus marquées sur les quatre premiers tergites. Anneaux I-II du metasoma jaunätres; IIJ-V rougeätres. Telson: vésicule rougeätre, plus claire que l’anneau V; aiguillon jaunatre à la base et rougeatre à l’extrémité. Peignes, opercule 730 W. R. LOURENCO eS effec ee Oo Ceo ue << © (©) Se 12 10 Fics 7-12 Fics 7-11. Butheoloides (Butheoloides) schwendingeri sp. n. (femelle holotype). 7. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. 8. Tibia du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. 9. Femur du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. 10. Telson, vue latérale. 11. Carapace, vue dorsale. Fic. 12. Idem, B. (B.) maroccanus (femelle). génital, sternum, hanches, processus maxillaire et sternites jaune pale. Pattes jaune pale. Pédipalpes jaunätre; pinces avec les doigts foncés dans leur région basale. Chélicères jaune clair dépourvues de toute tache ou trame. Morphologie. Prosoma: plaque prosomienne avec une concavité frontale profonde; tubercule oculaire nettement antérieur par rapport au centre de la plaque pro- BUTHEOLOIDES (SCORPIONES, BUTHIDAE) 73] Fic 13 Répartition connue des espèces du genre Butheoloides. 1. Butheoloides (B.) maroccanus. 2. Butheoloides (B.) milloti. 3. Butheoloides (B.) monodi. 4. Butheoloides (B.) annieae. 5. Butheoloides (B.) wilsoni. 6. Butheoloides (B.) polisi. 7. Butheoloides (B.) hirsti. 8. Butheoloides (B.) charlotteae. 9. Butheoloides (G.) aymerichi sp. n. 10. Butheoloides (B.) schwendingeri sp. n. somienne; yeux médians de taille moyenne, séparés par plus d’un diamètre oculaire; trois yeux latéraux du côté gauche et deux a droite (tératologie fréquente chez les Buthidae; cf. Lourengo, 1984). Carènes pratiquement absentes; granulations très fines et peu marquées. Mesosoma: tergites faiblement granulés; carène axiale très faiblement marquée. Metasoma: anneaux arrondis; quelques granulations éparses sur les anneaux I-II; anneaux III-V lisses; carènes peu marquées sur les anneaux I-II, absentes ou très réduites sur les anneaux III-V; carènes ventrales et latéro-ventrales absentes. Telson: vésicule faiblement granulée, presque lisse; aiguillon plus court que la vésicule, incurvé, pourvu d’une épine sous-aiguillonnaire faiblement développée, en forme de mamelon. Sternites à stigmates très petits, semi-ovales. Peignes avec 13-13 dents. Pédipalpes: fémur à 5 carènes; tibia lisse à carènes peu définies, carènes interne et dor- salo-interne plus marquées, face interne avec quelques granules spiniformes; fémur finement granulé; pince lisse; tranchant des doigts fixe et mobile avec 8-9 séries de granules. Chélicères avec la dentition caractéristique des Buthidae (Vachon, 1963); doigt mobile à deux dents basales et une sub-distale. Trichobothriotaxie du type A-a, orthobothriotaxique (Vachon, 1974, 1975). CONSIDÉRATIONS BIOGÉOGRAPHIQUES ET ÉCOLOGIQUES Vachon (1950) signalait déjà une répartition particulièrement localisée des trois espèces connues à l’époque pour le genre Butheoloides (B. maroccanus du Maroc, B. milloti du Mali et B. monodi du Sénégal). Plus récemment, cinq nouvelles espèces ont été décrites (B. annieae de la Côte d'Ivoire, B. wilsoni du Burkina Faso, B. polisi de \ Ethiopie, B. hirsti du Soudan et B. 732 W. R. LOURENCO charlotteae du Nigéria). La découverte de ces nouveaux taxa a considérablement élar- gi l’aire globale de répartition du genre, et permit de mettre en Evidence un modele de répartition typiquement périsaharien. La présente description de deux espèces nou- velles du Maroc et d’Algérie semble confirmer ce modèle. Une question déjà posée par Vachon (1950) peut une nouvelle fois être soulevée: Comment expliquer la présence de formes apparentées tant au nord qu’au sud du Sahara? D’après Braestrup (1947), un mécanisme d’échanges à travers le Sahara, a souvent été utilisé comme argument pour expliquer la répartition des faunes sahariennes. Il mentionne des traversées du domaine déserticole soit par des éléments méridionaux (éthiopiens) qui auraient gagné les régions septentrionales, soit par des éléments septentrionaux (paléarctiques) dispersés jusque dans des régions du sud du Sahara. Une telle hypothèse est plausible pour des organismes dotés d’une grande capacité de dispersion, capables de parcourir des longues distances et d’établir de nou- velles colonies loins de leur territoire. Or, les Scorpions constituent une faune d’autochtonie stable, en général très ancienne et individuellement très localisée, peu encline à de telles migrations. De ce fait, les répartitions géographiques actuelles des différents groupes de scorpions doivent être associées à une situation plutôt relictuelle qu’à la conséquence d’une expansion dynamique. Le genre Butheoloides a certainement présenté une distribution plus vaste colonisant des régions aujourd’hui remplacées par le Sahara. A cause du phénomène complexe de désertification amorcé depuis seulement quelques milliers d’annees, la répartition du genre s’est probablement rétrécie à des régions périphériques écolo- giquement plus favorables. La suite des études sur les Scorpions d’Afrique pourra encore dévoiler d’autres espèces appartenant au genre Butheoloides. REMERCIEMENTS Je remercie Sabine Jourdan (Paris) et Peter Schwendinger (Genève) pour la révision des versions préliminaires du texte. RÉFÉRENCES BIBLIOGRAPHIQUES BRAESTRUP, F. W. 1947. Remarks on faunal exchange through the Sahara. Videnskabellge med- deleiser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening I Köbenhavn 110: 1-15. Hirst, S. 1925. On some scorpions from Morocco, with the description of a new genus and species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History ser. 9, 15: 414-416. LOURENCO, W. R. 1984. Alguns casos de teratologia observados em escorpiôes do gênero Tityus (Scorpiones, Buthidae). Revista brasileira de Biologia 44 (1): 9-13. LOURENÇO, W. R. 1986. Les Scorpions de la station écologique de Lamto (Côte d’Ivoire). Bulletin du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris 4e sér., 8, sect. A, n° 1: 199-208. LOURENÇO, W. R. 1995. Considérations sur la répartition géographique du genre Butheoloides Hirst avec la description de Butheoloides wilsoni n. sp. (Scorpiones, Buthidae). Bulletin du Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris, 4ème sér., 16, sect. A, n° 2-4 : 475-480. LOURENCO, W. R. 1996. A propos de deux espéces nouvelles appartenant au genre Butheoloides Hirst (Scorpiones, Buthidae). Revue Arachnologique 11 (9) : 87-94. BUTHEOLOIDES (SCORPIONES, BUTHIDAE) 733 LOURENÇO, W. R. 2000. Confirmation d’une espèce nouvelle appartenant au genre Butheoloides Hirst (Scorpiones, Buthidae) du Nigeria. Revue Arachnologique 13 (9): 129-133. VACHON, M. 1948. Etudes sur les Scorpions. Archives de l’Institut Pasteur d'Algérie 26 (2): 162- 208. VACHON, M. 1950. Quelques remarques sur le peuplement en Scorpions du Sahara à propos d’une nouvelle espèce du Sénégal: Butheoloides monodi. Bulletin de la Société Zoo- logique de France 75: 170-176. VACHON, M. 1963. De l’utilité, en systématique, d’une nomenclature des dents des chélicères chez les Scorpions. Bulletin du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, 2è sér., 35 (2): 161-166. VACHON, M. 1974. Etude des caractères utilisés pour classer les familles et les genres de Scor- pions (Arachnides). 1. La trichobothriotaxie en arachnologie. Sigles trichobothriaux et types de trichobothriotaxie chez les Scorpions. Bulletin du Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, 3è sér., n° 140, Zool. 104: 857-958. VACHON, M. 1975. Sur l’utilisation de la trichobothriotaxie du bras des pédipalpes des Scorpions (Arachnides) dans le classement des genres de la famille des Buthidae Simon. Comptes Rendus de l’Académie des Sciences, Paris, sér., D, 281: 1597-1599. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 735-739; décembre 2002 Heterothops besucheti sp. n. und H. orientalis sp. n. aus der Türkei (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) Petr STOURAC Taussigova 1169, CZ-182 00 Praha 8 - Kobylisy, Tschechische Republik. Heterothops besucheti sp. n. and H. orientalis sp. n. from Turkey (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). - Two new species of the genus Heterothops Stephens, 1829 (Heterothops besucheti and H. orientalis) from Turkey are described, illustrated and compared to related species. Key-words: Taxonomy - faunistics - new species - Coleoptera - Staphy- linidae - Turkey. EINLEITUNG Die Gattung Heterothops Stephens, 1829 ist in der Welt durch zirca 150 Arten vertreten. Sie sind nicht nur aus der paläarktischen, sondern auch aus der neotro- pischen, nearktischen, orientalischen und australischen Region bekannt. Die Vertreter dieser Gattung fehlen wahrscheinlich in der afrotropischen Region. Paläarktische Arten (über 50) leben gewöhnlich unter faulenden Stoffen, abge- fallenem Laub, in Baumhöhlen oder auch an Ufern stehender und fliessender Gewässer. Das Vorkommen einiger Arten ist an unterirdische Nester verschiedener kleiner Säugetiere gebunden. Eine neue Art von Heterothops wurde vor Kurzem aus den Sammlungen des Muséum d’histoire naturelle Genève beschrieben (Stouraë, 2001). Weiteres studiertes Heterothops-Material aus den Sammlungen dieses Museums brachte ausser interes- santen faunistischen Angaben (H. minutus Wollaston, 1860 aus Iran) und weiteren Erkenntnissen über die Variationsbreite der äusseren Merkmale von H. minutus (Por- tugal, Spanien) auch zwei neue Arten aus der Türkei, deren Beschreibungen ich im folgenden bringe. Die Proportionen in den Beschreibungen und die Messwerte in der Diskussion sind in Millimetern angegeben. Das Typenmaterial ist überwiegend in den Sammlungen des Muséum d’histoire naturelle Geneve, Schweiz (MHNG) aufbewahrt, einige Paratypen sind auch in den Sammlungen von L. Hromädka, Prag, Tschechische Republik (LH) und des Verfassers (PS). Ich danke Herrn Dr. I. Löbl für die Möglichkeit, weiteres Heterothops-Material durchzuschauen. Manuskript angenommen am 24.07.2002 736 P. STOURAC TAXONOMISCHER TEIL Heterothops besucheti sp. n. Abb. 1-3 Typenmaterial. Holotypus 4 und Allotypus 9: “Turquie, Izmir, Bahçelikôy, 16.VII.69, Cl. Besuchet” (MHNG). Paratypen 15 gd 4 - gleiche Angaben wie bei Holotypus (10 MHNG, 2 MASE Sei) Beschreibung. Männchen. Länge 3,8-4,5 mm. Färbung ziemlich variabel. Kopf und Hinterleib dunkelbraun; Halsschild heller braunrot bis braunrot; Flügeldecken braun, ihre Schultern und Hinterränder gewöhnlich rötlich gelb, manchmal überwiegt aber die helle Färbung und nur die Umgebung des Schildchens ist düster gefärbt; Beine gelbbraun mit schwach getrübter Innenseite der Mittel- und Hinterschienen; Fühler und Taster braunrot, an beiden das 1. und Basis des 2. Gliedes, sowie Apikalränder der Hinterleibstergite gelbbraun. Kopf rundlich (Länge/Breite=0,54/0,51), Augen ziemlich gross, aus der Seiten- wölbung des Kopfes kaum hervorragend, Schläfen von oben gesehen geringfügig kürzer als der Längsdurchmesser der Augen (0,21/0,23). Zwischen dem vorderen und hinteren Stirnpunkt befinden sich gewöhnlich zwei Punkte (selten einerseits oder auch beiderseits drei Punkte), der hintere von diesen liegt knapp hinter dem Niveau des Augenhinterrandes. Der Schläfenpunkt liegt kaum näher zum Augenhinterrand als zur Halsabschnürung. Die ganze Kopfoberfläche mit feiner querwelliger Mikroskulptur. Fühler zur Spitze kaum erweitert, das 2. und 3. Glied gleichlang, die vorletzten Glieder etwa so lang wie breit, das 11. Glied kürzer als die beiden vorhergehenden Glieder zusammengenommen. Halsschild quer (Länge/Breite=0,73/0,79), hinten breit abgerundet, fast im hin- teren Viertel am breitesten, von dort zu Vorderecken deutlich und besonders im zwei- ten Drittel gerade verengt. In der Chaetotaxie sind keine Unterschiede gegen andere Heterothops-Arten vorhanden. Ganze Oberfläche ähnlich wie auf dem Kopf mikro- skulpturiert. Schildchen punktiert und behaart. Flügeldecken quer (Länge/Breite=0,88/1,00), an der Basis etwas schmäler als die grösste Halsschildbreite und nach hinten gewöhnlich erweitert. An den Seiten länger (0,87/0,73), an der Naht (einschliesslich des Schildchens) kaum kürzer (0,72/0,73) als der Halsschild entlang der Mittellinie. Punktierung fein und etwas unregelmässig, Punktabstände in der Querrichtung durchschnittlich einmal, in der Längsrichtung zwei- bis dreimal so gross wie der Durchmesser der Punkte. Hinterleib mit weissem Hautsaum am Apikalrand des 7. Tergites, Punktierung der Tergite kaum feiner und nur auf ihrer Vorderhälfte etwas dichter als auf den Flügel- decken, zum Ende des Hinterleibes wird die Punktierung geringfügig lockerer. Der 8. Sternit in der Mitte des Hinterrandes ziemlich tief, scharf dreieckig ausgeschnitten (Abb. 3). Die anliegende Behaarung der Flügeldecken und des Hinterleibes bräunlich. Vordertarsen deutlich erweitert, das 2. Glied breiter als die Spitze der Schiene. Der Aedoeagus mit Medianlobus ziemlich lang und Richtung Spitze fast allmählich verschmälert, die äusserste Spitze kurz abgerundet (seine Form und Sklerite des Innensackes siehe Abb. 1-2). HETEROTHOPS AUS DER TURKEI 737 Weibchen. Grösse, Färbung und äussere Merkmale wie beim Männchen, nur Fühler durchschnittlich etwas kürzer und mit geringfügig queren vorletzten Gliedern. Vordertarsen schlanker, das 2. Glied kaum schmäler als die Spitze der Schiene. Differentialdiagnose. Die neue Art ähnelt am meisten H. minutus. Von dieser Art unterscheidet sich A. besucheti durch den fast runden Kopf (der Kopf von H. minutus ist länglich oval, manchmal sogar mit angedeutet eckigen Schläfen) und ein- deutig durch die Aedoeagus- und Skleritenform (vergleiche mit präzisen Abbildungen in Israelson 1979). Etymologie. Die neue Art widme ich dem bekannten Kenner der Pselaphiden, Herrn Dr. Claude Besuchet, der alle Exemplare dieser Art, zusammen mit weiteren Koleopteren, im Laufe seiner Studienreise in die Türkei im Jahre 1969 aufgesammelt hat. Heterothops orientalis sp. n. Abb. 4-5 Typenmaterial. Holotypus & und Allotypus 9: “TURQUIE: Kars, Kagizman, fleuve Aras, 1200 m, 18.VI.1986”; “Besuchet-Löbl-Burckhardt” (MHNG). Paratypen 5 98 4 99 - gleiche Angaben wie bei Holotypus (7 MHNG, 2 PS). Beschreibung. Männchen. Länge 4,2-4,7 mm. Färbung ziemlich variabel. Kopf und Hinterleib dunkelbraun; Halsschild heller braunrot bis braunrot; Flügeldecken gelbbraun mit unscharfer gemeinsamer bräunlicher Makel entlang der Naht, die in der Länge und Breite etwas variiert; Fühler und Taster braunrot, an beiden die 2-3 basalen Glieder, Beine und Apikalränder der Hinterleibstergite gelbbraun. Kopf länglich oval (Länge/Breite=0,55/0,50), Augen mittelgross, aus der Seitenwölbung des Kopfes nicht hervorragend, Schläfen von oben gesehen kaum länger als der Längsdurchmesser der Augen (0,24/0,23). Zwischen dem vorderen und hinteren Stirnpunkt befinden sich gewöhnlich zwei Punkte (nur bei einem Männchen an beiden Seiten drei Punkte), der hintere von diesen liegt hinter dem Niveau des Augenhinterrandes. Der Schläfenpunkt liegt etwas näher zum Augenhinterrand als zur Halsabschnürung. Die ganze Kopfoberfläche mit feiner querwelliger Mikroskulptur. Fühler zur Spitze kaum erweitert, das 2. und 3. Glied gleichlang, die vorletzten Glieder etwa so lang wie breit oder geringfügig länger, das 11. Glied kürzer als die beiden vorhergehenden Glieder zusammengenommen. Halsschild schwach quer (Länge/Breite=0,71/0,75), hinten breit abgerundet, etwa im hinteren Drittel am breitesten, von dort zu Vorderecken deutlich und beson- ders im zweiten Drittel gerade verengt. In der Chaetotaxie sind keine Unterschiede gegen andere Heterothops-Arten vorhanden. Ganze Oberfläche ähnlich wie auf dem Kopf mikroskulpturiert. Schildchen fein punktiert und behaart. Flügeldecken quer (Länge/Breite=0,90/0,98), an der Basis kaum schmiler als die grösste Halsschildbreite und nach hinten erweitert. An den Seiten deutlich länger (0,88/0,71), an der Naht (einschliesslich des Schildchens) kaum kürzer (0,70/0,71) als der Halsschild entlang der Mittellinie. Punktierung fein und etwas unregelmässig, Punktabstände in der Querrichtung durchschnittlich einmal, in der Längsrichtung zweimal so gross wie der Durchmesser der Punkte. 738 P. STOURAC Ù ] I ' I I I ' I I I ! I I I I ul 1 1 0,2 mm -+————— 315 5 ABB. 1-5 1 - 3: Heterothops besucheti sp. n. 1, 3. Holotypus d. 1 - Medianlobus ventral; 2 - Aedoeagus mit vorgetretenem Innensack lateral (Paratypus d); 3 - Ausschnitt am Apikalrand des 8. Sternites. 4 - 5: Heterothops orientalis sp. n., Holotypus d. 4 - Medianlobus ventral; 5 - Ausschnitt am Apikalrand des 8. Sternites. Hinterleib mit weissem Hautsaum am Apikalrand des 7. Tergites, Punktierung der Tergite etwas feiner und nur auf ihren Vorderhälften dichter als auf den Flügel- decken, zum Ende des Hinterleibes wird die Punktierung geringfügig lockerer. Der 8. Sternit in der Mitte des Hinterrandes stumpf dreieckig ausgeschnitten (Abb. 5). Die anliegende Behaarung der Flügeldecken und des Hinterleibes bräunlich. Vordertarsen schwach erweitert, das 2. Glied geringfügig schmäler als die Spitze der Schiene. Der Aedoeagus mit Medianlobus im mittleren Teil parallelseitig und dann all- mählich in scharfe Spitze veregt (seine Form und Anordnung der Sklerite im Innensack siehe Abb. 4). HETEROTHOPS AUS DER TURKEI 739 Weibchen. Grösse, Färbung und äusserliche Merkmale wie beim Männchen, nur Fühler durchschnittlich etwas kürzer und mit eher quadratischen vorletzten Gliedern. Vordertarsen schlank, das 2. Glied deutlich schmäler als die Spitze der Schiene. Differentialdiagnose. Heterothops orientalis unterscheidet sich von H. minutus und A. besucheti hauptsächlich durch den scharf zugespitzten Aedoeagus, äusserlich durch die etwas kleineren Augen und von A. besucheti auch durch den schmaleren Kopf. Etymologie. Die neue Art ist nach ihrer geographischer Verbreiterung benannt. DISKUSSION Wie aus den Beschreibungen folgt, bilden H. besucheti und H. orientalis, zusammen mit A. minutus, eine Gruppe ähnlicher Arten, die man folgenderweise charakterisieren kann: robustere Gestalt (Kopfbreite=0,50-0,58, Halsschild- breite=0,75-0,89, Flügeldeckenbreite=0,98-1,08); gewöhnlich zwei Punkte zwischen dem vorderen und hinteren Stirnpunkt auf dem Kopf; grössere Augen (0,23-0,27), die etwa so lang wie die Schläfen sind; mittellange und nicht zu schlanke Fühler, die bis auf 1-3 basale Glieder verdunkelt sind; ziemlich lange (0,88-1,04) und variabel gefärbte Flügeldecken. Die Variabilität äusserlicher Merkmale kann besonders bei der Weibchenbestimmung Schwierigkeiten verursachen. In diese Gruppe kann man auch A. canariensis Israelson, 1979 einreihen, weil die in Israelsons Beschreibung angeführten 3-4 zusätzlichen Kopfpunkte nicht immer anwesend sind (ich sah ein Männchen von Tenerife, das auf der linken Seite des Kopfes nur zwei Punkte zwischen dem vorderen und hinteren Stirnpunkt hatte). Diese Art ist aber begrenzt verbreitet (Kanarische Inseln, Marokko) und deshalb sind die Weibchen nur mit jenen von H. minutus verwechselbar. Im westlichen paläarktischen Gebiet kommt noch eine Art vor, A. dissimilis (Gravenhorst, 1802), die durch die Färbung manchmal den oben angeführten Arten et- was ähnelt. Sie hat aber eine schlankere Gestalt (Kopfbreite=0,43-0,48, Halsschild- breite=0,66-0,75, Flügeldeckenbreite=0,77-0,91), kleinere Augen (0,19-0,21) und kürzere Flügeldecken (0,72-0,81). LITERATUR ISRAELSON, G. 1979. On the taxonomy of some West European and Macaronesian Heterothops Stephens (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Entomologica Scandinavica 10: 261-268. Stoura&, P. 2001. Zwei neue Arten der Tribus Quediini aus Pakistan (Coleoptera: Staphy- linidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 108: 257-261. TY = alec na i aol REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 741-775; décembre 2002 The New World Eupariini: Revision of the genus Auperia Chevrolat, 1864 (= Phalangochaeta Martinez, 1952) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae) Zdzistawa T. STEBNICKA Institute of Systematics and Evolution of Animals, Polish Academy of Sciences, Stawkowska 17, 31-016 Krakow, Poland. The New World Eupariini: Revision of the genus Auperia Chevrolat, 1864 (= Phalangochaeta Martinez, 1952) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae). - Sixteen species of the Neotropical genus Auperia are recognized, including 8 species described as new: Auperia domingo sp. n., A. guayara sp. n., A. iquitosae sp. n., A. loretoensis Sp. n., A. panamensis sp. n., A. puyoensis sp. n., A. rondoniae Sp. n., and A. teutoniae sp. n. A lecto- type of Araenius arator Harold is designated, and the following new synonyms are proposed: Auperia Chevrolat (= Phalangochaeta Martinez syn. n.); A. transversaria (Schmidt) (= Euparia bolivari Petrovitz syn. n.); A. denominata Chevrolat (= Ataenius arator Harold syn. n. = Ataenius ben- Jaminbanderai Islas syn. n. = Ataenius euglyptus Bates syn. n. = Ataenius sciurus Cartwright syn. n. = Phalangochaeta grandis Petrovitz syn. n.). A key is provided, each taxon is diagnosed and illustrated, available biologi- cal information and distribution data are given. A taxonomic background of the genus is included and phylogenetic hypothesis is presented for the rela- tionship among discussed taxa. Key-words: Coleoptera - Scarabaeidae - Aphodiinae - Auperia - Neo- tropical Region - taxonomy - new species - new synonyms - phylogeny. INTRODUCTION The present revision is one of the series of comprehensive papers dealing with the New World genera and species of Aphodiinae (Stebnicka, 1999a, 1999b, 2000, 2001a, 2001b). The work treats the genus Auperia Chevrolat, long known as Phalan- gochaeta Martinez, Euparia Le Peletier de St Fargeau & Serville or Ataenius Harold, and clarifies its status and identity of species previously described in various genera. This remarkable genus is noteworthy because of its apparent rarity and strikingly peculiar morphological characters. It consists presently of the sixteen, mostly forest- dwelling and litter-inhabiting species from the Central and South America, West Indies and Florida, including eight species described herein as new. All taxa are diagnosed, keyed and illustrated, a cladistic analysis determines the monophyly of the genus and its species relationships. Sufficient data were available to outline the major patterns of the species distribution, which will change only slightly with addition of the yet unworked material and of the future field collections. — Manuscript accepted 26.06.2002 742 Z. T. STEBNICKA TAXONOMIC BACKGROUND The following historical outline is based on a careful study of the original literature and on the type species of all species involved. Scarabaeus stercorator Fabricius, 1775, was the first euparine species described from South America (Brazil, Rio de Janeiro). The unique type specimen of that species preserved in Banks Collection in London was never studied by subsequent authors until its redescription by Landin (1956) and Stebnicka (1998). In the course of over hundred years, most authors have applied Fabricius’ name to the various species. A misidentification of S. stercorator has been initiated by Jacquelin du Val (1856) in her contribution to the Coleoptera of Cuba, in which she introduced without any description (nomen nudum) a new generic name “Auperia” in combination with spe- cific name stercorator Fabricius. Since the true stercorator does not occur in Cuba or anywhere in the West Indies, Jacquelin du Val unintentionally used Fabricius’ name to any other undescribed species. Even if the name “Auperia” resulted from a mispelling of the existing name Euparia Le Peletier (1828), it has been applied in its original spelling by Chevrolat (1864) for a number of new species described by him from Cuba. Chevrolat (1864: 413) also listed “Auperia stercorator” with a brief Latin diagnosis that is far from being adequate to the true Fabricius’ species, and seems to concern a variety of his species terminalis var. ciliata (1864: 414) or another unknown species. However, just below the mentioned diagnosis, Chevrolat (1864: 413) continued as follows [original citation]: “J'ai reçu sous le même no d’envoi, un insecte qui n’est peut-être que l’autre sexe de l’A. stercorator et qui présente des différences assez notables: taille plus élevée et corps élargi, ponctuation en général plus fine et plus serrée: prothorax nettement coupé droit sur les côtés, offrant pres du bord une teinte rougeatre assez étendue en largeur et en hauteur; élytres à stries légères, sillonnées, étroites, renfermant chacune une ligne mince peu élevée, interrompue par une série de petits points peu profonds et réguliers, interstices relativement larges, peu élevés: angle huméral aigu, creusé en dedans; pattes couleur de poix. (A. denominata Nob.) — Long. 6 mill., lat. 3 mill. Cuba. Deux exemplaires. Coll. de l’auteur.” The lectotype of denominata fits into cited description in all the essential features characterizing the genus Auperia. In 1867(a), Harold established the genus Araenius using formula “new genus” in his description of Ataenius scutellaris from “Columbia”. Since then, all authors considered A. scutellaris to be the type species of the genus Araenius by indirect ori- ginal designation (fixed by Cartwright, 1974). Afterwards, Harold (1870) transferred Scarabaeus stercorator Fabricius to Ataenius together with all species described by Chevrolat (1864) except Auperia denominata, and he commented Afaenius and Auperia as follows [original citation]: „Jacquelin Duval (1856) erwähnt dieselbe ebenfalls in Ramon de la Sagra’s Geschichte von Cuba, indem er den Scarab. stercorator Fabr. als Einwohner dieser Insel nachweist; zugleich ändert er den Gattungs-Namen in Auperia ab, weil derselbe in der Botanik (Primulaceae) schon in Gebrauch ist, worin ich ihm jedoch nicht gefolgt bin, da ich keinen Collisionsfall hierin erkenne. Seine Auperia stercorator ist schwer- lich die Art des Fabricius, jedenfalls aber ein Araenius. Zu dieser Gattung gehören auch REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 743 die von Chevrolat in Ann. Soc. France, 1864 beschriebenen Auperia stercorator Fabr., rhyticephala, sulcatula and terminalis...”. In this quotation a binomen “Auperia denominata” has been omitted, being regarded by Harold as synonymous with Auperia stercorator. Furthermore, in 1867(b) Harold described the true stercorator under the name Ataenius opacus from Brazil, and in 1875 he followed a misidentification of Fabricius’ species presenting its putative “redescription” that fits to at least three various species excluding the true stercorator. As may be concluded from the aforesaid statements, a misidentified species Scarabaeus stercorator Fabricius, 1775 (presently Ataenius stercorator) can not be considered as type species of any existing genus, such as Auperia, Ataenius nor Euparia, in the meaning of Art. 70.3 of the ‘Code’ (ICZN, 1999). The generic name Auperia Chevrolat, 1864 used in a single combined description with indicated species- group name does not contravene a provision of Art. 27 — 31 of the ‘Code’ and should be considered as valid (in the meaning of Art. 12.2 of the ‘Code’). The nominal species Auperia denominata Chevrolat, 1864 should be fixed as type species of the genus Auperia (in the meaning of Art. 67.2, 69.2A.3 of the “Code’). COLLECTIONS STUDIED Approximately 700 representatives of Auperia have been selected from the ma- terial consisting of the over 20000 euparine specimens identified at present, including all the type specimens available in various collections. The following institutions and private collections kindly contributed material for this study. The abbreviations cited below are used in all text citations: BMNH British Museum of Natural History, London CAS California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco CFC Carlos Flechtmann Collection, Brasilia (Brazil) CMN Canadian Museum of Nature, Ottawa DEIE Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Eberswalde FSCA Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville HAHC Henry & Anne Howden Collection, Ottawa HNHM Hungarian Natural History Museum, Budapest IBMZ Instituto de Biologia y Museo de Zoologia, Mexico City IRSNB Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bruxelles ISEA Institute of Systematics and Evolution of Animals PAS, Krakow JSC Joachim Schulze Collection, Berlin MCZC Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge MHNG Museum d’histoire naturelle, Geneva MMU The Manchester Museum, University of Manchester MZUSP Museu de Zoologia, Universidade de Säo Paulo NRS Naturhistoriska Rijksmuseet, Stockholm PSC Paul Skelley Collection, Gainesville RTC R. Turnbow Collection, Gainesville SMTD Staatliches Museum für Tierkunde, Dresden 744 Z. T. STEBNICKA UNSM University of Nebraska State Museum, Lincoln, Nebraska USNM United States National Museum of Natural History, Washington DC WWC William Warner Collection, Arizona ZMHB Zoologisches Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt Universität, Berlin TAXONOMY AND PHYLOGENY Auperia Chevrolat Auperia Chevrolat, 1864: 413. Euparia Le Peletier St.-Fargeau & Serville, 1828: 357 (partim). Ataenius Harold, 1867a: 82 (partim). Phalangochaeta Martinez, 1952: 92-94. — Petrovitz, 1973: 179-180; Dellacasa, 1988: 271 (cata- logue); Stebnicka, 1998: 200, fig. 1, 3. New synonymy. Type species: now fixed (under Article 70.3 of the Code) as Auperia denominata Chevrolat, 1864, misidentified as Scarabaeus stercorator Fabricius, 1775. Description. Length 3.0 — 8.0 mm. Body variously shaped and sculptured; dor- sum usually unicolorous, dark castaneous to black, elytra on apical declivity and/or at apex frequently covered with minute setae. Head broad, usually as wide as pronotum, moderately to strongly gibbose medially, frontal suture often indicated by small convexities at eyes, clypeus emarginate anteriorly or slightly truncate; surface punc- tate, punctures of median area of head usually elongate in shape. Eye well developed, partially visible or not visible from directly above. Pronotum transverse with punctate fovea on each side of disc; base usually without marginal line, crenate by close punc- tures, more or less excised near posterior angles; lateral margin usually thickened, minutely crenate-fimbriate; anterior angles rounded, often produced forwards, pos- terior angles right-angled, rarely truncate. Scutellum triangular, relatively small, in some species foveate or carinate. Elytra with basal bead, single or double humeral den- ticles and 10 striae and intervals including marginal one; striae punctate, in some species partially margined by lines, intervals smooth or punctate, rarely lateral inter- vals granulate. Flight wings functional. Ventral thoracic sclerites variously shaped; prosternal process widely triangular, often carinate medially; mesosternum lower than metasternum with short or long intercoxal carina (Figs 15-17, 36, 40) or with callosity (Figs 18-19, 33-35, 37); meso-metasternal suture usually visible, metasternum convex, often with diagonal fossulae or pits; lateral metasternal triangle distinct, rarely vague; mesocoxae separate; abdomen with 5-6 visible, coalesced sternites, sternites fluted (longitudinally strigose) along sutures, first sternite margined by line; pygidium with median transverse carina, often with longitudinal carina on scabrous disc. Legs usually moderate in length; profemur anteriorly with perimarginal groove; meso-and meta- femur usually narrow, parallel-sided rarely mesofemur fusiform; protibia relatively short and narrow with three small teeth on outer side; mesotibia and metatibia slightly widened toward apex with longitudinal, setaceous lines; apex of metatibia with small accessory spine and with or without fringe of few setae; apical spurs located close together below tarsal insertion; tarsus short to moderate in length, hind tarsus usually covered with close pale setae. External sexual differences usually slight, apparent mostly on ventral sclerites. REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 745 Male genitalia (Figs 6-14, 26-32) generally homogenous in shape, relatively small, moderately sclerotized; phallobase without hump, equal to length of parameres or longer; phallobase and parameres fused; apical portion of internal sac (Fig. 13) usu- ally very large, furnished with sclerites and spicules. Labro-epipharyngeal complex (Figs 38-39) adapted to soft saprophagy. Affinity. The closest relatives of this genus are the two monotypic genera such as the Panamanian Batesiana Chalumeau and Ecuadorian Napoa Stebnicka. Both these “genera are distinctly modified, assosiated with termites and/or ants and share with Auperia the general characters of the head, legs and the male genitalia, also a similar structure of meso-metasternum found in some species of Auperia. Bionomy. Based on information taken from labels, adult specimens of Auperia have been collected frequently in Central and South America in lowland and montane tropical forests from 100-1520 m by flight interception traps, malaise traps, sifting leaf litter and detritus remnants, in burrows of small mammals and nests of ants and ter- mites, and to a lesser extent under bark. PHYLOGENETIC HYPOTHESIS The Eupariini are difficult for cladistic analysis, because in most of their repre- sentatives the number of parallel characters is distinctly higher than the number of unique synapomorphies. This analysis concerns a phyletic sequence of taxa within the tribe. Species of the genus Auperia form the ingroup, Ataenius perforatus-group of species (Stebnicka 2001b) is consistently the basal outgroup, with Airapus parvispinus (Schmidt) as the more immediate outgroup to Auperia. The Asian-Australian genus Airapus Stebnicka & Howden contains a heterogeneous assemblage of 22 species shar- ing with Auperia some similar character states. While this may not show relationship, it is suitable for the comparison of characters. The 21 binary characters are defined in matrix and coded in Table 1. The cladogram displaying character state changes was TABLE | Matrix of taxa and character states used in the cladistic analysis Taxa 11111 TA 2 Characters: 01234 56789 01234 56789 0 Ataenius perforatus-group 00000 00000 00000 00000 0 Airapus parvispinus 00000 00000 00001 01000 0 Auperia amazonica 01101 11000 11110 11111 0 À. angusticollis 11001 11000 10110 00011 1 A. capitosa 11000 10100 00111 00010 0 A. denominata 11001 01000 10110 00001 i A. domingo sp. n. 01001 11000 00110 10101 0 A. guayara sp. n. 01001 11010 00110 10001 1 A. huebneri 01101 11000 11111 11111 0 A. iquitosae Sp. n. 01000 10100 00111 00000 0 A. loretoensis Sp. n. 01011 11000 00111 11111 0 À. minuta 01011 11000 00111 RT 0 A. panamensis sp. n. 11001 11000 10110 00001 l A. puyoensis sp. n. 01001 11000 00111 11101 0 A. rondoniae sp. n. 11001 01000 10110 00001 I A. squamosa 01101 11001 01110 11101 0 A. teutoniae Sp. n. 01001 11000 00111 LISI 0 A 0 . transversaria 01001 11000 10111 11101 746 Z. T. STEBNICKA prepared using WINCLADA 0.9.9 (Nixon 1999) under accelerated transformation (ACCTRAN) that accounts for homoplasy in terms of reversals to the plesiomorphic condition. Using the heuristic search with random addition sequence, the two equally parsimonious trees were generated, each with a length of 33 steps and consistency and retention indices 63 and 83 respectively. Character states used in the cladistic analysis. Scores for character states: ple- siomorphic = 0; apomorphic = 1. 0. Average body size — medium (0), large (1). 1. Head size — medium (0), large (1). 2. Anterior clypeal emargination - distinct (0), indistinct (1). 3. Clypeal carina — absent (0), present (1). 4. Pronotal shape — subquadrate (0), transverse (1). 5. Basal marginal line of pronotum — present (0), absent (1). 6. Side of pronotum — not explanate (0), explanate (1). 7. Posterior angle of pronotum — prominent (0), truncate (1). 8. Basal lobe of pronotum — absent (0), present (1). 9. Elytral striae 8-9 — smooth (0), granulate (1). 10. Elytral interval 10% — convex shining (0), flattened opaque (1). 11. Elytral preapical umbone — not indicated (0), indicated (1). 12. Prosternal process — small (0), broad (1). 13. Space between mesocoxae - < to width of mesofemur (0), > than width of mesofemur (1). 14. Surface of mesosternum — carinate (0), calloused (1). 15. Metasternal lateral triangle — wide (0), narrow (1). 16. Metasternal fossulae — absent (0), present (1). 17. Profemur surface — scabrous opaque (0), punctate shiny (1). 18. Metafemur posterior line — complete (0), incomplete (1). 19. Basal tarsomere of metatarsus - < to four tarsomeres (0), > than four tarsomeres (1). 20. Setae of metatar- sus — short scarce (0), long close (1). Synapomorphies that conclusively establish the monophyly of Auperia are dis- cussed relative to the presented cladogram (Fig. 1) as follows: Character | — head large. This state is shared by members of some specialized euparine genera, e.g those asso- ciated with social insects, and it occurs rarely in the genus Ataenius. Character 5 - lack of basal marginal line of pronotum; this state is variable and occurs in various genera and species of Aphodiinae; synapomorphy for the clade with subsequent change to margined pronotum in denominata + panamensis line. Character 12 — prosternal process broad. Plesiotypically, the prosternal process is small or medium sized. This state usually depends on the mesosternal structures and as the synapomorphy for Auperia it is widely triangular and often carinate medially. Character 13 — widely separate mesocoxae. Although this state is variable and more or less remarkably mani- fested among Eupariini (Stebnicka 2001c), it is synapomorphic for Auperia. Character 7 — posterior angles of pronotum truncate. Synapomorphy for lineage capitosa + iqui- tosae; the remaining species of Auperia have the posterior angles of pronotum promi- nent. Synapomorphies for the following two main lineages of Auperia are: Characters 4, 6 — pronotum transverse with explanate sides. These states are also shared by mem- bers of some specialized euparine genera, e.g. Batesiana Chal. Plesiotypically, prono- tum is subquadrate and its sides are steep. Character 15 — lateral metasternal triangle narrow. This state with subsequent change to wide triangle is variable and usually correlated with more or less elevated metasternal disc. Character 19 — metatarsal basal tarsomere longer than four tarsomeres. This state occurs occasionally among members REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 747 Ataenius perforatus group 14 16 [HH Airapus parvispinus 0 18 7 [HY- capitosa O iquitosae 8 guayara 18 SITA 20 CICORIA, LS 13 + angusticollis 10 15 ; = ie panamensis 5 denominata 4 6 1519 E rondoniae domingo 9 squamosa 17 2 II \ 10 18 amazonica LF 14 na D— huebneri = puyoensis 10 14 [+— fransversaria a teutoniae 18 DO Ä 3 loretoensis minuta Fic. | Cladogram depicting hypothetical relationships among members of the genus Auperia Chevrolat, with Ataenius perforatus-group and Airapus parvispinus (Schmidt) as outgroups. Numbering of characters corresponds to that in the character matrix (Table 1). of various genera including Ataenius, however, most of the euparine species have the first tarsomere of hind tarsus equal to or shorter than following tarsomeres combined. Character 20 — metatarsus with long close setae, synapomorphy for nodes formed by guayara and angusticollis + panamensis + denominata + rondoniae. The latter four nodes are not supported by synapomorphy and show reversals to the plesiomorphic condition, though this group of closely related species is very distinct within Auperia. 748 Z. T. STEBNICKA Character 17 — surface of profemur shining punctate. This state supports the nodes formed by species characterized by mosaic of characters, but satisfactorily combined in this clade according to their external similarity. Characters 2, 11 — clypeal emar- gination indistinct and elytra with indicated preapical umbone support the nodes with squamosa + amazonica + huebneri. These species differ each other and from the remained congeners by some unique characters such as size, colour, structures of the elytra and of under surface of body. Character 3 — presence of clypeal carina unites loretoensis + minuta. Both these species are similar in overall appearance to puyoensis + transversaria + teutoniae and to domingo as well. The latter species differs in having the meso-metasternal carina instead of callosity. There are characters 14 and 16 de- fining the structures of meso-metasternum. Plesiotypically, in most of the euparine species meso-metasternum is furnished with carina, while the mesosternal callosities and metasternal fossulae occur rarely. Structures such as these are most probably adap- tive, shared by 8 species of Auperia and by outgroup taxon Airapus parvispinus. Under the accelerated transformation, these character states are reversed to the plesiomorphic condition for this clade. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF AUPERIA I Colour black; pronotum subquadrate, posterior angle widely truncate, side steep, not explanate; mesosternum with cordate callosity............ 2 - Colour castaneous or piceous; pronotum transverse, posterior angle right-angled, prominent, side more or less explanate; mesosternum with canina-or with semioval-callosity .... d.C 3 2(1) Length 6.0 - 8.0 mm; metafemur parallel-sided, posterior marginal line INCOMPDIELE Re Pte CER SE VR ae À. capitosa (Har.) - Length 4.0 — 5.0 mm; metafemur fusiform, posterior marginal line COMpleter: AMIENS ALU es NEE A. iquitosae sp. n. 3(1) Length 6.0 - 7.5 mm; scutellum smooth or finely punctate; disc of elytra CONVERT. 26a... ARE NR ASTA 4 - Length 3.0 — 5.2 mm; scutellum foveate or carinate; disc of elytra slightly déplanaté-e | 7/20: ee oe ee ARRE 7 AG) Pronotal base with fine marginal line. 2.2.2.2... 02. 0. 2 I - Pronotal base lacking marginal line . ..2..2. 2.2.2 00 a 6 5(4) Elytral striae in posterior half delimited on each side by fine lines; inter- vals usually distinctly punctate, apically carinate, 10th interval with mediansownzokminute Sranules senses a À. denominata Chevr. - Elytral striae impressed, without marginal lines; intervals usually im- punctate, 10th interval without eranules: aie ae À. rondoniae sp. n. 6(4) Pronotum short, side widely explanate ........... A. angusticollis (Schm.) - Pronotum moderate in length, side explanate in anterior half MR TA CABARET ORE ALE MS Yo cc A. panamensis sp. n. - Mesosternum with ’callosity.. 2.2.2 bee 9 8(7) Lateral area of pronotum with deep punctures forming large pits, pro- notalébase lobed atimıddlerrı Sr seen = eee ee À. guayara sp. n. REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 749 = Lateral area of pronotum with punctures moderate in size and depth; pronotal: base unlobed atimiddle Tr... 2 ee A. domingo sp. n. DICO: 8522 ttn Sie er DS, ee cual, ee 10 LET ZZZ ERE Re E N RAR ONE RER 12 10(9) Head on each side of median convexity with large, round punctures separated by about one diameter; mesosternal callosity narrow with CANITI ASIN S| CERERE E Pe + A. teutoniae Sp. n. - Head on each side of median convexity with moderate punctures sepa- rated by less than one diameter; mesosternal callosity wide without CARNAGIONE 1] 11(10) Pronotal punctures on each side of disc same size as those on clypeal disc; elytra slightly widened in posterior third. ..... A. transversaria (Schm.) - Pronotal punctures on each side of disc larger than those on clypeal disc; elytra strongly widened in posterior third.............. A. puyoensis sp. n. 12(9) Clypeus with distinct median emargination, surface with slight trans- verse carina; elytral preapical umbone not indicated ; colour rusty brown Cond ankaCastane USER Re (el On eae Reet rah atl Aer 13 - Clypeus truncate anteriorly or median emargination indistinct, surface without transverse carina; elytral preapical umbone indicated; colour DICSOIS AE RARO Se ANY RDI E aera AUS ie 14 13(12) Disc of pronotum with moderate in size, deep punctures separated by one diameter; elytra elongate, about 3 times as long as pronotum MI E A OUR oa pdl ae a e SE NEE A. minuta (Petr.) - Disc of pronotum with fine, shallow punctures separated by more than one diameter; elytra oval, about 2.5 times as long as pronotum 5 070 4 PSI DI ER a RE I NI A. loretoensis Sp. n. 14(12) Length 4.8 — 5.0 mm; anterior angle of pronotum widely rounded, strongly produced forwards, side widely explanate; mesosternum with ScMIOValcallosttyR AE Re a Re A. huebneri (Petr.) - Length 3.0 — 4.5 mm; anterior angle of pronotum obtuse, slightly promi- nent, side narrowly explanate; mesosternum with carina............... 15 15(14) Elytra microreticulate, discal intervals minutely punctate, lateral inter- vals as wide as striae without granules or tubercles... .. A. amazonica (Petr.) - Elytra shining, discal intervals with distinct rows of punctures, lateral intervals wider than striae with granules or tubercles ..... A. squamosa (Petr.) Auperia denominata Chevrolat Figs 2, 6, 15, 20 Auperia denominata Chevrolat, 1864: 413. Auperia stercorator: Chevrolat, 1864: 413 (nec Fabricius, 1775). Ataenius arator Harold, 1869: 102; Schmidt, 1922: 441; Dellacasa, 1988: 89 (catalogue). New synonymy. > Ataenius stercorator: Harold, 1870: 22 (non Fabricius, 1775, nec Chevrolat, 1864); 1875: 70-71 (non Fabricius, 1775). Ataenius euglyptus Bates, 1887: 97; Schmidt, 1922: 457; Dellacasa, 1988: 126 (catalogue). New synonymy. Ataenius denominatus: Schmidt, 1922: 422 (as synonym of stercorator); Chalumeau, 1980: 85 (nota). 750 Z. T. STEBNICKA Ataenius brevinotus Chapin, 1940: 39-40; Woodruff, 1973: 114; Chalumeau, 1980: 90, 91 (as synonym of denominatus), Dellacasa, 1988: 273 (catalogue) (as synonym of stercora- tor). Ataenius benjaminbanderai Islas, 1955: 497-499, fig. 3. New synonymy. Ataenius sciurus Cartwright, 1974: 65; Dellacasa, 1988: 343 (catalogue). New synonymy. Phalangochaeta grandis Petrovitz, 1973: 179-181; Dellacasa, 1988: 287 (catalogue). New synonymy. Type material. Auperia denominata: described from Cuba. Lectotype designated by Cartwright (1973) with 5 labels ‘Cuba’, ‘Coll. C. Felsche Kauf 20, 1918’, “Cuba Poey’, ‘de- nominatus Chevr. stercoraria L Laval K 118 Inl Cuba Havan D. Poey 449’, ‘Ataenius denomi- natus (Chevrolat) det. O.L. Cartwright’, in SMTD. Invalid lectotype designated by Chalumeau (1980), with large white label “Auperia de- nominata Ch. M.n.s. 2 Zar. III 193/449”, “Cuba Gundlach”, “Araenius denominatus (Chevr.), lectotype des. F. Chalumeau ‘79”, in ZMHB. Ataenius arator: described from Brazil. Lectotype (here designated), labelled ‘arator Typ’, ‘Ataenius arator/Brasil’ with green labels ‘Brasilien’, ‘27’, ‘Coll. C. Felsche Kauf 20, 1918’, in SMTD. A. euglyptus: described from Mexico. Lectotype designated by Cartwright (1964) la- belled ‘Las Vigas Mexico Hoege’, ‘Ataenius euglyptus Bates’, ‘B.C.A. Col. II (2) Ataenius’, ‘Ataenius euglyptus Bates, det. Cartwright 64’, in BMNH. A. brevinotus: described from Cuba. Type Nr 23554 labelled ‘Baragua Cuba May 7, 1926’ “T.P.R.F.Ent.457°, At. denominatus (Chevrolat) det. O.L. Cartwright’, in MCZC (not seen by the author). A. sciurus: described from Florida. Holotype male, labelled “Florida, 7 mi N Gainesville, 22.1.1947. J.C. Moore”, No 71745 USNM. Paratype, labelled “Welaka Fla, Putnam Co. J.C. Moore’, ‘sciurus nest 25.VII. 46°, ‘Ataenius sciurus Cartwright’, in MHNG. Phalangochaeta grandis: described from Brazil. Holotype male, labelled “Brasilien, SP, Barueri, 15.X11.1970, K. Lenko’, “Phalangochaeta grandis Petrovitz”, “Phalangochaeta arator det. Chalumeau ‘81”, in MHNG. Ataenius benjaminbanderai: Holotype (unicum) Mexico, San Luis Potosi, cd. Valles, 3.X.1954, leg. Islas, in IBMZ (not seen by the author, see under Remarks). Other specimens (92). Belize: Belmopan, 25.VIII.1972, S.& J. Peck (HAHC-CMN). Bolivia: La Paz, Yolosa nr Rio Coroico, 15.X1.1998, V. Tichy (JSC). Brazil: (Ro) Rondonia , 62 km SW Ariquemes nr Fzda Rancho Grande, 5-17.X.1993, black light trap, J.E.Eger (WWC); (Sc) Nova Teutonia, XII.71, leg. Plaumann (ISEA, USNM); Colombia (no additional data) (ZMHB). Ecuador: Limoncocha, 0.238, 76.38W, 300 m, leg. Stockwell (CMN). Guatemala: Peten, Tikal Ruins, 12-28.V.1991, L. Limoges (CMN); Zacapa, 12 km S San Lorenzo 510 m, 16.V1.1993, H. & A. Howden (ISEA). French Guyana: Mt Grand Matoury, 2-11.X.1995, M. Kocian (ISEA); Cayenne (20 km SW), 4.48N, 52.28W, 26-28.V.1887, J. Ashe & R. Brooks (HAHC-CMN). Honduras: Morazan, 4 km W Zamorano, El Macuelis, 17.VI. 1994, H.& A. Howden. Mexico: San Luis Potosi, cd. Valles, Palma Hotel, 8-23.VIII.1969, S. Peck (CMN); 10 km E cd. Valles, 21.VIII.1988, R. Turnbow (FSCA); Mexico (no additional data) Coll. C. Felsche Kauf 20, 1918 (ZMHB); Veracruz; Motzorongo Sta at Veracruz, R. Becker (MHNG); Jalcomulco, Hoege, G. Kolze (ZMHB); Oaxaca, 9. VII-3. VIII. 1965, G. Nelson (SEA). Panama: Colon Prov., Santa Rita Ridge, 10.VI.1977, H.&.A. Howden (CMN). Venezuela: Bolivar, 15 km E Caicara, 12.VI.1996, H. & A. Howden (CMN). USA Florida: Levy Co. 3-8 mi SW Archer, 6.11, 10.1.1989, Thomas & Skelley (SEA, PSC). Cuba: Oho (no additional data) (ZMHB). Description. Length 6.4-7.0 mm. Body (Fig. 2) elongate oblong, convex, moderately shining, colour dark castaneous to black. Head convex medially, slightly reflexed clypeal margin broadly rounded on each side of moderate median emargina- tion, sides arcuate to obtusely rounded gena; clypeus minutely transversely wrinkled just above emargination, punctures gradually fine to moderate and slightly elongate upward over median convexity to vertex, separated by one diameter or less, punctures REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 751 Fics 2-5 Habitus: 2 — Auperia denominata Chevrolat; 3 — A. panamensis sp. n.; 4 — A. puyoensis sp. n.; 5 — A. capitosa (Harold). on vertex round, usually separated by one diameter, in some specimens closer. Pronotum short and wide, sides visible from directly above, more or less explanate in anterior half; anterior angles rounded, side straight or slightly arcuate toward obtuse or slightly acutely prominent posterior angle; base with distinct marginal line, more or less deeply excised on sides; lateral edge very finely crenate, fringed with minute, close setae; pronotal punctures variable, disc with scattered, very fine to fine punctures be- coming quite dense, larger and coarser toward sides and here separated by less than one diameter, in some specimens contiguous and rugose. Elytra convex, sides arcuate, humeral denticle sharply pointed, sculpture variable; discal striae 1-3, 4, usually finer than remaining with shallow punctures, in most specimens lateral and apical striae margined by very fine, alutaceous lines and with deep, slightly crenating punctures; lateral and apical intervals convex to carinate, punctures of intervals 8-9 distinct, closer at shoulders, 10h interval flattened, opaque with median row of minute granules 752 Z. T. STEBNICKA bearing extremely fine setae. Mesosternum low, shagreened, meso-metasternal carina (Fig. 15) shining, wide between mesocoxae; metasternum relatively long, fine punc- tures scattered on disc, midline distinct, sometimes deeper at ends, lateral triangle broad, scabrous inside; abdominal sternites finely fluted along sutures, fluting of ster- nite 5! longer and coarser; surface punctures variable, moderate in size to coarse, in some specimens elongate, usually concentrated on sides being less close medially; disc of pygidium deeply eroded, wide and coarsely punctate apical lip connected to basal cusp by shining longitudinal carina. Profemur scabrous; mesofemur nearly same width as metafemur, closely punctate; metafemur with complete posterior line; tarsi seta- ceous, basal tarsomere of posterior tarsus about one-third longer than upper tibial spur. Male. Pronotal disc less closely punctate, basal emargination usually deeper than in female, 5th abdominal sternite shorter, disc of pygidium longer, posterior tarsus thicker; genitalia as in Fig. 6. Female. Elytra usually more widely arcuate and more convex on disc than in male. Remarks. Although the type specimen of Araenius benjaminbanderai Islas was not seen by the author, the original description and illustration of that species together with a series of specimens from the type locality are sufficient to consider it conspe- cific with Auperia denominata Chevrolat. The material examined forms a confusing complex in which variation is notable, as indicated in the description. The specimens from various localities exhibit differences in the shape of body and in the pronotal and elytral sculpture and may at first glance appear to be a separate species. Such variation is most likely due to the different environmental conditions. Auperia denominata occurs over a wide range being associated with fox squirrel nests and sciurus (Sciurus niger) nests, occasionally taken in horned owl nest and commonly collected at light. Distribution as in Fig. 20. Woodruff (1973) recorded this species under the name Afaenius brevinotus and Cartwright (1974) under the name A. sciurus from the following Florida localities: Highlands Co. near Lake Placid; Merritt Island; Manatee Co. Oneco; Dade Co., Matheson Hammock; Hilsborough Co. Plant City; Alachua Co. vicinity of Gainesville; Pinellas Co., Dunedin. Auperia angusticollis (Schmidt) comb. n. Figs 7, 20 Ataenius angusticollis Schmidt, 1909: 19-21; 1910, tb.2, fig. 31; 1922: 441. Phalangochaeta angusticollis: Martinez, 1952: 95-99, figs 18-27, 49; Dellacasa, 1988: 314 (catalogue). Type material. Holotype (sex not determined) labelled ‘Typus’ ‘Bolivia’ , Ar. angusti- collis’ in NRS. Paratypes not designated, 3 female specimens labelled ‘Syntypes’, ‘Bolivia, Coll. Kraatz’, ‘Ataenius angusticollis Schmidt, Cartw. 71°, in DEIE. Other specimens (42). Bolivia: Prov. Sara, Dep. Santa Cruz de la Sierra, 500 m, 1.1V.1904, J. Steinbach (ZMHB); Ichilo, Buena Vista, coll. Martinez (CMN); Santa Cruz, 3.7 km SSE Buena Vista, Hotel Flora & Fauna, 430 m, 14-19.X.2000, B.K. Dozier (FSCA, ISEA); Santa Cruz, vicinity of Buena Vista, 28.X.1998, V. Tichy (JSC). Description. Length 6.0 - 7.5 mm. Body strongly convex, glabrous, moderately shining, colour dark castaneous. Head large, deflexed, nearly as wide as pronotum, strongly gibbose medially; clypeal margin widely rounded on each side of wide, shal- REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 758 10 ic 12 13 14 Fics 6-14 6-11: Aedeagus in lateral view: 6 — Auperia denominata Chevrolat; 7 — A. angusticollis (Schmidt); 8 — A. panamensis sp. n.; 9 — A. rondoniae sp. n.; 10 — A. guayara sp. n.; 11 — A. domingo sp. n. 12-13: A. transverseria (Schmidt): 12 — aedeagus in lateral view; 13 — penis, saccus internus. 14: A. puyoensis sp. n.: aedeagus in lateral view. low median emargination, edge deflexed at middle, ended by triangular process, sides of clypeus arcuate to obtuse, prominent gena; surface narrowly smooth just above median emargination, median area from side to side with moderate, longitudinal punctures blending into vertical band of round punctures separated by one diameter or less. Pronotum strongly transverse, slightly converging posteriorly; anterior angles obtusely rounded, slightly produced forward, side margin thickened, reflexed, finely crenate by punctures; posterior angles right-angled, base slightly excavate near pos- terior angles, marginal line lacking; surface deplanate near anterior angles with diago- nal depression laterally; punctures mixed minute and moderate, anterior median area with finer punctures gradually increasing in size and density toward sides, becoming very dense and confluent along lateral margin. Scutellum triangular, convex at middle, impunctate. Elytra strongly arcuate, widest just behind the middle, slightly deplanate apically; humeral denticles moderate in size, acute, elytral base finely margined; striae 754 Z. T. STEBNICKA narrow, deep with moderate punctures distinctly crenating inner margins of intervals; intervals slightly convex on disc and here with minute scattered punctures, lateral intervals 8-9 convex and distinctly punctate, interval 10th flat, shagreened. Mesosternum convex, scabrous; meso-metasternal area with long, shining carina; metasternal plate convex, midline impressed, surface minutely punctate, lateral metasternal triangle broad, finely punctate inside; abdominal sternites 1-4 finely fluted along sutures, sternite 5 with longer and deeper fluting; abdominal surface shiny with moderate punctures. Profemur wide, perimarginal groove fine, surface scabrous; meso- and metafemora scabrous in anterior half and punctate posteriorly, metafemur with incomplete posterior line; protibia relativery small; meso- and metatibiae with fine longitudinal lines, apex with external spiniform edge and small accessory spine, apical spurs thin; hind tarsus robust covered with yellowish hairs, segments 2-4 short, trian- gular, basal segment 1/3 longer than upper tibial spur. External sexual differences slight; sternite 5!" in male usually shorter than in female; male genitalia as in Fig. 7. Remarks. Auperia angusticollis may be recognized by the combination of the range (Fig. 20) coupled with size and strongly transverse, short pronotum; meso- metasternal structure is similar to that of A. denominata and A. guayara (Figs 15, 16). The specimens were collected mostly at light in the tropical transition forest. Auperia panamensis sp. n. Figs 3, 8, 21 Type material. Holotype male: Panama, Prov. Cerro Campana 2800’, 13-14.V.1996, Wappes, Huether & Morris, in UNSM. Paratypes (9): 2 - Panama, Canal Zone, Black Tank Road NW Gatun Locks, 17-31.V.1980, B.C. Ratcliffe; 1 - Canal Zone, Ft. Gulick, 28-31.V.1981, at light, H.J. Harlan; 1 - same locality, 17.V.1976, at light; 1 - Canal Zone, Barro Colorado Is. 9.10V, 79.50W, 15.VI.1977, H.A. Hespenheide; 1 - Camino del Oleoducto, 26.V.1997, R. Turnbow; 2 - Chiriqui, Chiriquicito, 16.V.1996, R. Turnbow; | - Panama Prov. 13-18 km W El Llano, 29.V-3.V1.1983, J.E.Wappes. Paratypes are in: CMN, FSCA, ISEA, PSC, RTC, UNSM. Description. Length 6.5 - 7.0 mm. Body (Fig. 3) elongate oblong, convex, shin- ing, reddish black. Head convex medially, slightly reflexed clypeal margin broadly rounded on each side of moderate median emargination, sides arcuate to widely round- ed gena; clypeus minutely transversely wrinkled just above emargination, punctures gradually fine to moderate and slightly elongate upward over median convexity to ver- tex, separated by one diameter or less, punctures on vertex coarse, round, separated by less than one diameter. Pronotum short and wide, explanate in anterior half; anterior angles rounded, produced, side straight or slightly arcuate toward obtuse posterior an- gle; base slightly excised laterally without marginal line, lateral edge very finely cre- nate, fringed with minute, close setae; pronotal disc with scattered, very fine to fine punctures becoming quite dense, larger and coarser toward sides with intermixed fine punctures and here separated by less than one diameter. Elytra convex, sides arcuate, humeral denticle raised in sharp vertical carina; discal striae 1-3 finer than remained with shallow punctures, lateral and apical striae deep with slightly crenating punctures; lateral and apical intervals convex, punctures of intervals 8-9 and those on shoulders scattered, 9% interval convex, 10‘ interval flattened, subopaque; apical margin of ely- tra distinctly reflexed and transversely wrinkled. Mesosternum low, shagreened, mesometasternal carina wide between mesocoxae, shining; metasternum relatively long, fine punctures scattered on disc, midline distinct, lateral triangle broad, scabrous REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA TES inside; abdominal sternites finely fluted along sutures, fluting of sternite 5 longer and coarser; surface punctures rather coarse, extending from side to side; disc of pygidium deeply eroded and longitudinally wrinkled, apical lip wide, coarsely punctate and con- nected to basal cusp by shining longitudinal carina. Profemur scabrous; mesofemur fusiform, widest at middle, nearly same width as metafemur, closely punctate; metafe- mur with almost complete posterior line; tarsi setaceous, basal tarsomere of posterior tarsus about one-third longer than upper tibial spur. In male, the pronotal disc is less closely punctate, basal emargination usually deeper than in female, 5" abdominal sternite shorter, disc of pygidium longer, posterior tarsus thicker; genitalia as in Fig. 8. Remarks. Auperia panamensis belongs to the cluster (Fig. 1) of very closely related and externally similar species which can be recognized by the shape of sclerites of the male genitalia and by the characters given in the key. The meso-metasternal structures are similar to those in A. denominata (Fig. 15). Auperia rondoniae sp. n. Figs 9, 21 Type material. Holotype male: Brazil, Rondonia (Ro) 62 km S Ariquemes, Faz. Rancho Grande 10.32S, 62.48W, 5-15.X.1993, C.K. Messenger , in UNSM. Paratypes (6). 3 - same da- ta as holotype; 1 - same locality, 11-22.X1.1991, tropical evergreen forest, B.C. Ratcliffe; 1 - same locality, 5-19.X.1993, black light trap, J.E. Eger; 1 — same locality, 23-24.VHI.1996, U. Schmitz. Paratypes are in CMN, ISEA, UNSM. Description. Length 6.5-7.0 mm. Body elongate oblong, convex, shining red- dish black. Head convex medially, slightly reflexed clypeal margin broadly rounded on each side of moderate median emargination, sides arcuate to rounded gena; clypeus minutely transversely wrinkled just above emargination, punctures gradually fine to moderate and slightly elongate upward over median convexity to vertex, separated by one diameter or less, punctures on vertex round, separated by one diameter. Pronotum short and wide, explanate in anterior half; anterior angles rounded, produced, side straight or slightly arcuate toward obtuse posterior angle; base excised laterally with fine marginal line, lateral edge very finely crenate, fringed with minute, close setae; pronotal disc with scattered, very fine to fine punctures becoming quite dense, larger and coarser toward sides and here separated by less than one diameter. Elytra convex, sides arcuate, humeral denticle raised in sharp vertical carina; discal striae 1-3 finer than remained with shallow punctures, lateral and apical striae deep with slightly cre- nating punctures; lateral and apical intervals convex, punctures of intervals 8-9 and those on shoulders scattered, 9! interval convex to subcarinate, 10! interval flattened, subopaque. Mesosternum low, shagreened, meso-metasternal carina wide between mesocoxae, shining; metasternum relatively long, fine punctures scattered on disc, midline distinct, lateral triangle broad, scabrous inside; abdominal sternites finely fluted along sutures, fluting of sternite 5t longer an coarser; surface punctures mo- derate in size, vanishing at middle; disc of pygidium deeply eroded, apical lip wide, coarsely punctate and connected to basal cusp by shining longitudinal carina. Profemur scabrous; mesofemur and metafemur fusiform, closely punctate; metafemur with complete posterior line; tarsi setaceous, basal tarsomere of posterior tarsus about one- third longer than upper tibial spur. 756 Z. T. STEBNICKA 18 19 Fics 15-19 Meso-metasternum: 15 — Auperia denominata Chevrolat; 16 — A. guayara sp. n.; 17 — A. do- mingo Sp. n.; 18 — A. transversaria (Schmidt); 19 — A. teutoniae sp .n. In male, the pronotal disc less closely punctate, basal emargination usually deeper than in female, 5!" abdominal sternite shorter, disc of pygidium longer, posteri- or tarsus thicker; genitalia as in Fig. 9. Remarks. Externally, Auperia rondoniae is closest to A. panamensis. It can be distinguished with certainty by the characters of the male genitalia which are most sim- ilar to those of A. denominata, however, the latter species differs by having the apical declivity of elytra with more elevated intervals and with striae margined by lines. The meso-metasternal structures are similar to those in A. denominata (Fig. 15) Auperia guayara sp. n. Figs 10, 16, 21 Type material. Holotype, male: Bolivia, Guayaramerin (Beni), 23.XI.1966, np. 399 lamping, Balogh & Mahunka & Zicsi, in HNHM. Paratypes (3), same data as holotype, in HNHM, ISEA. Description. Length 4.2-5.0 mm. Body elongate oval, convex, moderately shin- ing, colour dark castaneous. Head convex medially, slightly reflexed clypeal margin REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA TSI angusticollis & denominata © FIG. 20 Known distribution of Auperia denominata Chevrolat and A. angusticollis (Schmidt). broadly rounded on each side of moderate median emargination, sides arcuate to obtuse gena; clypeal surface narrowly shiny just above emargination, punctures grad- ually fine to moderate and slightly elongate upward over median convexity to vertex, generally separated by one diameter. Pronotum wide, slightly diverging toward base, sides visible from directly above, narrowly explanate in anterior half; anterior angle rounded, side arcuate toward right-angled posterior angle, side margin finely crenate and fringed with minute setae; base without marginal line, on sides more or less deeply excised and distinctly lobed medially; pronotal punctures on anterior disc moderate in size, increasingly larger toward base, separated by about one diameter, on sides very coarse, pitted and contiguous. Elytra relatively short, convex, sides arcuate, humeral denticle small; discal striae 1-3 finer than remaining with shallower punctures moder- ately crenating margins of intervals; intervals 1-3 convex, lateral and apical intervals subcarinate, microreticulate with scattered fine punctures and minute setae, 10% inter- val flattened, opaque. Mesosternum low, rugosely shagreened with rather long pale hairs; meso-metasternal carina (Fig. 16) shining, long, wide between mesocoxae: metasternum relatively long, punctures grouped at mesocoxae, midline shallow, lateral triangle broad, scabrous inside; abdominal sternite 3 with short deep fluting, sternites 4-5 coarsely fluted along sutures; surface punctures moderate in size, extend- ing from side to side; disc of pygidium deeply eroded and finely granulate. Profemur scabrous, rugose; mesofemur shorter and wider than metafemur, with setigerous punc- tures at knee, metafemur with almost complete posterior line; metatarsus relatively short, densely setaceous, basal tarsomere about one-third longer than upper tibial spur. 758 Z. T. STEBNICKA panamensis @ rondoniae © huebneri + guayara % teutoniae © Fic. 21 Known distribution of Auperia panamensis sp. n., A. rondoniae sp n., A. huebneri (Petrovitz), A. guayara Sp. n. and A. teutoniae Sp. n. In male, penultimate abdominal sternite shorter than in female, disc of pygidium longer; genitalia as in Fig. 10. Remarks. Auperia guayara is most closely related to the cluster of species including À. angusticollis. It can be easily distinguished from all these species by its smaller size and the coarse pronotal punctures forming large pits. Auperia domingo Sp. n. Fes 017222 Type material. Holotype male, Ecuador, Pich 500 m, 4 km SE Sto Domingo, 8.VI.1976, Ber. 342 forest litter, S. & J. Peck, in HAHC(CMN). Paratype female, Costa Rica, Hamburg Farm nr Siquirres, E. Reimoser, in MHNG. Description. Length 4.8-5.0 mm. Body elongate, widest at apical third of elytra, shining, colour castaneous. Head gibbose medially, clypeal margin widely rounded on each side of shallow median emargination, side arcuate toward obtuse, protruding gena; clypeal surface anteriorly with wide, smooth area extending from gena to gena, middle of head with fine, slightly elongate punctures separated by one diameter, closer and slightly confluent at eyes, blending into vertical band of round punctures separated by one diameter. Pronotum transverse, base without marginal line, excavate laterally, crenate by fine close punctures; anterior angle broadly rounded, posterior angle right-angled, side slightly explanate, edge minutely crenate and fringed with minute setae visible under high magnification; pronotal disc distinctly convex, punctures scattered, mixed fine and moderate, those on each side of disc larger, sepa- REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 759 = iquitosae ® transversaria % ©, domingo = EIG922 Known distribution of Auperia iquitosae sp. n., A. transversaria (Schmidt) and A. domingo sp. n. rated by one diameter becoming increasingly larger and denser toward lateral margin and here strongly rugose. Elytra arcuate, edge minutely crenate and setigerous like as pronotal side, humeral denticle conical, acute; striae deep, strial punctures close each other, crenating margins of intervals; intervals convex, discal intervals 1-4 minutely punctate, intervals 5-9 from base to apex with 2 irregular rows of fine, shallow punc- tures separated by 2-3 diameters, minutely setigerous at apex of elytra. Mesosternum flattened, shagreened, median carina (Fig. 17) wide basally, shining, meso-metasternal suture distinct, 6-8 large punctures just below suture; metasternal midline deep, surface punctures fine to moderate, grouped near mesocoxae, lateral metasternal triangle narrow, shagreened inside; abdominal sternites at middle with very short fluting increasingly longer to sides; longest on sternite 5‘; abdominal surface shining with moderate, minutely setigerous punctures extending from side to side, coarser and denser near epipleura; disc of pygidium deeply eroded, transverse carina elevated, lon- gitudinal carina lacking. Profemur shining with coarse, confluent punctures; meso- femur as wide as metafemur, punctate; metafemur with almost complete posterior line; metatibia with longitudinal, setigerous lines and small accessory spine apically; metatarsus very long, basal tarsomere 1/3 longer than upper tibial spur. In male, penul- timate abdominal sternite shorter than in female, disc of pygidium longer; genitalia as me Fig. 11. Remarks. Externally, Auperia domingo is very similar to the remaining three species of the group, namely transversaria, puyoensis and teutoniae. It differs from all these species by having the mesosternum with carina. 760 Z. T. STEBNICKA Auperia transversaria (Schmidt) comb. n. Figs 2731822 Ataenius transversarius Schmidt, 1909: 43-44; Dellacasa, 1988: 282 (catalogue); Stebnicka, 1998: 200, figs 1, 3. Euparia bolivari Petrovitz, 1973: 183-184. New synonymy. Phalangochaeta bolivari: Chalumeau & Howden, 1984: 87; Dellacasa, 1988: 284 (catalogue). Type material. Ataenius transversarius: lectotype (Bolivia, Songo) designated by Steb- nicka (1998), in NRS. Euparia bolivari: holotype (sex undetermined), labelled ‘Bolivia, Cochabamba”, “Euparia bolivari Petrovitz m. “, in MHNG. i Other specimens (36). Brazil: (SP) Agudos, 30.III.1993, C. Flechtmann (CFC); (Ro) Rondonia, 62 km SW Ariquemes nr Fzda Rancho Grande, 8-20.X1.1994, J.Eger & C.O’Brien, 18.1X.1994, C.W & L.O’Brien (FSCA, ISEA). Colombia: Bogota, coll. O Thieme; Honda a Magdalena coll. O. Thieme (ZMHB). Description. Length 4.8-5.2 mm. Body elongate, widest at apical third of ely- tra, shining; colour dark castaneous, anterior of clypeus, apex of elytra, under side and legs lighter. Head gibbose medially, frontal suture marked on sides by impunctate area; clypeal sides widely rounded on each side of wide, shallow median emargination, edge slightly reflexed; surface impunctate just above median emargination, median area of head from side to side with fine and moderate, slightly elongate punctures separated by more or less than one diameter, vertex with band of round, dense punctures. Pronotum strongly transverse, short; anterior angles rounded, sides explanate, parallel, slightly emarginate near obtuse posterior angles; base on each side excavate, lacking marginal line, finely crenate by close punctures; pronotal surface with shallow depression on each side, punctures fine anteriorly, gradually increasing in size toward sides and base, large and very close on sides, rugose along lateral margin. Scutellum impressed at base. Elytra margined, humeral denticles moderate; striae strongly impressed with large punctures crenating inner margins of intervals, especially at apex; intervals convex on disc, subcarinate laterally, intervals 5-9 from base to apex with irregular rows of minutely setigerous punctures. Prosternum with wide process; mesosternum with oval, shagreened callosity (Fig. 18) separated from metasternum by meso-metasternal suture, two diagonal fossulae below suture; metasternal midline strong, metasternal disc closely punctate; abdominal sternites fluted along sutures, fluting gradually longer toward sides, penultimate sternite with coarse fluting; surface punctures moderate, extending from side to side, less close at middle of abdomen. Profemur shining, closely punctate; metafemur with complete posterior line; apex of metatibia with spiniform edge and accessory spine; tarsal segments setaceous, basal segment of metatarsus long, about 1/3 longer than upper tibial spur and longer than remaining tarsal segments combined. In male, penultimate abdominal sternite shorter than in female, disc of pygi- dium longer; genitalia as in Figs 12-13. Remarks. Auperia transversaria belongs to the group of four species possessing the same size, colour and, at first glance, the same appearance. It is most close to A. puyoensis (see Remarks under that species). The specimens were collected in Brazil on Pinus caribaea hondurensis stand. Auperia puyoensis sp. n. Figs 4, 14, 25, 37 Type material. Holotype male, Ecuador, Pastaza 900 m, 22 km SE Puyo, 15.VII.1976, forest litter, S.& J. Peck, in CMN. Paratypes (53): 3 - same data as holotype; 13 — Panama: 4 — Maje Station, 18.V.1974, black light trap, Engelman & Ramirez; 3 — Colon, Santa Rita Ridge, REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 761 23 Fics 23-24 Habitus: 23 — Auperia iquitosae sp. n.; 24 — A. huebneri (Petrovitz). 10.VI.1977, H.P. Stockwell; 1 — same locality, 18-21.VI.1974, at light, B. Ratcliffe; 1 — Canal Zone, Black Tank Road, NW Gatun Lock, 17-31.V.1980, B. Ratcliffe; 2 - Darien, Estacion Ambiental Cana, 07.45N, 77.41 W, 700 m, 3.VI.1996, tropical montane forest litter, R. Anderson; 2 — Panama, Chiriqui, Chiriquicito, 16.V.1996, R. Turnbow; 37 - Venezuela: 18 — Miranda, Guatopo Nat. Park, Agua Blanca, 35 km N Altagracia, 3.VI.1987, 400 m, sifted insect bait, S. & J. Peck; 10 — Sucre, 7 km S El Pilar, 29.VII.1987, rainforest remnant leaf and log litter, S. & J. Peck; | - Guarica, Guatopo Nat. Park S border, 24 km W Altagracia, 10.V1.1987, 300 m, forest leaf litter, S. & J. Peck; 1 — Tachira, Fundacion Presa Las Cuevas, 600 m, 14.VI.1989, rain for- est log litter, S. & J. Peck; 6 — same locality, 11.VII.1989, rain forest litter, S.& J. Peck; 1 — Aragua, Maracay, Rancho Grande, 1-10.VII.1987, cloud forest, Bordon & Peck. Paratypes are in: CMN, FSCA, ISEA, UNSM. Description. Length 4.8-5.0 mm. Body (Fig. 4) elongate, widest at apical third of elytra, shining, colour dark reddish brown. Head moderately convex medially, clypeal margin widely rounded on each side of shallow median emargination, side ar- cuate toward obtuse, protruding gena; clypeal surface just above emargination with 2- 3 slight transverse rugae, median area and vertex with moderate in size, rather deep, slightly elongate punctures separated by one diameter. Pronotum transverse, nearly parallel-sided, base without marginal line, excavate laterally, crenate by fine close punctures; anterior angle broadly rounded, posterior angle right-angled, side more or less explanate, edge minutely crenate and fringed with minute setae visible under high magnification; pronotal disc weakly convex, surface punctures variable in distribution, usually fine anteriorly, separated by 2 diameters, those on posterior disc about 2 times larger, separated by one diameter, punctures become increasingly larger and denser toward lateral margin and here strongly rugose. Elytra arcuate, edge minutely crenate and setigerous like as pronotal side, humeral denticle conical, acute; striae deep strial punctures close each other, crenating margins of intervals; intervals convex, discal intervals 1-4 impunctate, intervals 5-9 from base to apex with irregular rows of fine, deep, setigerous punctures separated by one diameter or less. Mesosternum flattened, shagreened and longitudinally wrinkled, median callosity surrounded by narrow, 762 Z. T. STEBNICKA puyoensis @ loretoensis M minuta + FIG 25 Known distribution of Auperia puyoensis Sp. n., A. loretoensis Sp. n. and A. minuta (Petrovitz). shining margin; mesometasternal suture distinct, two diagonal fossulae just below suture; metasternal midline deep, surface punctures moderate, concentrated near meso- coxae, lateral metasternal triangle narrow, shagreened inside; abdominal sternites 2-4 with fluting longest on sides, fluting of sternite 5 extending from side to side; abdominal surface at middle with fine scattered punctures, on sides punctures coarse, close, minutely setigerous; disc of pygidium deeply eroded, transverse carina elevated, longitudinal carina weak or invisible. Profemur shining with coarse, confluent punc- tures; mesofemur slightly wider and more closely punctate than metafemur; metafemur with almost complete posterior line; metatibia with longitudinal, setigerous lines and small accessory spine apically; metatarsus relatively long, basal tarsomere !/, longer than upper tibial spur. In male, penultimate abdominal sternite shorter than in female, disc of pygidium longer; genitalia as in Fig. 14. Remarks. Auperia puyoensis may represent a geographic form of A. transver- saria to which it is most closely related, but differs from that species by having the more coarse punctures of the head, the pronotal punctures larger and the elytra more arcuate. The meso-metasternal structures are similar to those in A. fransversaria (Fig. 18). Auperia teutoniae sp. n. Figs 19, 21, 26 Type material. Holotype male, Brazil: (Sc) Nova Teutonia, Santa Catarina, IX.1972, F. Plaumann, in CMN. Paratypes (8): 2 - Brazil (RJ), Nova Friburgo, XI.1999, P. E. Grossi; 2 - Brazil (MG), Vicosa, 15.XII.1982, PS.Fiuza; 1 — Brazil (MG), Lambary, X1.1924, coll. Halik; 2 — Brazil (Ba) Bahia, Encruzilhada, 980 m, X1.1972, M. Alvarenga; | - Brazil (no other data). Paratypes are in: FSCA, ISEA, MHNG, USNM. REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 763 Ss 26 27 29 30 4090065 ve Fics 26-32 Aedeagus in lateral view: 26 — Auperia teutoniae sp .n.; 27 — A. minuta (Petrovitz); 28 — A. lore- toensis sp. n.; 29 — A. capitosa (Harold); 30 — A. iquitosae sp .n.; 31 — A. huebneri (Petrovitz); 32 — A. squamosa (Petrovitz). Description. Length 4.8-5.0 mm. Body elongate, widest in apical third of ely- tra, shining, colour dark reddish brown. Head moderately convex medially, clypeal margin widely rounded on each side of shallow median emargination, side arcuate toward obtusely rounded gena; clypeal surface just above emargination with minute granules, median area upward to vertex with large, round and deep punctures separa- ted by one diameter, vertex with regular band of two times smaller punctures separated by less than one diameter. Pronotum transverse, parallel-sided, base without marginal line, deeply excavate laterally, crenate by close punctures; anterior angle broadly rounded, posterior angle right-angled, protruding laterally when viewed from directly above; side explanate, edge minutely crenate and fringed with minute setae visible under high magnification; pronotal disc weakly convex, punctures anteriorly scattered, fine with intermixed larger ones, the latter closer at base, separated by 1-2 diameters, those on sides twice larger, denser toward lateral margin and here strongly rugose. Elytra arcuate, humeral denticle conical acute; striae deep, strial punctures close each other, crenating margins of intervals, 10th stria with row of elongate tubercles; intervals 764 Z. T. STEBNICKA 37, 36 Fics 33-37 Meso-metasternum: 33 — Auperia minuta (Petrovitz); 34 — A. capitosa (Harold); 35 — A. iqui- tosae Sp. n.; 36 — A. amazonica (Petrovitz); 37 — A. huebneri (Petrovitz). convex, discal intervals 1-4 impunctate, intervals 5-9 from base to apex with irregular rows of fine, distinctly setigerous punctures separated by one diameter or less. Mesosternum flattened, shagreened, median callosity (Fig. 19) in form of loop with shining carina inside of scabrous area; meso-metasternal suture distinct, two diagonal fossulae just below suture; metasternal midline deep, surface punctures moderate, concentrated near mesocoxae, lateral metasternal triangle narrow, shagreened inside; abdominal sternites 2-4 with fine fluting, sternite 5? concave with coarser fluting; abdominal surface at middle with fine scattered punctures, on sides punctures larger but shallow, minutely setigerous; disc of pygidium deeply eroded, transverse carina elevated, longitudinal carina invisible. Profemur shining with coarse, confluent punc- tures; mesofemur as wide as metafemur but more closely punctate; metafemur with incomplete posterior line visible in apical half; metatibia with longitudinal, setigerous lines and small accessory spine apically; metatarsus relatively long, basal tarsomere 1/3 longer than upper tibial spur. In male, penultimate abdominal sternite shorter than in female, disc of pygidium longer; genitalia as in Fig. 26. REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 765 Remarks. Auperia teutoniae is most close to puyoensis and transversaria, but it differs from both these species by the shape of mesosternal callosity and by the male genitalia. Auperia minuta (Petrovitz) comb. n. igs 255275 33 Euparia minuta Petrovitz, 1973: 188-190. Phalangochaeta minuta: Chalumeau & Howden, 1984: 87; Dellacasa, 1988: 284 (catalogue). Type material. Holotype (sex not determined) labelled “Brasilien, Utiariti, Rio Papagaio, MT (Kl. 477), 26.X.1966, Lenko & Pereira”, “Euparia minuta m. Petrovitz”, in MHNG. Other specimens (28). Brazil: (Ro) Rondonia , 62 km SW Ariquemes nr Fzda Rancho Grande, 18.IX.1994, K. Vulinec, 18.IX, 8-20.X.1994, J. Eger, 6-20.XI.1994, J. Eger & C.O’Brien (PSC); (Ro) 9 km NE Cacaulandia, XII.1996 - I. 1997, K. Vulinec. Venezuela: Bolivar, Rio Sipao 110 km E Caicara, 17.VI-4.VIII.1987, S. & J. Peck (HAHC-CMN, ISEA, BSC): Description. Length 3.8-4.0 mm. Body elongate, widest at apical third of ely- tra, shining, colour rusty brown to castaneous. Head transversely gibbose in anterior third (when viewed from side) with slight carina in front of gibbosity, clypeal margin widely rounded on each side of shallow median emargination, side arcuate toward ob- tuse, protruding gena; clypeus between emargination and gibbosity minutely punctate, strongly shiny, surface of head from shining area to vertex with close punctures sepa- rated by less than one diameter, slightly confluent on sides; frontal suture indicated by shining lines near eyes. Pronotum transverse, base with very fine marginal line, nar- rowly excavate laterally, crenate by fine close punctures; anterior angle broadly round- ed, posterior angle right-angled, side slightly explanate, edge minutely crenate and fringed with minute setae visible under high magnification; pronotal punctures variable in distribution, fine along anterior margin, moderate but deep at middle and here sepa- rated by about one diameter, larger and denser on sides, rugose along lateral margin. Scutellum concave at middle. Elytra relatively long, slightly arcuate with relatively strong humeral denticle; striae deep, strial punctures close each other, crenating mar- gins of intervals; intervals convex, discal intervals 1-4 very finely punctate, intervals 5-9 from base to apex with 1-2 irregular rows of fine, not close punctures. Mesosternum flattened, shagreened, median callosity (Fig. 33) opaque, meso-metasternal suture dis- tinct, two diagonal fossulae just below suture and two small transverse pits at metaco- xae; metasternal midline deep, surface punctures fine to moderate, scattered, lateral metasternal triangle narrow, shagreened inside; abdominal sternites at middle with very short fluting increasingly longer to sides; longest on sternite 50%; abdominal surface shining with moderate, minutely setigerous punctures extending from side to side, co- arser and denser near epipleura; disc of pygidium deeply eroded, transverse carina ele- vated, longitudinal carina lacking. Profemur shining with coarse punctures; mesofemur as wide as metafemur, punctate; metafemur with incomplete posterior line; metatibia with longitudinal, setigerous lines and small accessory spine apically; metatarsus very long, basal tarsomere 1/5 longer than upper tibial spur. In male, penultimate abdominal sternite shorter than in female, disc of pygidium longer; genitalia as in Fig. 27. Remarks. The species is most closely related to A. loretoensis sp. n. (see Remarks under that species), both species have similar meso-metasternal structures (Fig. 33). Specimens were collected to light traps in forest. 766 Z. T. STEBNICKA 40 Fics 38-40 38, 39: epipharynx: 38 — Auperia puyoensis Sp. n.; 39 — A. capitosa (Harold). 40: A. squamosa (Petrovitz): meso-metasternum. Auperia loretoensis sp. n. Figs 25, 28 Type material. Holotype male, Peru, Loreto 1.5 km N Teniente Löpez, 2.35S, 76.06W, 230-305 m, 18-26. VII.1993, R. Leschen, in HAHC-CMN. Paratype female, same data as holo- type, in ISEA. Description. Length 3.8-4.0 mm. Body oblong oval, widest at middle of elytra, shining, colour reddish black. Head transversely gibbose in anterior third (when viewed from side) with slight carina in front of gibbosity, clypeal margin widely rounded on each side of shallow median emargination, side arcuate toward obtuse, protruding gena; clypeal surface just above emargination narrowly shiny, minute punc- tures gradually increase in size upward to vertex, at middle of head slightly elongate, separated by one diameter, vertical band with round punctures separated by less than their diameter. Pronotum transverse, slightly diverging toward base, base without mar- ginal line, narrowly excavate laterally, crenate by fine close punctures; anterior angle broadly rounded, posterior angle right-angled, side slightly explanate, edge minutely crenate and fringed with minute setae visible under high magnification; pronotal punc- tures fine along anterior margin, moderate and shallow at middle and here separated by more than one diameter, larger and denser on sides, rugose along lateral margin. Scutellum concave at middle. Elytra arcuate with relatively strong humeral denticle; REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 767 Fic. 41 Known distribution of Auperia capitosa (Harold). striae deep, strial punctures close each other, crenating margins of intervals; intervals convex, discal intervals 1-4 finely punctate, intervals 5-9 from base to apex with 2 irregular rows of fine, close punctures. Mesosternum flattened, shagreened, median callosity opaque, meso-metasternal suture distinct, two diagonal fossulae just below suture and two small transverse pits at metacoxae; metasternal midline deep, surface punctures fine to moderate, scattered, lateral metasternal triangle narrow, shagreened inside; abdominal sternites at middle with very short fluting increasingly longer to sides; longest on sternite 5; abdominal surface shining with moderate, minutely setigerous punctures extending from side to side, coarser and denser near epipleura; disc of pygidium deeply eroded, transverse carina elevated, longitudinal carina lacking. Profemur shining with coarse punctures; mesofemur as wide as metafemur, punctate; metafemur with incomplete posterior line; metatibia with longitudinal, setigerous lines and small accessory spine apically; metatarsus very long, basal tarsomere 1/5 longer than upper tibial spur. In male, penultimate abdominal sternite shorter than in female, disc of pygidium longer; genitalia as in Fig. 28. Remarks. Auperia loretoensis is most close to A. minuta, but it differs from that species by having the pronotum more transverse and less densely punctate and the elytra relatively shorter with punctures on lateral intervals more pronouced than in minuta; the meso-metasternal structures are almost the same in both species (Fig. 33). Auperia capitosa (Harold) comb. n. Figs 5, 29, 34, 39, 41 Ataenius capitosus Harold, 1867: 83.- Schmidt, 1922: 440; Petrovitz, 1976: 289-290; Dellacasa, 1988: 105 (catalogue). 768 Z. T. STEBNICKA Type material. Lectotype (Columbia) designated by Cartwright (1973), in MNHN. Other specimens (112). Bolivia: Cochabamba, Pcia Chapare S.F. del Chipiriri 400 m; Chaparo, 400 m. Brazil: (Ro) Rondonia .Colombia: Pichinda, Dagua, Paramba. Costa Rica: Puntarenas, Est. Biol. Las Cruces 4 km S San Vito, 1150 m; Estrella Valley, Hitory-Cerere. Ecuador: Pich. Napo, Aguamo, 400 m; Napo, Limoncocha; Los Rios, Quevedo; La Chiquita, 11 km SE San Lorenzo; Rio Palenque, 47 km Sto Domingo. EI Salvador: Los Chorros, 3 km S Santa Tecla. Guatemala: Quezalten, 25 km S Zunil; Izabal, Cerro San Gil, 8 km S San Escobar, 800 m. Mexico: Motzorongo Sta nr Veracruz; Chiapas, 20 mi W Huixtla. Panama: Bocas del Toro, Miramar, Ft. Sherman; Chepo, Altos de Maje; Canal Zone, 8 km SW Gatun; El Llano- Carti. Peru: Junin, Satipo; Loreto; Ayacucho La Mar, Santa Rosa; Cuzco, Quince Mil. Specimens are in: CMN, DEIE, FSCA, HAHC, ISEA, JSC, MHNG, PSC, RTC, SMTD, UNSM, USNM, WWC, ZMHB. Description. Length 6.0-8.0 mm. Body (Fig. 5) elongate oval, strongly convex, shining, colour carbon black. Head unusually large, strongly gibbose, clypeus rounded on each side of more or less deep median emargination, side arcuate or straight, gena obtuse, prominent; surface punctures fine to moderate, evenly spaced, those of vertical area coarser, generally separated by one diameter. Eye large. Pronotum convex, base slightly tumid without marginal line, side short, posterior angle widely truncate, lateral margin thickened, punctate; discal punctures same size as those of head, becoming slightly larger toward sides, separated by one diameter. Elytra relatively short, arcuate, convex; striae moderately deep, strial punctures separated by one diameter or more; intervals flat or weakly convex on disc, elevated apically, 10% interval convex, shining; surface of intervals smooth, almost impunctate, in some specimens extreme apex of elytra with minute setae. Mesosternum very low, broad callosity (Fig. 34) shagreened, opaque; metasternum elevated, disc long, midline usually broken at middle, ended by pits, lateral triangle broad, shagreened; abdominal sternites 2-4 finely fluted along sutures, fluting of sternite 5 longer and coarser, surface of sternites with evenly spaced, moderate punctures; disc of pygidium deeply eroded and longitudinally wrinkled, median longitudinal carina and basal cusp shining, apical margin thick, punctate. Profemur scabrous, punctate; mesofemur slightly wider than metafemur with fine punctures concentrated in anterior apical half; metafemoral posterior line incomplete, usually visible in apical 1/3 or in apical half; metatibia as long as metafemur; basal tarsomere of hind tarsus equal in length to upper tibial spur. Epipharynx as in Fig. 39. Male. Fifth abdominal sternite shorter than in female, disc of pygidium longer, tarsomeres of metatarsus thicker; genitalia as in Fig. 29. Female. Pronotum usually more convex than in male, punctures coarser. Remarks. Variation in the series of specimens of this common species is not great and does not seem to affect the characters that distinguish A. capitosa from other species in the genus. The size of the black shining body combined with characters of the head, pronotum and metasternum remain sufficiently constant for species recogni- tion. The specimens examined were collected through the year, taken from basal debris of Bactris palm and commonly collected at light at altitude 400-1200 m. Auperia iquitosae sp. n. Figs 23530535 Type material. Holotype male, Peru, Prov. Loreto, 160 km NE Iquitos, Explorama Lodge, Rio Yanamono | km from Amazon River, 1-5.IX.1992, window trap, PE. Skelley, in FS- CA. Paratypes (11): 1 - same data as holotype; 3 - Brazil: (Ro) Rondonia, 62 km S Ariquemes, Faz. Rancho Grande, 5-15.X.1993, C.& K. Messenger; 2 - same locality, 8-20.X1.1994, J. Eger REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 769 N squamosa @ 834 amazonica % \] + Fic. 42 Known distribution of Auperia squamosa (Petrovitz) and A. amazonica (Petrovitz). & C.O’Brien; 1 - Brazil (MG), Ipatinga, IX.1993, E. Grossi; 1 - Brazil (ES), Linhares, X1.1988; 1 — Ecuador, Napo, Limoncocha 250 m, 18.VI.1976, forest litter, Ficus fruits, S.& J. Peck; 1 — Panama, Bocas d. Toro, Miramar, 9N, 82.15W, VII.1979, H. Wolda; 1 — Peru, Madre do Dios, Rio Tambopata Res. 30 km SW Pto Maldonado, 290 m, 2-5.XI.1979, subtropical moist forest, J.B. Heppner. Paratypes are in: FSCA, ISEA, MZUSP, UNSM, USNM. Description. Length 4.0-5.0 mm. Body (Fig. 23) oblong oval, strongly convex, shining black, legs usually reddish. Head unusually large, strongly gibbose, clypeus rounded on each side of more or less deep median emargination, side arcuate to obtuse, prominent gena; frontal suture marked by slight elevation near eye, minute punctures of clypeal surface become more evident at middle of head, those of vertical area fine to moderate, evenly spaced, generally separated by one diameter. Eye moderate in size. Pronotum subquadrate, convex, base without marginal line; anterior angles obtusely rounded, produced, side short, straight toward widely truncate posterior angle, lateral margin thickened, punctate; pronotal punctures variable in size and density, usually very fine punctures along anterior margin become increasingly larger to base and to sides, everywhere separated by two diameters or less. Elytra relatively short, arcuate, convex, humeral denticle relatively small; striae moderately deep, strial punctures separated by 2-3 diameters; intervals flat or weakly convex on disc, elevated apically, 10% interval convex, shining; sculpture of intervals variable, in most specimens inter- vals smooth, almost impunctate, in some minutely punctate or distinctly punctate, sometimes extreme apex of elytra with minute setae. Mesosternum very low, broad callosity (Fig. 35) shagreened, opaque; metasternum elevated, disc long with moderate 770 Z. T. STEBNICKA to coarse punctures in anterior half, midline usually broken at middle, lateral triangle wide, shagreened; abdominal sternites 2-4 finely fluted along sutures, fluting of sternite 5th Jonger and coarser, surface of sternites with moderate, evenly spaced, minutely setigerous punctures; disc of pygidium deeply eroded and longitudinally wrinkled, median longitudinal carina and basal cusp shining, apical margin thick, punctate. Profemur scabrous, punctate, perimarginal groove deep; mesofemur fusiform, equal in width to metafemur, metafemur with fine punctures concentrated in anterior apical half; metafemoral posterior line complete; metatibia as long as metafemur; basal tarsomere of hind tarsus equal in length to upper tibial spur. Male. Fifth abdominal sternite shorter than in female, disc of pygidium longer, tarsomeres of metatarsus thicker; genitalia as in Fig. 30. Female. Pronotum usually more convex than in male, punctures coarser, elytra more arcuate. Remarks. The few specimens in the series show noticeable variation as indi- cated in the description. Auperia iquitosae and its closest species A. capitosa form a distinct group within the genus, based on general appearance and a number of shared character states. Differences between these two species are subtle, and both frequently occur in the same areas but size difference is fairly reliable and males differ in the - genitalic characters. Auperia huebneri (Petrovitz) comb. n. Figs 22453157 Euparia huebneri Petrovitz, 1970: 232-233. Phalangochaeta huebneri: Chalumeau & Howden, 1984: 87; Dellacasa, 1988: 284 (catalogue). Type material. Holotype (sex not determined), labelled “Brazil, Manaos, Amazonas, leg. Huebner’, ‘Euparia huebneri m. Petrovitz’, in MZUSP. Paratype, same data as holotype, in MH- NG. Other specimens (26). Bolivia: Santa Cruz, 4-6 km SSE Buena Vista, Hotel Fauna & Flora, 14-16.X.2000, J. Wappes (FSCA). Brazil: (Am) Amazonas, Rio Demiti nr Little Homestead, 0.35N, 66.41W, 4.IX.1978, K.E.Ball; (Ro) Rondonia , 9 km NE Cacaulandia, XII.1996-1.1997, K. Vulinec & D. Mellow: (Ro) 62 km S Ariquemes, Fzda Rancho Grande, 18.1X.1994, C.W. & L. O’Brien (PSC). Colombia: Leticia, Amazonas, 700 ft, 25.11.1974, H.& A. Howden, 28.11.1974, S. & J. Peck (CMN). Peru: Prov. Loreto, Rio Yarapa, Puerto Miguel 200 m, 16-23.XII.1994, G. Holzinger (ISEA); Loreto, 160 km NE Iquitos, Explor.Camp on Rio Sucusari 2 km from Rio Napo, 27-31.VIII.1972, P. Skelley (ISEA, PSC); Loreto, Ramon Castilla, 24.11.1972, H. & A. Howden (CMN). Trinidad: 13 km S Arima, 2 km W Taiparo, Quesnell Farm, 50 m, 22.VI-8.VII.1993, S. & J. Peck (CMN). Description. Length 4.8-5.0 mm. Body (Fig. 24) oblong oval, microreticulate, moderately shiny, colour piceous black. Head strongly gibbose medially, clypeal emar- gination indistinct, side widely rounded toward obtuse gena; clypeal surface in front of gibbosity narrowly shiny, smooth, median area with fine, very close punctures tending laterally to coalesce, punctures of vertical band round, nearly contiguous; frontal suture slightly elevated near eye. Pronotum strongly transverse, slightly diverging basally, sides widely explanate, edge minutely crenate and fringed with minute setae visible under high magnification; base without marginal line, excavate laterally, crenate by fine close punctures: anterior angle broadly rounded, and produced forward, posterior angle right-angled, prominent; pronotal disc weakly convex, punctures moderate, separated by one diameter, those on sides twice larger, almost contiguous and strongly REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 771 rugose along lateral margin. Scutellum opaque with longitudinal carina medially. Elytra arcuate with indicated preapical umbone, edge minutely crenate and setigerous like as pronotal side, humeral denticle conical acute; striae deep, strial punctures close each other, sharply crenating margins of intervals especially on sides of elytra; inter- vals strongly convex, carinate apically, interval 10! flat opaque, all intervals with fine scattered punctures minutely setigerous on apical declivity. Prosternal process very wide. Mesosternum flattened, shagreened, median callosity (Fig. 37) opaque, sur- rounded by narrow, shining margin; meso-metasternal suture distinct, two diagonal fossulae just below suture; metasternal midline deep, ended by pits, surface punctures coarse, concentrated on sides of disc, lateral metasternal triangle narrow, shagreened inside; abdominal sternites opaque, fluting of sternites 4-5 coarse, surface with moderate, shallow punctures; disc of pygidium deeply eroded, transverse carina elevated, longitudinal carina weak or invisible. Profemur shining with coarse, conflu- ent punctures; mesofemur slightly wider and more closely, setigerously punctate than metafemur; metafemur with incomplete posterior line visible in apical half or in apical 2/3; metatibia with longitudinal, setigerous lines and small accessory spine apically; metarsus relatively short, basal tarsomere 1/3 longer than upper tibial spur. In male, penultimate abdominal sternite shorter than in female, disc of pygidium longer; genitalia as in Fig. 31. Remarks. This species is most closely related to A. amazonica and similar externally; it differs from that species by having the body significantly larger, the anterior angle of pronotum strongly produced forwards and mesosternum with callosity. Examples of A. huebneri were collected to UV light in Varzea forest. Auperia amazonica (Petrovitz) comb. n. Figs 36, 42 Phalangochaeta amazonica Petrovitz, 1961: 148-149; Dellacasa 1988: 287 (catalogue). Type material. Holotype (sex not determined) , labelled © Braz. Amazonia, Manaos 11.1955, leg. Cappelletto, “Phalangochaeta amazonica Petrovitz”, in MHNG. Paratype “Amazonas, Nhamunda 1959, Cappelletto”, in MHNG. Other specimens (6). Brazil: Amazonas (Am) Nhamunda 1959, Cappelletto (MHNG). Peru: Prov. Loreto, Yacumama Lodge near junction of Rio Maranon and Rio Ucayali, 73.5W, 54.8S, 6-20.VIII.1994, P. Skelley (PSC); Loreto, 160 km NE Iquitos, Explor. Camp on Rio Sucusari 2 km from Rio Napo, 27-31.VIII.1992, P. Skelley (ISEA, PSC). Description. Length 3.0-3.2 mm. Body oblong oval, microreticulate, mo- derately shiny, colour piceous black. Head moderately gibbose medially, clypeus trun- cate anteriorly, side widely rounded toward rounded gena; clypeal surface in front of gibbosity microreticulate and minutely granulate, median area with fine, very close punctures tending laterally to coalesce, separated by less than.one diameter, punctures of vertical band round, nearly contiguous; frontal suture slightly elevated near eye. Pronotum strongly transverse, sides explanate, edge minutely crenate and fringed with minute setae visible under high magnification; base without marginal line, excavate laterally, crenate by fine punctures; anterior angle rounded, side arcuate toward promi- nent posterior angle; pronotal disc weakly convex, punctures fine, evenly distributed, separated by one diameter, those on sides twice larger, almost contiguous and strongly rugose along lateral margin. Scutellum opaque with longitudinal carina medially. Elytra weakly widened in apical third with indicated preapical umbone, edge minutely TIR Z. T. STEBNICKA crenate and setigerous like as pronotal side, humeral denticle conical acute; striae deep, strial punctures close each other, slightly crenating margins of intervals; intervals 1-4 convex, intervals 5-9 carinate, interval 10t flat opaque, all intervals with fine scattered punctures minutely setigerous on apical declivity. Mesosternum weakly convex, sha- greened, meso-metasternal carina (Fig. 36) fine, suture distinct, two diagonal fossulae just below suture; metasternal midline deep, broken at middle, surface punctures coarse, lateral metasternal triangle narrow, shagreened inside; abdominal sternites opaque, fluting of sternites 3-5 fine, longer on sides than at middle; surface with mode- rate, shallow punctures; disc of pygidium deeply eroded, transverse carina elevated, longitudinal carina weak or invisible. Profemur shining with coarse, confluent punc- tures; mesofemur slightly wider and more closely setigerously punctate than meta- femur; metafemur with incomplete posterior line; metatibia with longitudinal, seti- gerous lines and small accessory spine apically; metarsus relatively short, basal tar- somere 1/3 longer than upper tibial spur. In male, penultimate abdominal sternite shor- ter than in female, disc of pygidium longer; aedeagus similar to that of A. huebneri. Remarks. A. amazonica is the smallest member of the genus being most close to A. huebneri and slightly less so to A. squamosa. It differs from both these species by the characters given in the key. A small series of specimens were taken to UV & black- - light on sheet. Auperia squamosa (Petrovitz) comb. n. Figs 32, 40, 42 Euparia squamosa Petrovitz, 1976: 280-282. Phalangochaeta squamosa: Dellacasa, 1988: 287 (catalogue). Type material. Holotype (sex undetermined), labelled ‘Ecuador, Archidona Oriente”, “Euparia squamosa Petrovitz”, in IRSNB. Paratype ‘Ecuador, Verst.O. des Andes Santo Domingo 600 m’, ‘J. & N. Leleup’, in MHNG. Other specimens (242). Bolivia: Cochabamba, 177 km E Cochabamba at Lagunitas, 100 m, R. Anderson (CMN). Colombia: Ibaque (ISEA). Ecuador: Pich 16 km S Sto Domingo, Tinalandia 680 m, 15.VI.1975; 47 km S Sto Domingo, Rio Palenque Sta. 18-30.V.1975; Napo 500 m, 12 km SW Tena, 10.VIII.1976; Napo 250 m, Limoncocha, 18.V1.1976, S. & J. Peck (CMN); Limoncocha, 40 km E Puerto Francisco de Orellana (La Coca), Rio Napo, 21- 27.1X.1979, J. Balogh (HNHM); Cotopaxi, Volcan Cotopaxi NNE Latacunga, 23.VI.1975; Manabi 450 m, 78 km NE Chone, 85 km WSW Sto Domingo, 9.VI.1976, S. & J. Peck (CMN, ISEA). Guatemala: Isabal, | km SE Mariscos, 200 m, 26.V1.1993, R. Anderson (CMN). Mexico: Chiapas, 6 km SW Ocosingo, 1400 m, 22.IX.1991, R. Anderson; Bonampak Rd, 100 km SE Palenque 230 m, 8.VII.1982, 8 VI.1993, S. & J. Peck; Veracruz, 33 km NE Catemaco, 160 m, Los Tuxtlas Biol.Sta., 1.VIII.1983, S. & J. Peck, 18-22.VII.1984, D.H. Lindemann; Fortin, 5.VIIL.1969, S. & J. Peck; Cordoba, 4.VIII.1969, S. & J. Peck (HAHC-CMN, ISEA); Oaxaca, 6 km S Valle Nacional, 200 ft, 19.V.1971, S.& J. Peck (CMN). Panama: Chiriqui, 20 km N San Felix, 950 m, 8.V1.1995, R. Anderson; Panama prov., Interamerican Hwy 3 km E Ipeti, 3.V. 1992, S. Stockwell; Cerro Campana, 800 m, 5.VI.1995, R. Anderson (CMN). Paraguay: Cordillera N Emboscada Rio Piribebuy, 5.IV.1985, Miss. Mus. Geneva (MHNG). Venezuela: Aragua, Rancho Grande, 4.VII-9.VII.1986, B. Gill; 19-27.11.1971, S. Peck; Tiara 50 km SW Caracas, 22.11.1971; Merida, Tovar, 1000 m, 22.VI.1989; Bolivar, 10 km N Corocito, 18.VI-3.VII.1987: Rio Caura rainforest, S. & J. Peck (CMN); Aragua, PN Henri Pitier, E.B. Rancho Grande, 1150 m 12.V.1998; Tachira, PN Chorro del Indio, 10 km NE San Cristobal, 1300 m, 28.V.1998, R. Anderson (CMN, ISEA). Trinidad: Tunapuna, Mt St Benedict, 240 m, M. Tabor, 4.VI.1993; 19 km N Aima, Lalaja Trace, 650 m, 8.V1.1993, S. & J. Peck (CMN). Description. Length 4.0-4.5 mm. Body oblong oval, shining, colour piceous black. Head moderately gibbose medially, clypeus truncate anteriorly or shallowly REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 773 emarginate, side widely rounded toward obtuse, more or less protruding gena; clypeal surface in front of gibbosity narrowly shiny, or impunctate shining area extends to front of median convexity; median area of head with fine to moderate and coarse, more or less close punctures tending laterally to coalesce, separated by less than one diameter, punctures of vertical band round, very dense to contiguous; frontal suture slightly elevated near eye. Pronotum transverse, side reflexed in anterior half, edge minutely crenate and fringed with minute setae visible under high magnification; base without marginal line, excavate laterally or not, more or less densely crenate by fine punctures; anterior angle rounded, side arcuate toward prominent or obtuse posterior angle; pronotal disc convex, punctures variably spaced, usually fine anteriorly, increasingly larger toward base and here separated by about one diameter, on sides twice larger, contiguous and rugose. Scutellum shiny with longitudinal carina medially. Elytra rela- tively short, arcuate, with more or less distinct preapical umbone, edge minutely cre- nate and setigerous, humeral denticle conical acute; elytral striae 1-3 narrow with fine punctures, striae 4- 9 gradually deeper and wider with larger punctures, striae 8-9 wider than lateral intervals; intervals 1-4 convex or flat, each with irregular rows of distinct punctures, intervals 5-9 carinate, intervals 8-9 swollen or granulate or tuberculate, interval 10% flat opaque; apical declivity of elytra setigerously punctate-granulate, setae hair-like to squamous. Mesosternum weakly convex, shagreened, meso-metaster- nal carina (Fig. 40) long, suture distinct, two diagonal fossulae just below suture; metasternal midline deep, broken at middle, surface punctures coarse, closest in anterior half of disc, lateral metasternal triangle narrow, shagreened inside; abdominal sternites microreticulate, usually shining, fluting of sternites 3-5 long; surface punc- tures moderate to coarse, often longitudinal, extending from side to side; disc of pygidium deeply eroded, transverse carina elevated, longitudinal carina weak or invi- sible. Profemur shining with coarse, confluent punctures; mesofemur slightly wider and more closely setigerously punctate than metafemur; metafemur with complete pos- terior line; metatibia with longitudinal, setigerous lines and small accessory spine api- cally; hind tarsus moderate in length, basal tarsomere 1/4 longer than upper tibial spur. In male, penultimate abdominal sternite shorter than in female, disc of pygidium longer; genitalia as in Fig. 32. Remarks. Auperia squamosa is characterized by very advanced variation, both geographic and ecological, affecting the punctation of the head and elytra, the shape of pronotum and sculpture of the ventral sclerites. In some specimens, sculpture of the head and of the lateral elytral intervals and setation of elytra may all be greatly reduced. It seems to be noteworthy that such extreme forms of A. squamosa are simi- lar externally to some species of Ataenius, e.g. to the sympatric A. depilis Petr. and to the unusually variable A. scutellaris Har. These species will be discussed in the on- going revision of the species-groups of Ataenius. A. squamosa occurs over a wide range and in diverse habitats; long series have been found in the wet montane forest litter, shrubs litter, coffee forest litter, buttress litter, decayed Ficus fruits, in paramo moss and in broken termite nests. 774 Z. T. STEBNICKA ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Assistance from all sources, personal as well as institutional is gratefully acknowledged. I wish to express my cordial thanks to: D. Ahrens (Dresden), H. Howden and F. Génier (Ottawa), H. & A. Howden Collection (Ottawa), O. Merkl (Budapest), C. Cludts (Bruxelles), C. Flechtmann (Brasilia), L. Zerche (Eberswalde), A. Teran (Tucuman), F. Vaz-de-Mello (Vicosa), B. Merz, G. Cuccodoro and I. Löbl (Geneva), Y. Cambefort (Paris), C. Costa (Säo Paulo), C. Johnson (Manchester), K. Desender (Stockholm), P. Skelley (Gainesville), W. Schawaller (Stuttgart), 7 S. En- drödy-Younga (Pretoria), B. Ratcliffe (Nebraska), N. Adams and G. House (Washington DC), W. Warner (Arizona), H. Wendt and J. Schulze (Berlin). I am espe- cially indebted to H. Howden (Ottawa) for comments on the series of manuscripts dealing with the New World Aphodiinae. Funding for my ongoing researches comes from the Ministry of Science in Poland, Grant 3P04C 089 22. REFERENCES Bates, H. W. 1887. Col.:Lam. (Copridae, Aphodiidae, Orphnidae, Hybosoridae, Geotrupidae, Trogidae, Aclopidae, Chasmatopteridae, Melolonthidae). Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta 2: 26-160. CARTWRIGHT, O.-L. 1973. Additional lectotype designations in the Aphodiinae. The Coleopterist Bulletin 27: 41-43. CARTWRIGHT, O.-L. 1974. Ataenius, Aphotaenius and Pseudataenius of the United States and Canada. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 154: 1-106. CHALUMEAU, F. 1980. Désignation de types de Scarabaeoidea (Coleoptera) Néotropicaux et observations diverses. Nouvelle Revue d’Entomologie 10: 79-96. CHALUMEAU, F. & HOWDEN, H.-F. 1984. Le genre Euparia Saint-Fargeau & Serville, 1828. Mitteilungen der Schweizerischen Entomologischen Gesellschaft 57: 85-94. CHAPIN, E. A. 1940. A revision of the West Indian beetles of the Scarabaeid subfamily Aphodiinae. Proceedings of the United States national Museum 89: 1-41. CHEVROLAT, A. 1864. Coléopteres de l’Ile de Cuba. Notes, synonymies et descriptions d’éspèces nouvelles. V. Annales de la Société entomologique de France 4: 405-418: DELLACASA, M. 1988. Contribution to a world-wide catalogue of Aegialiidae, Aphodiidae, Aulonocnemidae, Termitotrogidae (Coleoptera, Scarabaeoidea). Memorie della Societa entomologica italiana 67: 3-455. Du VAL P.N.C.J. 1856. Coleoptera of Cuba. Ramon de la Sagra: Historia fisica, politica y natu- ral de la Isla de Cuba. Pt.2. Historia natural 7: 1-136. Paris. FABRICIUS, J. C. 1775. Systema Entomologiae, sistens Insectorum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, adiectis Synonymis, Locis, Descriptionibus, Observationibus. Flensburgi et Lipsiae: 1-832. HAROLD, E. 1867a. Diagnosen neuer Coprophagen. Coleopterologische Hefte 1: 76-83. HAROLD, E. 1867b. Diagnosen neuer Coprophagen. Coleopterologische Hefte 2: 94-100. HAROLD, E. 1869. Diagnosen neuer Coprophagen. Coleopterologische Hefte 5: 94-104. HAROLD, E. 1870. Die Arten der Gattung Euparia. Coleopterologische Hefte 6: 19-30. HAROLD, E. 1875. Verzeichniss der Von Dr. Teuscher in Cantagallo gesammelten ‘coprophagen Lamellicornien. Coleopterologische Hefte 13: 57-72. INTERNATION COMMISSION OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE, 1999. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (4 ed.), London. The International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature, XXIX + 306 pp. REVISION OF THE GENUS AUPERIA 775 IsLas, S. F. 1955. Tres especies nuevas de Aphodinos mexicanos. Anales del Instituto de Biologia Mexico C 1: 493-499. LE PELETIER de SAINT-FARGEAU A. & SERVILLE J. G. A. 1828. Scarabé. In: LATREILLE P. A. Histoire Naturelle. Entomologie ou Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés, des Arachnides et des insectes. Encyclopédie Méthodique. Paris (Agasse), 10: 346-382. MARTINEZ, A. 1952. Scarabaeidae nuevos 0 poco conocidos. III. Mision de Estudios de Patologia regional argentina 23: 53-118. PETROVITZ, R. 1961. Neue und bemerkenswerte Aphodiinae aus dem Museo entomologico del Pontificio Instituto Missioni estere, Monza. Bolletino della Societa entomologica ita- liana 91: 144-149. PETROVITZ , R. 1970. Neue neotropische Aphodiinae und Hybosorinae. Entomologische Arbeiten aus dem Museum Georg Frey 21: 225-243. PETROVITZ, R. 1973. Neue Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae und Acanthocerinae aus der Neotropischen Region. Studia entomologica 16: 141-202. PETROVITZ, R. 1976. Acanthocerinae und Aphodiinae aus Ecuador und von den Galapagos- Inseln. Mission Zool. Belge iles Galapagos et Ecuador (N. et J. Leleup, 1964-1965) 3: 275-292. SCHMIDT, A. 1909. Eine Serie neuer Aphodiinen und eine neue Gattung. (Fortsetzung V). Societas entomologica 24: 43-44. SCHMIDT, A. 1910. Coleoptera Lamellicornia Aphodiinae. Genera Insectorum 110: 1-155. SCHMIDT, A. 1922. Coleoptera, Aphodiinae. Das Tierreich 45: 614 pp. STEBNICKA, Z. 1998. Lectotype designations, new synonymies and distribution records of the Neotropical Eupariini (Coleoptera: Scarabaeoidea: Aphodiinae). Acta zoologica cra- coviensia 41: 199-205. STEBNICKA, Z. 1999a. Neotropical Eupariini: New and little known genera and species (Coleoptera: Scarabaeoidea: Aphodiinae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 106: 285-300. STEBNICKA, Z. 1999b. Lomanoxia Martinez, 1951, and a new tribe Lomanoxiini with notes on comparative morphology (Coleoptera: Scarabaeoidea: Aphodiinae). Acta zoologica cra- coviensia 42: 279-286. STEBNICKA, Z. 2000. The genus Passaliolla Balthasar, 1945 in Central and South America (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae: Eupariini). Acta zoologica cracoviensia 43: 233-239. STEBNICKA, Z. 2001a. A revision of the Neotropical species of Saprosites Redtenbacher, 1858 (Insecta: Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae: Eupariini). Entomologische Abhand- lungen 59: 221-242. STEBNICKA, Z. 2001b. The New World species of Araenius Harold, 1867. I. Revision of the A. crenator-group, A. nugator- group and A. perforatus-group (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae: Eupariini). Acta zoologica cracoviensia 44: 253-283. STEBNICKA, Z. 2001c. Aphodiinae (Insecta: Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Fauna of New Zealand 42: 64 pp. WOOBRUFF, R. E. 1973. Arthropods of Florida and Neighbouring Land Areas. The Scarab Beetles of Florida. Pt.I. The Laparosticti 8: 1-220. iv, nie ae na Sa REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 777-784; décembre 2002 Two new species of pseudoscorpions (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpiones) from caves on Tenerife and La Palma (Canary Islands, Spain), with some new records from the Canary Islands and the Azores (Portugal) Volker MAHNERT Muséum d’histoire naturelle, case postale 6434, CH-1211 Genève 6, Switzerland. E-mail: volker.mahnert@mhn.ville-ge.ch Two new species of pseudoscorpions (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpiones) from caves on Tenerife and La Palma (Canary Islands, Spain), with some new records from the Canary Islands and the Azores (Portugal). - The new species Paraliochthonius mirus sp. n. (La Palma, Cueva de los Sorprendidos) and Calocheirus tenerifae sp. n. (Tenerife, Cueva Hondo de Güimar) are described and figured. New localities are given for species of several families. The genus Cheiridium (Cheiridiidae) is recorded for the first time from the archipelago. Identifications keys are proposed for the Canarian species of the genera Paraliochthonius, Tyrannochthonius and Lagynochthonius and for all species of the genus Calocheirus. Pseudo- blothrus vulcanus is recorded from several caves of Terceira and from the Island of Pico (Azores). Key-words: Canary Islands - Azores - biospeleology - Pseudoscorpiones - new species. INTRODUCTION Intensive efforts in surveying the biodiversity of the Canary Islands have already yielded remarkable results (Izquierdo et al., 2001). Knowledge of the pseudo- scorpion fauna of the archipelago has been summarized by Mahnert (1997) and Mahnert & Oromi (2001). In the meantime, Dr Pedro Oromi (Departamento de Zoologia, University of La Laguna, Tenerife: DZUL) sent me some more pseudo- scorpions collected during his biospeleological and biological surveys on different islands. The Museum of Natural Sciences of Madrid has carried out a study on the National Park “Caldera de Taburiente” and the pseudoscorpions were sent to me by Mr Rafael Garcia Becerra (La Palma). My colleague Dr Charles Lienhard (Muséum d’his- toire naturelle, Geneva: MHNG) collected some epigean pseudoscorpions during his visit to Gran Canaria in 1999. Besides new localities for some species and a first record of the genus Cheiridium, two new species are described here. As a result, the pseudo- scorpion fauna of the Canary Islands now comprises 48 species/ subspecies. Pseudo- Manuscript accepted 05.08.2002 778 V. MAHNERT blothrus vulcanus Mahnert has been collected from several caves by Dr Paulo Borges (Universidade dos Acores, Terceira) during his biospeleological survey on the Azores Islands. RESULTS NEW RECORDS Note: Material without indication of collectors’ names has been collected by Dr Pedro Oromi and his collaborators. Canary Islands Chthonius (Ephippiochthonius) gracilimanus Mahnert, 1997 Material: La Palma: Cueva Llano de los Canos, 25.11.2000 (MHNG); Cueva de los Palmeros, 9.12.2000 (DZUL). Tyrannochthonius setiger Mahnert, 1997 Material: Tenerife: Sima de la Perdiz, 28.6.1999 (DZUL, MHNG), Cueva del Bucio, 18.6. 1999 (MHNG), Cueva del Mulo, 2.6.1998 (MHNG), Cueva de la Chatarra, 23.10.1991 (MHNG). Tyrannochthonius superstes Mahnert, 1986 Material: Tenerife: Cueva de Breveritas, 10.7.1999, 18.12.1999, 17.3.2000 (DZUL, MHNG), Cueva de Beles, 19.11.1999 (MHNG) Paraliochthonius martini Mahnert, 1989 Material: El Hierro: Cueva de los Pocitos, 8.10.2000 (DZUL, MHNG). Microcreagrina subterranea Mahnert, 1993 Material: Tenerife: Cueva Hondo de Güimar, 26.10.1999 (MHNG), Cueva del Bucio, 21.10.1999 (MHNG). Calocheirus canariensis (Beier, 1970) Material: Gran Canaria, Cuesta de Silva, E of Guia, 230m, under stones, 26.2.1999, Ig. Ch. Lienhard (MHNG). Geogarypus minor (L. Koch, 1873) Material: Tenerife, Teno Alto, 950m, 17.1. 1982, Ig. A. Machado (MHNG). Cheiridium sp. Material: Gran Canaria: Barranco de Mogan, near Las Casillas, 200m, under bark of Pinus canariensis, 2.3.1999, lg. Ch. Lienhard: 2 tritonymphs (MHNG). Remark: The genus is new for the archipelago, identification to species level of the tritonymphs is not possible. Pselaphochernes lacertosus (L. Koch, 1873) Material: Lanzarote, dunas de Orzola, 12.2.1993 (MHNG). NEW PSEUDOSCORPIONS FROM THE CANARY ISLANDS 779 Canarichelifer teneriffae Beier, 1965 Material: Alegranza: Marpais, 6.5.1993 (MHNG). Rhacochelifer gracilimanus Mahnert, 1993 Material: Hierro, Hoya del Morcillo, 4.2.1992 (MHNG). Azores Pseudoblothrus vulcanus Mahnert, 1990 Material: Island of Terceira: Gruta da Malha, Gruta Principantes; Island of Pico: Gruta da Baliza, Furna Nova; lg. Paulo Borges. Remark: The species has been decribed from Gruta da Beira (Terceira) (Mahnert, 1990). DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW SPECIES Paraliochthonius mirus sp. n. Figs 1-4 Material: Canary Islands, La Palma, Cueva de los Sorprendidos (El Paso), 19.7.2000, lg. Rafael Garcia Becerra: 14 (holotype) (Mus. Madrid), 1 4 (paratype) (MHNG). Etymology: Latin adjective mirus: amazing. Description: Carapace and pedipalps yellowish-brown, chelicerae brown; ter- gites whitish-yellow; sternites IN and IV laterally slightly darker, otherwise whitish- yellow. Carapace 1.1 longer longer than broad, four eyespots present, the posterior ones indistinct and small; epistome slender and prominent; 16 macrosetae (4:4:4:2:2) plus one preocular microseta on each side. Tergal setae: (3-)4:4:4:6:6:6:6-7:6-7:7:4:6 (2 submedian tactile setae). Manducatory process with 2 setae, coxal setae: pedipalpal coxa 3, I 3, II 7-8 serrated coxal spines (in one row)(as figured for P martini in Mahnert, 1989, fig.9), III 4-5, IV 5; intercoxal tubercle absent. Genital operculum 10- 11 setae, sternal setae: 6 (+ 3-4 microsetae on each stigma):6 (+ 2x3):10:9:9:9:9:7-9 (2 tactile setae):0. Cheliceral palm with 5 setae (Fig. 1), fixed finger with 7-9 (distal ones enlarged) and movable finger with about 5-6 rounded and nearly rudimentary teeth; spinneret absent; serrula interior with 15, s. exterior with 24-25 blades; flagellum 7 setae. Pedipalps (Figs 2-3): Hand with 3 internal spine-like setae; fixed finger with 43- 47, movable finger with 45-46 triangular teeth of nearly equal length, base of movable finger not modified; a small sensillum near sb ; trichobothria see Fig. 4, sb clearly nearer to st than to b; femur 6.5-6.7 times longer than broad and 2.22-2.27 times longer than patella, patella 2.4-2.6 times, hand 2.1-2.2 times, chela 6.8-6.9 times longer than broad, fixed finger 2.2-2.3 times longer than hand; movable finger slightly shorter than fixed one. Leg I: Femur 7.1-7.2 times longer than deep and 1.9-2.1 times longer than patella, patella 3.7-4.3 times, tibia 5.3-5.9 times, tarsus 11.5-12.5 times longer than deep. Leg IV: Femur+patella 4.0-4.1 times, tibia 7.0-7.2 times, basitarsus 3.5-3.6 times, telotarsus 14.0-15.6 times longer than deep and 2.7-2.8 times longer than basitarsus, both with a tactile seta (near base or proximal of middle). 780 V. MAHNERT Measurements (in mm): Carapace 0.71-0.73/0.67-0.70; Pedipalps: femur 1.21- 1.25/0.19, patella 0.53-0.57/0.20-0.24, hand 0.62-0.63/0.29-0.30, fixed finger length 1.39-1.43, chela length 1.96-2.05. Leg I: femur 0.74/0.10, patella 0.35-0.38/0.09-0.10, tibia 0.41-0.44/0.06-0.07, tarsus 0.77-0.82/0.07. Leg IV: femur+patella 1.08-1.13/0.27, tibia 0.79-0.84/0.11-0.12, basitarsus 0.33-0.35/0.10, telotarsus 0.90-0.97/0.06. Discussion: Cave-dwelling species of the genus Paraliochthonius are already recorded from El Hierro (martini Mahnert) and from Tenerife (tenebrarum Mahnert). The new species from La Palma is clearly related to martini and shares with this species the presence of three spine-like setae on the internal face of the chelal hand, tri- angular distal teeth on the movable chelal finger and the presence of eyespots. It differs from martini by bigger size, by having a relatively shorter fixed finger (2.2-2.3 vs 2.6 times longer than hand) and by the presence of (very indistinct) posterior eyespots. Relationships between the genera Tyrannochthonius and Paraliochthonius from Canary Islands with Stygiochthonius (Carabajal Marquez er al., 2001), recently described from continental Spain (Almeria), are not yet well defined. This genus from Almeria shares with Paraliochthonius some characters, e.g. the presence of two or three spine-like setae on the internal face of the chelal hand and of the saw-like (alternatively inclined) teeth on chelal fingers, but the latter can also be observed in Tyrannochthonius superstes. The high number of coxal spines (12-14) may have to be reconsidered as a specific character, since the number of coxal spines ranges from 6-10 in the Canarian species of Tyrannochthonius and Paraliochthonius. Some of the characters emphasized by Muchmore (1984) as distinctive for Tyrannochthonius might be found, in the concerned area, in Paraliochtonius species and vice versa (e.g. position of trichobothrium sb), some others (e.g. heterodentate chelal fingers, epistome closely flanked by the 2 central carapacial setae) do not occur in any of the Canarian species assigned actually to Tyrannochthonius. It might there- fore be necessary to reconsider the generic status of all species from this region actu- ally placed in the genera Paraliochthonius, Tyrannochthonius, Stygiochthonius and even Lagynochthonius. Identification key to the species of the genera Lagynochthonius, Tyrannochthonius and Paraliochthonius from the Canary Islands I Chelal hand with two or three strong, spiniform internal setae.......... 4 iE Chela hand without or with only one slightly stronger seta .............. 2 2 Base of movable chelal finger with strongly sclerotized apodeme; both fingers strongly curved in distal half... Lagynochthonius curvidigitatus Mahnert 2% Base of movable chelal finger without strongly sclerotized apodeme, fingers straight... fol: mn. a ok en eee 3 3 Pedipalps slender, chelal hand at least 2.8 times longer than broad, chela at least 10.3 times longer than broad, 5 setae on cheliceral palm rt aan Tyrannochthonius superstes Mahnert Da Pedipalps stouter, chelal hand 2.0-2.2 times longer than broad, chela 7.0- 7.7 times longer than broad, 6-7 setae on cheliceral palm igiene MEI De Tyrannochthonius setiger Mahnert NEW PSEUDOSCORPIONS FROM THE CANARY ISLANDS 781 4 Ghelayhand withitwoispintfonmisetaen ern an, 5 4* @helal’handswithithree’spiniform setae Den Inn 6 5 Four eyes with lenses present; smaller species (length of palpal femur 0.65 mm); living in upper littoral zone . . Paraliochthonius canariensis Vachon SE Eyes or eyespots absent; larger species (length of palpal femur 0.86 - 1.04 mm); living in caves ...... . . « « Paraliochthonius tenebrarum Mahnert 6 Smaller species, length of palpal femur 0.94mm, length of chela 1.45 mm MI sik his ie ack, test ee eke te Ne Paraliochthonius martini Mahnert 6* Larger species, length of palpal femur 1.21mm, length of chela 1.96 mm de SI RE AGENTE A EN Paraliochthonius mirus Sp. n. Calocheirus tenerifae sp. n. Figs 5-7 Material: Canary Islands, Tenerife, Cueva Hondo de Güimar, lg. M. Arechavaleta, 13.1V.1999: 12 (holotype) (DZUL). Description: Pedipalps yellowish-brown, carapace olivaceous, tergites and ster- nites indistinctly olivaceous. Carapace 1.6 times longer than broad, smooth, with a very weak sub-basal transverse impression; cucullus relatively long; four large eyes present; 25 setae in total, of which 6 are at anterior and 5 at posterior margin; tergites undivided, chaetotaxy: I-II 4, IH-VIII 6, IX 8 (2 sublateral tactile setae), X 6 (2 tactile setae), XI 8 (2 tactile setae). Manducatory process with 3 marginal and 2 discal bristles; coxae of pedipalps smooth, with 13 bristles, coxae I 7, II 9, HI 10, IV 16 bristles; genital operculum with 5 central setae; sternites usually with 6 marginal setae, no suprastigmal microchaetae. Chelicera: 5 setae on palm, fixed finger with 5 basally- directed teeth, movable finger with broad tooth-like subapical lobe, galea with three apical branchlets, serrula exterior of 18 lamellae, flagellum with one large anterior and a small posterior blade. Pedipalp (Figs 5,6): Femur smooth, with a tactile seta near base, 4.9 times longer than broad, patella 4.1 times, club 3.4 times, hand with pedicel 1.3 times longer than broad, strongly bulged medially, chela with pedicel 3.4 times longer than broad, finger 1.7 times longer than hand; fixed finger with 40 pointed teeth, movable finger with 11 pointed distal teeth and 14 large, flattened and indistinct ones, a lanceolate seta near trichobothrium f (Fig. 7). Leg I: femur 5.0 times longer than deep and 2.2 times longer than patella, patella 2.4 times longer than deep, tibia 6.8 times, basitarsus 5.3 times longer than deep and 1.3 times longer than telotarsus, telotarsus 6.2 times longer than deep. Leg IV: femur+patella 2.8 times, tibia 5.7 times, basitarsus 4.8 times longer then deep and 1.3 times longer than telotarsus, telotarsus 5.3 times longer than deep; chaetotaxy of ba- sitarsus: tactile seta + 2/3/4; arolia undivided, clearly longer than the smooth and large claws. Measurements (in mm): Carapace 0.84/0.54. Pedipalps: Femur 1.04/0.21, patella 0.84/0.21, hand with pedicel 0.56/0.42, length of fixed finger 0.95, length of chela with pedicel 1.45. Leg I: Femur 0.49/0.10, patella 0.23/0.09, tibia 0.41/0.06, basitarsus 0.26/0.05, telotarsus 0.20/0.03; leg IV: Femur+patella 0.80/0.29, tibia 0.61/0.11, basitarsus 0.33/0.07, telotarsus 0.25/0.05. 782 V. MAHNERT Fics 1-7 Fics 1- 4: Paraliochthonius mirus sp. n.; 1: chelicera of paratype; 2-3: pedipalp of holotype (2: proximal articles, 3: chela); 4: palpal chela in lateral view, distal teeth of movable finger enlarged. Fics 5-7: Calocheirus tenerifae sp. n.; 5-6 pedipalp (5: proximal articles, 6: chela), 7: trichobothrial pattern. Scale unit 0.1mm. Discussion: Three species of the genus Calocheirus have already been de- scribed from the Canary Islands. The new species tenerifae sp. n. shares with gigas (Mahnert) the big size and slender pedipalps, but is somewhat smaller and its pedipalps are somewhat stouter. It is unlikely to be restricted to caves. NEW PSEUDOSCORPIONS FROM THE CANARY ISLANDS 783 Key to the species of the genus Calocheirus Chamberlin 1 Small-sized species, length of palpal femur not exceeding 0.81 mm....... 2 i Large species, palpal femur 1.24 mm long and 5.6 times longer than broad, chela 4.3 times longer than broad (length 1.86 mm). - Gran CIR, RE e n Calocheirus gigas (Mahnert) 1** Medium-sized species, palpal femur 1.04mm long and 4.9 times longer than broad, chela 3.4 times longer than broad (length 1.45 mm). - MEDE EEE ms EDEN SIT FORTIS LE Calocheirus tenerifae n. sp. 2 Tergites I-VII with 4 setae, palpal femur 4.0 times longer than broad (length 0.66 mm), chela 3.5 times longer than broad, length 1.12 mm; fixed finger with 28 teeth, movable one with 24 teeth. - Sudan Re Calocheirus atopos Chamberlin DE Onlyathenhtst two or founitergites with 2 = 4 setae ER 0.0020... 3 3 nteriorstersites; WAL AE Setar se er US SR 4 3% Tergites I and II with 2 setae, palpal femur 4.6-5.0 times longer than broad (length 0.71-0.81 mm), chela 3.5-3.9 times longer than broad (length 1.16-1.39 mm), fixed finger with 37-40 teeth, movable one with DSallsteethr SaudirArabiar. se wa. Calocheirus gracilis Mahnert 4 Usually only tergites I and II with 4 setae; palpal femur 3.7 times (female) - 4.7 times (male) longer than broad (length 0.69-0.81. mm), chela 2.5 times (female) - 3.4 times (male) longer than broad, length 1OS"Gnale)= 1.43 (remale) = Gomera. 2... een... Calocheirus mirus Mahnert 4* Tergites I-IV with 4 setae; palpal femur 3.7 - 4.1 times longer than broad, (length 0.41-0.55 mm), chela 3.1 (female) - 3.7 times (male) longer than broad (length 0.72-0.84 mm). - Canary Islands MPM See so eee hcl Le Calocheirus canariensis (Beier) ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS My sincere thanks go to Dr Pedro Oromi (La Laguna), Mr Rafael Garcia Becerra (La Palma), Dr Paul Borges (University of the Azores) and to Dr Charles Lienhard (Geneva) for the confidence and their patience. I highly appreciate sug- gestions and help given by Dr Mark Judson (Paris). REFERENCES CARABAL MARQUEZ, E., GARCIA CARRILLO, J. & RODRIGUEZ FERNANDEZ, F. 2001. Nuevos pseudoscorpiones cavernicolas de la Sierra de Gädor (Almeria, Espana) (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpionida, Chthoniidae). Revista Iberica de Arachnologia 3: 7-15. IZQUIERDO, J., MARTIN, J. L., ZURITA, N. & ARECHAVALETA, M. (eds). 2001. Lista de especies sil- vestres de Canarias (hongos, plantas y animales terrestres). Consejeria de Politica Territorial y Medio Ambiente Gobierno de Canarias, 437 pp. MAHNERT, V. 1990. Deux nouvelles especes du genre Pseudoblothrus Beier, 1931 (Pseudo- scorpiones, Syarinidae) des Acores (Portugal). Vieraea 18: 167-170. MAHNERT, V. 1997. New species and records of pseudoscorpions (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpiones) from the Canary Islands. Revue suisse de Zoologie 104: 559-585. 784 V. MAHNERT MAHNERT, V. & OROMI, P. 2001. Pseudoscorpiones (pp. 149-150). Jn: IZQUIERDO, J., MARTIN, J. L., ZURITA, N. & ARECHAVALETA, M. (eds): Lista de especies silvestres de Canarias (hongos, plantas y animales terrestres). Consejeria de Politica Territorial y Medio Ambiente Gobierno de Canarias, 437 pp. MUCHMORE, W.B. 1984. Pseudoscorpions from Florida and the Caribbean area. 13. New species of Tyrannochthonius and Paraliochthonius from the Bahamas, with discussion of the genera (Chthoniidae). The Florida Entomologist 67: 119-126. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 785-796; décembre 2002 Neue und bekannte Riesenregenwürmer aus Kolumbien, Ekuador und Peru (Oligochaeta: Glossoscolecida). Regenwürmer aus Südamerika 35 Andras ZISCI!, Csaba CSUDZI! & Alexander FEIJOO MARTINEZ? | Lehrstuhl für Tiersystematik und Ökologie der Eötvös Löränd Universität, Zootaxonomische Forschungsgruppe der Ungarischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Pazmany Péter sétany 1/C, H-1117 Budapest, Ungarn. ? Facultad de Ciencias Ambientales Universidad Tecnologica, Pereira, Colombia. New and known large-bodied Earthworms from Colombia, Ecuador and Peru (Oligochaeta: Glossoscolecidae). Earthworms from South America 35. - A new earthworm material containing large-bodied species from Colombia, Ecuador and Peru has been elaborated. Two new species M. (C.) preciadoi and M. (C.) alarconi spp. n. are described, furthermore a redescription of M. (C.) pebasiensis (Cognetti, 1914) and the first occur- rences of M. (C.) ischuros Zicsi, 1990 and M. (C.) magnus (Cognetti, 1904) in Colombia are presented. Key-words: Earthworms - Oligochaeta - Glossoscolecidae - taxonomy - new species - redescriptions - Colombia - Ecuador - Peru. EINLEITUNG In vorausgehenden Arbeiten wurde die Sammelgattung Martiodrilus in 4 Unter- gattungen geteilt (Zicsi & Csuzdi, 1997, Zicsi, 1998, Zicsi, 2000, Zicsi, 2001). Die Riesenregenwürmer aus dem Andengebiet wurden aufgrund des büschelförmigen (polystomaten) Nephrostoms des Nephridialorgans in Kombination mit der ausser- ordentlichen Körpergrösse, Pigmentation (von rot bis rotbraun) und der trichterförmig verdickten Dissepimente hinter dem Muskelmagen in die Untergattung Cordillero- scolex gestellt. Da sich diese grossen Formen durch die Ausbildung verschiedener Samentaschenformen deutlich voneinander unterscheiden, wurden innerhalb der Untergattung 3 Gruppen gebildet u. zwar Formen mit langen bandförmigen Samen- taschen [M. (C.) iserni-Gruppe], mit kleinen tropfenförmigen Samentaschen [M. (C.) columbianus-Gruppe] und Formen mit winzigen Samentaschen, von denen auch mehrere in einem Segment, tief in der Muskelwand verborgen [M. (C.) ischuros- Gruppe] vorhanden sein können. Bei der Einreihung der Arten zur Untergattung Cordilleroscolex konnte gröss- tenteils das Typenmaterial überprüft werden. Allein die Typen der Arten M. pebasiensis (Cognetti, 1914), M. riveti (Michaelsen, 1910), M. olivaceus James, 1990 und M. panamensis James, 1990 konnten nicht eingesehen werden. Da bei den beiden letzteren Manuskript angenommen am 04.07.2002 786 A. ZISCI ET AL. Arten das büschelförmige Nephrostom bei der Beschreibung angegeben und abge- bildet wurde, lag bezüglich der Einreihung kein Zweifel vor, so dass nur pebasiensis und riveti fraglich blieben. Die Art M. purnio (Michaelsen, 1900), die zu Cordilleroscolex gestellt und M. monticola (Michaelsen, 1900), die als fraglich betrachtet wurde, konnten anhand von Syntypen aus dem Zoologischen Museum Berlin überprüft und eindeutig in die Untergattung Martiodrilus (Martiodrilus) gestellt werden (Zicsi, 2000: p. 161-162). Inzwischen wurden im British Museum, London vom Zweitautor unter Inv. Nr. 1997.1461-1463, 1997.1458-1460 mehrere Riesenregenwürmer angetroffen, die z. T. als Martiodrilus sp. (Kolumbien, Anden 10000-14000 Fuss, leg. Marte Latham ), z. T. nur mit South America, leg. Osman Hill beschriftet sind. Ein Teil dieser Tiere konnte jetzt eingesehen werden. Von M. pebasiensis (Cognetti, 1914), die in Peru bei Pebas, Rio Maranon, in einer Höhe von 200 m gefunden wurde, sind uns von Prof. Dr. M. Dzwillo, Zoo- logisches Museum Hamburg (ZMH), 2 weitere Exemplare übersandt worden, die auch in Peru gesammelt und mit dieser Art identisch gefunden wurden. Sie stammen eben- falls aus dem Amazonasbecken, aus einer Höhe von 260 m, ungefähr 700 km vom typischen Fundort entfernt. Weitere vom Drittautor zur Überprüfung übersandte, grosskörprige Regen- würmer liegen aus Kolumbien vor. Noch nicht veröffentlichte, grosskörprige Arten aus Ekuador sollen ebenfalls mit den vorausgehenden an dieser Stelle gemeldet werden. BESCHREIBUNG DER ARTEN Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) pebasiensis (Cognetti, 1914) Abb. 1-2 Rhinodrilus (Thamnodrilus) pebasiensis Cognetti, 1914: 1 Thamnodrilus pebasiensis, Michaelsen, 1918: 111 Martiodrilus pebasiensis, Righi, 1995: 514 Martiodrilus pebasiensis, Zicsi & Csuzdi, 1997: 84 Material: AF/4038 1 Ex., ZMH. 01 14255. 1 Ex Peru, Panguana (9° 37° S, 74° 56° W) am Rio Ynyapichis, Nebenfluss des Pachitea, 260 m, 18. 9. 1977, leg. Schlüte. Die Art wurde aufgrund eines adulten Exemplares mit fehlendem Körperende beschrieben. Unsere beiden Exemplare sind vollständig und betragen eine Länge von 320 bzw. 400 mm, die Breite ist am Gürtel 26 bzw. 28 mm, hinter dem Gürtel 18 bzw. 20 mm. Segmentzahl 149 bzw. 199. Das Originalstück ist etwas kleiner, besitzt be- deutend wenigere Segmente (88), soll aber nicht vollkommen gewesen sein. Da die Originalbeschreibung ausführlich ist, werden nur die Merkmale ange- führt, die bei der Beschreibung nicht berücksichtigt wurden. Weibliche Poren liegen neben der Borstenlinie b auf der hinteren Seite des 14. Segments, männliche Poren auf Intersegmentalfurche 20/21, in Höhe der Puber- tätsstreifen. Geschlechtsborsten beiderseits auf dem 17.-19. Segment, vom 20.-26. Segment nur in der Borstenlinie b. Sie stehen auf kleinen, runden Papillen. Die Geschlechtsborsten b sind 4 mm lang, 0,14 mm breit und besitzen 10 - 11 Kerben, am Ende schnabelförmig gebogen (Abb. 1). Die inneren Borsten a dieser Borstenpaare sind Hakenborsten mit Nodulus, sie sind 2 mm lang, 0,19 mm breit und am Ende mit 12 Ringen ornamentiert (Abb. 2). RIESENREGENWURMER AUS SUDAMERIKA 187 Nephrostome der Nephridien büschelförmig. Durch den Nachweis dieses Merk- males kann diese Art endgültig in die Untergattung Cordilleroscolex gestellt werden. Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) ischuros Zicsi, 1990 Abb. 3-4 Martiodrilus ischuros Zicsi, 1990: 370 Martiodrilus ischuros, Righi, 1995: 514 Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) ischuros, Zicsi & Csuzdi, 1997: 101 Weiteres Material aus Ekuador: AF/ 4374 2 juv. Ex., Prov. Napo, Cosanga, 2550 m, 10. 4. 1987, leg. Zicsi, Loksa & Ponce. - Prov. Pichincha, AF/3408 1 Ex., St. Domingo de los Colorados, 1996, leg. Onore. - AF/3422 1 Ex., Astorga (Tandapi), 1700 m, 5. 9. 1991, leg. Onore. - AF/3427 1 Ex., Las Pampas, 600 m, 2. 6. 1991, leg. Onore. - Im British Museum liegen unter Inventarnummer 1997.1461-1463 und 1997.1458-1460 weitere 8 Exemplare vor. Es liegen (AF/4376-77) 2 adulte und 2 juvenile Exemplare dieser Art mit dem Fundort Stidamerika leg. Osman Hill vor. Da im gleichen Glas auch Exemplare von Andiodrilus bogotaensis Michaelsen, 1900 zu finden waren, die bisher nur aus Kolumbien gemeldet sind, ist es anzunehmen, dass diese grossen Tiere ebenfalls aus Kolumbien stammen. Obwohl sie nicht vollkommen der Beschreibung von ischuros entsprechen, sollen sie trotzdem einstweilen unter dieser Art eingereiht werden. In Grösse erreichen die abgetöteten Tiere die kleineren Formen von ischuros. Auch der Gürtel erstreckt sich bei einem Exemplar, wie bei ischuros vom 15.-28., dor- sal auch bis auf das 1/2 29. Segment. Bei den übrigen Tieren liegt er aber nur auf dem 1/2 14., 15.-27., 1/2 28. Segment. Die Pubertätssteifen konnten abweichend von ischuros vom 20.- 1/2 27, 2/3 27., 27. Segment erkannt werden, während diese sich bei ischuros konstant vom 20.-28. Segment erstrecken. Borsten b der Gürtelregion zu Geschlechtsborsten verwandelt, Länge 3,75 mm, Breite 0,19, Zahl der Kerben 11-13 (Abb. 3). Borsten a der Gürtelregion mit Nodulus, Länge 2,75, Breite 0,25, Zahl der Ringe 11-12 (Abb. 4) Die Lage der männlichen Poren variiert zwar bei ischuros zwischen den Intersegmentalfurchen 22/23, 23/24, und 24/25, eine Lage auf Intersegmentalfurche 20/21, wie dies bei den jetzigen Tieren erkannt wurde, ist bei der Ergänzung der Originalbeschreibung (Zicsi & Csuzdi, 1997) nicht angeführt worden. Die Testikel- blasen schliessen Hoden und Samentrichter ein, lassen jedoch die Herzen des 10. und 11. sowie die Samensäcke des 11. Segments frei, so dass sie als oesophageale Testikel- blasen angesehen werden müssen. Samentaschenporen bei allen Exemplaren auf Intersegmentalfurche 5/6-8/9, es sind auch 2-3 Poren in einer Intersegmentalfurche zu erkennen. Die Samentaschen liegen tief in der Muskelwand verborgen und sind mit glänzenden Samenmassen gefüllt. Nephrostom büschelförmig mit zahlreichen Rosetten versehen. Aus Kolumbien sind bisher 2 besonders grosse, auch eine Länge von 400 mm überschreitende, Regenwurmarten bekannt geworden. Es sind dies M. (C.) colum- bianus (Michaelsen, 1900) und M. (C.) olivaceus James, 1990. Die von M. (C.) columbianus angetroffenen Exemplare sind 260-600 mm gross (Michaelsen, 1900, 1913, Zicsi & Csuzdi, 1997), der Gürtel erstreckt sich vom 15.-27., die Puberstätsstreifen vom 20.-1/2 26. 26. Segment, sie besitzen 3 Paar Samentaschen 788 A. ZISCI ET AL. im 7., 8. und 9. Segment, die etwas aus der Körperwand hervorstehen und über Samen- kämmerchen verfügen. M. (C.) columbianus unterscheidet sich eindeutig von den Exemplaren, die wir als M. (C.) ischuros hier identifiziert haben. Die andere grosskörprige Art, die von James (1990) als M. (C.) olivaceus beschrieben wurde, ist von Marte Latham 1965-66 nahe von Moscopan, Cauca, in Kolumbien gesammelt worden. Laut Originalbeschreibung sollen die Exemplare zu der Kollektion gehören über die Latham, (1966) berichtet hat und die lebend auch eine Grösse von 1090 mm erreichen können (Ayala et. al. 1972). James (1990) gibt eine Grösse von 460-560 mm, eine Lage des Gürtels vom 1/2 13.-1/2 26., die der Puber- tätsstreifen vom 17.-25. Segment an. Samentaschenporen sollen auf Intersegmental- furche 5/6-7/8 Segment liegen, (1-4 Paar je Segment). Männliche Poren liegen auf Intersegmentalfurche 20/21. Ebenfalls konnte ein von M. Latham in den Anden Kolumbiens in einer Höhe zwischen 10000-140000 Fuss gesammeltes Exemplar im British Museum vom Zweitautor eingesehen werden. Bei diesem 500 mm langen Tier erstreckt sich der Gürtel vom 1/2 14.-27. Segment, dorsal etwas auch auf das 28. Segment übergehend, die Pubertätsstreifen vom 20.-1/2 27. Segment. Samentaschenporen liegen auf Intersegmentalfurche 6/7.-8/9. (3-5 Paar je Segment) Es ist natürlich nicht auszuschliessen, dass die von Latham gesammelten Tiere verschiedenen Fundorten angehören und so auch verschiedene Arten sein können, es kann sich aber auch um eine Verzählung der Segmente handeln, die trotz der Grösse der Tiere auf Schwierigkeiten stösst. Allenfalls weichen beide Beschreibungen von der von uns für M. (C.) ischuros gegebenen ab. Eine weitere, ebenfalls eine Länge von 400 mm erreichende Art wurde aus Ekuador (ohne nähere Fundortangaben), als Rhinodrilus (Thamnodrilus) riveti Michaelsen, 1910 beschrieben. Der Gürtel soll bei dieser Art vom (17 9), 18.-28., die Pubertätsstreifen vom 1/2 20., 21.-28. Segment liegen. Es sind ebenfalls 4 Paar Samentaschen beschrieben worden, deren Samentaschenporen auf Intersegmental- furche 5/6-8/9 erkannt wurden. In der Beschreibung wird hervorgehoben, dass die Samentaschen lang schlauchförmig bis schlank keulenförmig sind, wodurch sie sich eindeutig, von denen von uns für M. (C.) ischuros angegebenen, unterscheiden. Da diese Art trotz zahlreicher Aufsammlungen in Ekuador nicht erbeutet werden konnte und auch der Typus nicht ausfindig gemacht wurde, kann ein büschelförmiges Nephrostom, wie bei den anderen Riesenformen, nur vorausgesetzt werden, so dass sie einstweilen zur Untergattung Cordillerscolex gestellt wird. Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) crassus (Rosa, 1895) Anteus crassus Rosa 1895a: 151 Anteus crassus, Rosa 1895b: 90 Rhinodrilus (Thamnodrilus) crassus, Cognetti, 1906: 188 Thamnodrilus (Thamnodrilus) crassus, Michaelsen, 1918: 112 Thamnodrilus crassus, Pickford, 1940: 7 Martiodrilus crassus, Zicsi, :1990: 369 Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) crassus, Zicsi & Csuzdi, 1997: 99 Material: Ekuador. AF/3367 1 Ex., Prov. Napo. El Reventador, 5. 1988, leg. G. Onore. RIESENREGENWURMER AUS SUDAMERIKA 789 Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) columbianus (Michaelsen, 1900) Abb. 5-7 Anteus columbianus Michaelsen 1900a: 53 Thamnodrilus columbianus, Michaelsen, 1900b: 244 Rhinodrilus (Thamnodrilus) columbianus, Michaelsen, 1913: 239 Thamnodrilus (Thamnodrilus) columbianus, Michaelsen, 1918: 102 Martiodrilus columbianus, Righi, 1995:515 Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) columbianus, Zicsi & Csuzdi, 1997: 91 Material: Ekuador vor. Prov. Carchi. AF/3435 1 Ex., Paramo del Angel, 18. 2. 1989, leg. Bazante. Es liegt ein weiteres, 250 mm langes, unvollkommenes Exemplar vor (AF/2316). Es wurde von Prof. H. Sturm aus Hildesheim in der Zeit vom Mai 1967 bis April 1969 in Kolumbien gesammelt, ein näherer Fundort ist nicht bekannt. Wie bei den anderen grossen Arten dieser Gattung sind nur die b Borsten der Gürtelregion zu Geschlechtsborsten verwandelt, Länge 1,85 mm, Breite 0,12 mm, Zahl der Kerben 10 (Abb. 5). Die Borstenreihe a besitzt einen Nodulus, Länge 1,5 mm, Breite 0,14 mm und eine Ringelung im oberen Teil mit 9-11 Ringen (Abb. 6). Der Gürtel erstreckt sich vom 15.-27. Segment, die Pubertätsstreifen vom 20.-1/2 27. Segment. Drei Paar Samentaschenporen auf Intersegmentalfurche 6/7-8/9. Die Samen- taschen liegen im 7., 8. und 9. Segment und stehen etwas aus der Muskelwand hervor, besitzen Samenkämmerchen, die mit Samenmassen gefüllt sind (Abb. 7). Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) magnus (Cognetti, 1904) Abb. 8-9 Thamnodrilus magnus Cognetti 1904: 10 Rhinodrilus (Thamnodrilus) magnus, Cognetti, 1906: 222 Thamnodrilus (Thamnodrilus) magnus, Michaelsen, 1918: 111 Martiodrilus magnus, Righi, 1955: 515 Martiodrilus magnus, Ziesi & Csuzdi, 1997: 92 Material: Kolumbien. AF/3418 1Ex., Dep. Vale del Cauca, Palmira, Finca La Sirena 2600 m, 30. 3. 1992, leg. Feijoo. Geschlechtsborsten der Gürtelregion sind abweichend vom Typus (OL. 433) und von den Exemplaren aus Ekuador (AF/3415, AF/3418) in der Borstenreihe a zu Geschlechtsborsten verwandelt. Länge 3,6 mm, Breite 0,12 mm, Zahl der Kerben 12- 13 (Abb. 8). Die Borstenreihe b besitzt einen Nodulus, Länge 2 mm, Breite 0,2 mm, Zahl der Ringe 14-15 (Abb. 9) Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) preciadoi sp. n. Abb. 10-12, 16 Material: Holotypus. Kolumbien, AF/3474 Dept. de Casanare, Muncipio Yopal vereda, Matepantano, 500 m, 15. 1. 1997, leg. Preciado. Etymologie: Die neue Art wird zu Ehren des Sammlers, Herr Ingenieur Guillermo Preciado, Kolumbien, benannt. Lange 155 mm, Breite 10 mm, Segmentzahl 167. Farbe wahrscheinlich lebend rotbraun. Kopf eingezogen, 1.-2. Segment verwachsen. Segmente vor dem Gürtel nicht geringelt. Borsten am ganzen Körper eng gepaart. Borstenverhältnis hinter dem Gürtel aa:ab:bc:cd:dd wie 10:1:8:1:16. Borsten ab vom 5., cd vom 9. Segment zu erkennen. Borsten ab vom 16.-26. Segment (auf der A. ZISCI ET AL. 790 RIESENREGENWURMER AUS SUDAMERIKA 791 ABB. 1-15 1-2 Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) pebasiensis (Cognetti, 1914) Geschlechtsborsten der Gürtelregion 1. Borstenlinie b. 2. Borstenlinie a; 3-4 Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) ischuros Zicsi, 1990 Geschlechtsborsten der Gürtelregion 3. Borstenlinie b. 4. Borstenlinie a; 5-7 Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) columbianus (Michaelsen, 1900) Geschlechtsborsten der Gürtelregion 5. Borstenlinie b. 6. Borstenlinie a; 7. Samentasche aus dem 8. Segment mit Samenkämmerchen; 8-9 Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) magnus (Cognetti, 1904), Geschlechtsborsten der Gürtelregion. 8. Borstenlinie a. 9. Borstenlinie b; 10-12 Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) preciadoi sp. n. 10. Geschlechtsborsten ab der Gürtelregion. 11. Chylustasche aus dem 12. Segment. 12. Form der Samentasche aus dem 9. Segment; 13-15 Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) alarconi sp. n. Geschlechtsborsten der Gürtelregion 13. Borstenlinie b. 14. Borstenlinie a. 15. Chylustasche aus dem 12. Segment. linken Seite auch auf dem 15. Segment) stehen auf grossen, weissen Papillen und sind zu Geschlechtsborsten verwandelt. Länge 2,1 mm, Breite 0,11 mm, Zahl der Kerben 11-12 (Abb. 10). Nephridialporen in der Borstenlinie cd, Samentaschenporen auf Intersegmentalfurche 6/7-8/9. 792 A. ZISCI ET AL. Gürtel vom 14.-28. Segment, sehr kräftig entwickelt, stark drüsig. Puber- tätsstreifen vom 20.-1/2 26. Segment. Weibliche Poren auf dem 14. Segment, hinter der Borstenlinie b. Männliche Poren sind mit Sicherheit nicht erkannt worden (19/20 ?). Innere Organisation. Dissepimente 6/7-9/10 verdickt, 10/11-13/14 nur schwach verdickt. Schlund bis ins 5. Segment reichend. Muskelmagen im 6. Segment. Schlingenförmige Herzen im 7.-9., Intestinalherzen im10. und 11. Segment. Chylus- taschen 8 Paar im 7.-14. Segment, Wabentaschen mit zweigeteiltem, breitfächerförmig abgeschnürtem Kopf (Abb. 11). Oesophageale Testikelblasen im 10. und 11., Samen- säcke im 11. und 12. Segment. Ovarien im 13. Segment, Ovarientrichter auf Dissepi- ment 13/14. Mitteldarm im 16. Segment beginnend, Typhlosolis vom 26. Segment vorhanden. Nephridien vom 14. Segment mit Nephridienblasen versehen, Nephrostom büschelförmig (polystomate) (Abb. 16). Samentaschen im 7., 8. und 9. Segment, plattgedrückte, birnenförmige Gebilde (Abb. 12), die im Ausführungsgang mit Samenmassen gefüllte Samenkämmerchen besitzen. Die neue Art unterscheidet sich von M. (C.) hamifer (Michaelsen, 1900) und M. (C.) cognettii (Beddard, 1921), deren Typenmaterial nicht eingesehen werden konnte, durch die perioesophagealen Testikelblasen, durch die Form der Samentaschen (bei cognettii nicht erkannt, sollen aber tief in der Muskelwand verborgen sein) und durch die Lage der Pubertätsstreifen. Von den uns bekannten Arten steht die neue Art durch die Form der Samen- taschen, die aus der Muskelwand deutlich hervorstehen und plattgedrückte Gebilde sind, der Art M. (C.) validus (Cognetti, 1904) und M. (C.) bolivarensis Zicsi & Csuzdi, 1999 am nächsten, unterscheidet sich von diesen durch die Form der Samentaschen und die Samenkämmerchen des Ausführungsganges. Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) alarconi sp. n. Abb.13-15, 17 Material: Kolumbien. Holotypus AF/4378 Dept. de Antioquia, Cordillera Occidental, Muncipio de Chigorodo, 150 m. 8. 7. 1995 leg. Alarcon. Paratypen AF/3480 2 Ex., Fundort wie beim Holotypus.- AF/3473 2 Ex., Dept. de Vichada, Puerto Soledad 480 m. 18. 3. 1991 leg. Alarcon. Etymologie: Die neue Art wird zu Ehren des Sammlers, Herr Ingenieur Andres Alarcon, Kolumbien, benannt. Länge des Holotypus 200 mm, Breite 9 mm, Segmentzahl 176. Paratypen Länge 113-117 mm, Breite 7-9 mm, Segmentzahl 112-182. Farbe lebend wahrscheinlich rotbraun, abgetötet grau. Kopf eingezogen, 1.-2. Segment verwachsen. Vordere Segmente ungeringelt, nur vom 11.-14. Segment gerin- gelt. Borsten am ganzen Körper eng gepaart, Borstendistanz hinter dem Gürtel aa:ab:be:cd:dd wie 8:2:12:1:20. Borsten ab vom 7., cd vom 14. Segment zu erkennen. Borsten ab des 17.-19. sowie vom 20.-26. Segment von kleinen, wenig auffälligen Papillen umgeben. Die Borsten ab vom 17.-19. Segment sind zu Geschlechtsborsten verwandelt. Vom 20.-25. Segment ist nur die Borstenreihe b zu Geschlechtsborsten verwandelt, Länge 1,69 mm, Breite 0,10 mm, Zahl der Kerben 11-12 (Abb. 13). Borstenreihe a mit Nodulus, Länge 1,62 mm, Breite 0,13 mm, am Ende mit 6-7 schwach angedeuteten Ringeln besetzt (Abb. 14). Nephridialporen in der Borstenlinie RIESENREGENWURMER AUS SUDAMERIKA 793 ABB. 16-17 Büschelförmiges (polystomates) Nephrostom von 16: Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) preciadoi sp. n.; 17: Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) alarconi sp. n. cd. Samentaschenporen auf Intersegmentalfurche 5/6-8/9, deutliche, kleine Öffnungen mit kleinem, hellerem Hof. Gürtel vom 1/2 14.-1/2 27. Segment, sehr stark drüsig nur vom 15.-26. Segment, die benachbarten beiden Segmentteile nur etwas verfärbt. Pubertätsstreifen vom 20.-1/2, 2/3 26. Segment. Weibliche Poren auf dem 14. Segment, hinter und neben der Borstenlinie b. Männliche Poren auf Intersegmentalfurche 20/21. Innere Organisation. Dissepimente 6/7-9/10 stark verdickt, trichterförmig in- einandergelegt. Schlund bis ins 4. Segment reichend. Mächtige Peptonephridien im 3.-5. Segment, Nephridien bis ins 15. Segment mit langem Stiel ohne Nephridial- blasen. Muskelmagen im 6. Segment. Schlingenförmige Herzen im 7.-9., Intestinal- herzen im 10. und 11. Segment. Chylustaschen im 7.-14. Segment, Wabentaschen mit abgeschnürtem Kopf (Abb. 15). Perioesophageale Testikelblasen im 10. und 11. Segment, sie schliessen die Chylustaschen und Herzen sowie im 11. Segment auch die Samensäcke ein. Samensäcke im 11.-12. Segment, kleine einfache Gebilde. Mittel- darm im 16. Segment, Typhlosolis im 26. Segment beginnend. Nephridien mit büschel- förmigem Nephrostom (Abb.17 ). Samentaschen 4 Paar im 6.- 9. Segment, kleine tropfenförmige Gebilde, die tief in der Muskelwand verborgen und im oberen Teil mit glänzenden Samenkämmerchen gefüllt sind. Die neue Art steht M. (C.) magnus am nächsten. Unterscheidet sich von dieser in der Form der Samentaschen, die tief in der Muskelwand verborgen sind und Samen- kämmerchen besitzen. Ferner erstreckt sich bei der neuen Art der Gürtel deutlich nur vom 15.-26. Segment, die männlichen Poren sind auf Intersegmentalfurche 20/21 erkannt worden. 794 A. ZISCI ET AL. Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) iserni (Rosa, 1895) Anteus iserni Rosa, 1895:152 Thamnodrilus buchwaldi, Michaelsen, 1902: 30 Rhinodrilus (Thamnodrilus) iserni, Cognetti, 1906: 186 Thamnodrilus (Thamnodrilus) iserni, Michaelsen, 1918: 86 Martiodrilus iserni, Zicsi, 1990: 371 Martiodrilus iserni, Righi, 1995: 515 Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) iserni, Zicsi & Csuzdi 1997: 84 Material: Ekuador. AF/3997 1 Ex., Prov. Pichincha, oberhalb Quito in Richtung Lloa 3200 m, 29. 4. 1989 leg. Zicsi, Loksa & de Vries. AF/4160 4 Ex., AF/4163 2 "x., Pichincha Gebirge 3800 m, 27. 4. 1990 leg. Zicsi & Csuzdi. Martiodrilus (Cordilleroscolex) iserniformis Zicsi & Csuzdi, 1997 Martidodrilus (Cordilleroscoles) iserniformis Zicsi & Csuzdi, 1997:88 Material: Ekuador. AF/4373 1 Ex., Prov. Pichincha 2,5 km vor Lloa aus Richtung Rio Blanco Wiese, Schwarzerde, 29.4 1989 leg. Zicsi, Loksa & de Vries.- AF/1715 1 Ex., Cayambe Vulkan, oberhalb Ayora 3000 m, 23. 4. 1989 leg. Zicsi & Loksa. Das Exemplar vom Fundort AF/4373 unterscheidet sich von der typischen Form durch die tropfenförmigen Samentaschenpaare im 10. Segment. Eine Verkürzung der l. und 4. fadenförmigen Samentasche wird auch in der Originalbeschreibung erwähnt. BESTIMMUNGSSCHLÜSSEL DER ARTEN DER UNTERGATTUNG MARTIODRILUS (CORDILLEROSCOLEX) ZICSI & CSUZDI, 1997 I DD Samentaschen lang, fadenförmig . =. 5.25.4. 5. EMESSO RE 2 Samentaschen kurz, tropfenformig mets a. 2 EE 6 Samentaschen im der Muskelwand! verborgen? 2.2 4145 25 eee 12 Dre: Paar Samentaschen vorhanden. a. en Re 3 Vier Paar Samentaschen vorhanden’?! 7. MP CRM 5 @esophageale Testikelblasen vorhanden’ 7.222.272. CRE 4 Perioesophageale Testikelblasen vorhanden . . ... hamifer (Michaelsen, 1900) Bubertätsstreifen vom20-25. Sesment 24. Se oe iserni (Rosa, 1895) Pubertätsstreifen vom 20.-1/2 28. Segment REIT NEE NE gonzanamanensis Zicsi et Csuzdi, 1997 Oesopohageale Testikelblasen vorhanden . . iserniformis Zicsi et Csuzdi,1997 Perioesophageale Testikelblasen vorhanden... ..... riveti (Michaelsen, 1900) Oesophageale Testikelblasen vorhanden‘. . . 425-272 4. See er Pr U Perioesophageale Testikelblasen vorhanden. 2-2 PP PEER EEE EEE 9 Gurtelivomils 275 amen =e aa ere validus (Cognetti, 1904) Gürtel\14.-28. Segment: il. SE MAO ee 8 Bubertätsstreifenıvom20.-1/226, Segment tas re preciadoi sp. n. Pubertätsstreifen vom 20.-1/2 27. Segment . bolivarensis Zicsi & Csuzdi,1999 Drei Paar:Samentaschen vorhanden. "PE NN AAT 10 Vier Paar Samentaschen vorhanden... +08. EEA: 11 Pubertätssteifen vom 20.-27. Segment........ darienianus (Cognetti, 1905) Pubertätsstreifen vom 20.-1/2 26., 26. Segment TEENS ET RAM ed tel Redan ea |: columbianus (Michaelsen, 1900) RIESENREGENWURMER AUS SUDAMERIKA 795 = Pubertätsstreifen vom 18.-1/2 24. Segment....... panamaensis James, 1990 11 Gürtel’ vom 1/2 14.26. Segment... ...... pebasiensis (Cognetti, 1914) - Gürtel vom 17214227 Segment 7. 3.2 sets ee magnus (Cognetti, 1904) 12 @csophaceale Tesukelblasen vorhanden’ ee nn 13 Benioesophagealelestikelblasen vorhanden... .......... ua ea ec 14 13 GuitelivomalsS'26Sesmenti e er Cie eas crassus (Rosa, 1895) - Gurelvom 1224-1229 Sement sa. ischuros Zicsi, 1990 14 Bubertätsstreifen vom ]7.-25: Segment irene e olivaceus James, 1990 - Buberxtätsstreiteniendenshinterdem 252Sesment.... ARRE RR 15 15 Bubertätstreifen bis zum 26. Segment reichend a e nme 16 - Buberätsstreiten bis zum 28. Sesmentreichend Ce. 17 16 Bubertätsstreifen vom 20:12 26. Segment rte alarconi sp. n. : Pubertätsstreifen vom 20.-26. Segment........... cognettii (Beddard, 1921) 17 Pubertatsstreifen vom 20.-28. Segment.......... beddardi (Cognetti, 1904) - Pubertätsstreifen vom 21.-28. Segment....... tigrinus Zicsi & Csuzdi, 1997 DANKSAGUNG Fiir die Uberlassung von Typenmaterial sprechen wir Herrn Dr. B. Neuhaus, Naturhistorisches Forschungsinstitut, Museum fiir Naturkunde, Berlin sowie fiir die Zusendung von M. (C.) pebasiensis (Cognetti, 1914) Herrn Prof. Dr. Dzwillo, Zoologisches Institut und Museum der Universität Hamburg, auch an dieser Stelle un- seren besten Dank aus. LITERATUR AYALA, S.C. 1972. A Colony of Giant Andean Earthworms. Bioscience 22(5): 299-301. COGNETTI DE Martius, L. 1904. Oligocheti dell’Ecuador. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della Reale Universita di Torino 19(474): 1-18. COGNETTI DE Martius, L. 1906. Gli Oligocheti della regione neotropicale. II. Memoire della Reale Academia delle Scienze di Torino, 56: 147-262. COGNETTI DE Martius, L. 1914. Descrizione di un nuovo Glossoscolecino del Peru. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della Reale Universita di Torino 29(687): 1-3. JAMES, S. W. 1990. Martiodrilus olivaceus and M. panamensis, new earthworms from Colombia and Panama (Oligochaeta, Glossoscolecidae). Zoologica Scripta 19(3): 305-308. LaTHAM, M. 1966. Capturing strange creatures in Colombia. National Geographic 129(5): 683-693. MICHAELSEN, W. 1900a. Zur Kenntnis der Geoscoleciden Siidamerikas. Zoologischer Anzeiger 23: 53-56. MICHAELSEN, W. 1900b. Die Terricolen-Fauna Columbiens. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte 66(1): 231-266. MICHAELSEN, W. 1902. Neue Oligochaeten und neue Fundorte alt-bekannter. Mitteilungen aus dem Naturhistorischen Museum in Hamburg, 19: 1-54. MICHAELSEN, W. 1913. Die Oligochaeten Columbias. Memoires de la Societe Neuchäteloise des Sciences Naturelles 5: 202-252. MICHAELSEN, W. 1918. Die Lumbriciden, mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der bisher als Familie Glossoscolecidae zusammengefassten Unterfamilien. Zoologische Jahrbücher, Abteilung für Systematik 41: 1-389. 796 A. ZISCI ET AL. PICKFORD, G.E. 1940. An account of the anatomy of a giant earthworm from Ecuador. Turtox News 18(7): 1-7. RIGHI, G. 1955. Colombian earthworm. Studies on Tropical Andean Ecosystems 4: 485-607. Rosa, D. 1895a. I lombrichi del Museo di Storia Naturale di Madrid. Anales de la Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural 4(2): 151-154. Rosa, D. 1895b. Contributo allo studio dei terricoli neotropicali. Memoire della Reale Academia delle Scienze di Torino 45(2): 89-152. Zicsi, A. 1990. Über neue Riesenregenwiirmer und andere Martiodrilus-Arten aus Ekuador (Oligochaeta: Glossoscolecidae). Regenwürmer aus Südamerika, 8. Acta zoologica hun- garica 36: 367-380. Zıcsı, A. 1998. Revision weiterer Martiodrilus-Arten (Oligochaeta: Glossoscolecidae). Regen- würmer aus Südamerika, 30. Opuscula Zoologica Budapest 31: 149-164. Zıcsı, A. 2000. Revision der Untergattung Martiodrilus (Martiodrilus) Michaelsen, 1936 (Oligo- chaeta: Glossoscolecidae). Regenwürmer aus Südamerika, 29. Opuscula Zoologica Budapest 32: 139-167. ZICSI, A. 2001. Revision der Untergattung Martiodrilus (Maipure) Righi, 1995 (Oligochaeta: Glossoscolecidae). Regenwürmer aus Südamerika, 33. Opuscula Zoologica Budapest 3311321378 Zicsi, A & CSUZDI, Cs. 1997. Uber weitere Riesenregenwiirmer aus Ekuador. Regenwiirmer aus Südamerika 28. (Oligochaeta). Berichte des Naturwissenschaftlich-Medizinischen Vereins in Innsbruck 84: 81-103. Zıcsı, A & Csuzpı, Cs. 1999. Neue und bekannte Regenwürmer aus verschiedenen Teilen Südamerikas. Regenwürmer aus Südamerika 26. Senckenbergiana biologica 78: 123-134. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 797; décembre 2002 On the identity of Alucita endophaea Meyrick, 1930 (Lepidoptera, Pterophoridae) Cees GIELIS Mr. Haafkensstraat 36, NL-4128 CJ Lexmond, The Netherlands. E-mail: C.Gielis @net.HCC.nl On the identity of Alucita endophaea Meyrick, 1930 (Lepidoptera, Pterophoridae). - The type specimen of Alucita endophaea Meyrick, 1930 was examined. The name is a junior synonym of Pterophorus albidus (Zeller, 1852). Key-words: Lepidoptera - Pterophoridae - African fauna - new synonym. In 1991 I published a review on the African species of the genus Pterophorus Schaffer, 1766. In this publication I mentioned the problem to recover all type speci- mens of the species involved. One of the species that could not be examined was Alucita endophaea Meyrick, 1930, a species described from Lourengo Marques (now in Mozambique) and for which the holotype was deposited in the Muséum d’ histoire naturelle, Geneva (MHNG). Recently the Lepidoptera curator at MHNG, Dr B. Landry, was able to locate the specimen. Through his kindness I have been able to examine it and establish its identity. MATERIAL. — Holotype female (MHNG), “Lourenço Marques, v.(19)07 (N), gent CG 4671” [examined]. The species’ name turned out to be a junior synonym of Pterophorus albidus (Zeller, 1852). the species is widely distributed in Africa, South and Southeast Asia, and extends into the Indo-Australian region. The synonymy of the species is a follows: Pterophorus albida (Zeller, 1852). LT: Southern Africa. Alucita endogramma Meyrick, 1922. LT: Fiji. Alucita endophaea Meyrick, 1930. LT: Mozambique. New synonym. Aciptilia suffiata Yano, 1963. LT: Japan, Okinawa. REFERENCE GLS, C. 1991. Pterophorus Schäffer in the Ethiopian region (Lepidoptera: Pterophoridae: Pterophorinae): New species and checklist. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 134: 1-8. Manuscript accepted 05.06.2002 Y 4, 3 4 N iR È bi | I M] i Aal 1 1 ie ILA i Ark a LL is u is wy ia ciate u … REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 799-802; décembre 2002 Trioza flixiana sp. n. (Hemiptera, Psylloidea), a new jumping plant-louse species from Central Europe Daniel BURCKHARDT! & Pavel LAUTERER? ! Naturhistorisches Museum, Augustinergasse 2, CH-4001 Basel, Switzerland. E-mail: daniel.burckhardt@unibas.ch 2 Moravian Museum, Department of Entomology, Hviezdoslavova 29a, CZ-62700 Brno-Slatina, Czech Republic. E-mail: ento.kub @ volny.cz Trioza flixiana sp. n. (Hemiptera, Psylloidea), a new jumping plant- louse species from Central Europe. - Trioza flixiana sp. n. is described from several localities in Switzerland. The species is closely related to T. cirsii from which it differs in details of the male paramere, the aedeagal apex, the female proctiger, the antennal colour and the longer terminal setae on antennal segment 10. Larvae are so far unknown. Key-words: Psylloidea - Trioza - taxonomy - new taxon - Central Europe - Cirsium - Asteraceae. INTRODUCTION On 3 June 2000 some 70 biologists met on Alp Flix, Sur (Switzerland, Grau- biinden) for collecting and naming as many species of organisms as possible. During a 24 h effort 2092 species could be recorded (Hänggi & Müller, 2001). Three species new for science were among the slightly over 2000 species, in addition to several new records for Switzerland (Hänggi & Müller, 2001; Haenni, 2001). Two of the three new species are insects which is hardly surprising given the size of the group in terms of species numbers and the relatively poor knowledge of the group in Switzerland (Burckhardt, 2000). Recently Haenni (2001) described the new scatopsid fly. Here the new psylloid species is described which belongs to the large artificial genus Trioza (Triozidae). The new triozid is morphologically similar and probably closely related to the European Trioza cirsii Löw, T. viridula (Zetterstedt) and T. agrophila Löw which are all associated with Cirsium spp. (Asteraceae). MATERIAL AND METHODS The material comes from the collections of the Moravské Muzeum, Brno (MMBC), Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Geneva (MHNG) and Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel (NHMB). Specimens are dry or slide mounted. Manuscript accepted 16.07.2002 800 D. BURCKHARDT & P. LAUTERER The morphological terminology follows mostly Ossiannilsson (1992). For preparing the drawings and taking the measurements specimens were permanently mounted in Canada balsam or euparal. TAXONOMIC TREATMENT Trioza flixiana sp. n. Figs Ios ed Holotype d, Switzerland: Graubünden, Sur, Stavel, 1800 m, 21.vi.2002, swept from Cirsium spinossissimum (D. Burckhardt & P. Lauterer), dry mounted (NHMB). Paratypes. Austria: 1 4, 1 9, Kärnten, Glockner, Guttal, area of the Glockner-Hoch- alpen road, 1700 m, 29.v1.-11.v111.1978 (K. Thaler), dry mounted (MHNG). Switzerland: Basel- Land, 1 4, Reigoldswil, Bürten, 14.1x.1945, Picea abies (H. Schaefer), dry mounted (NHMB); 1 d, same data but Reigoldswil, Vogelberghöhe, 13.x.1945. - Bern, 1 4, Orvin, Jorat, 750 m, 24.1v.1980, Picea abies (D. Burckhardt), slide mounted (MHNG); 1 ¢, 1 2, same data but Prés d’Orvin, 15.v.1980. - Graubünden: 2 8,4 9, same data as holotype (MMBC, NHMB); 1 6, Sur, Alp Flix, Gioppas, 1900-2000 m, 3.vi.2000 (D.Mifsud), dry mounted (NHMB); 1 d, 2 9, Engadin, above Ramosch, 1600-1700 m, 25.v.1980, Picea abies and Pinus silvestris (D. Burckhardt), dry and slide mounted (MHNG); 1 6, same but Resgia, 1080 m, 26.v.1980, Picea abies, dry mounted; 2 d, Misox, Val d’Albiniasco, 1800 m, 4.1x.1979, Picea abies (D. Burckhardt), slide mounted (MHNG). - Neuchatel, 1 9, La Chaux d’Amin, 1340-1360 m, 9.1v.1979, Picea abies (D. Burckhardt), dry mounted (MHNG). - Obwalden, 1 9, Pilatus, Matt, - 1640 m, 6.ix.1986, conifers (D. Burckhardt), dry mounted (MHNG); 1 d, same data but 9.x.1988; 1 d, 1 2, same data but Pilatus, Aemsigen, 1600 m, 15.x.1999 (NHMB). - Schwyz, 1 3, Rigi, Staffel, 7.ix.1979, Picea abies (D. Burckhardt), dry mounted (MHNG); 1 4,1 2, same data but Rigi, Staffel to Kulm, 1600-1800 m, 13.v.2000 (NHMB); 2 à , same data but 9.vi.2000, Cirsium sp.; 1 d, same data but Kulm, 1700 m, 16.x.1999, Picea abies; 1 2, same data but 12.vi.1981 (L. Rezbanyai-Reser), slide mounted (MHNG). - Solothurn, 1 4, Chluser Roggen, 740 m, 19.v.1980, Picea abies (D. Burckhardt), slide mounted (MHNG). - Valais, 1 2, Laggin Valley, 1240 m, 12.1x.1979, herbaceous vegetation (D. Burckhardt), dry mounted (MHNG). - Vaud, 1 ©, Pays d’Enhaut, Gérine Valley, 1320 m, herbaceous vegetation (D. Burckhardt), slide mounted (MHNG). x Material not included in type series. Czech Republic: | ©, Moravia borealis, Valsovsky Zleb towards Resov, 30.iv.1961 (P. Lauterer) (MMBC). Slovakia: 2 3, Belanské Tatry Mts., Bujaci Vrch Mt., Velky Ovèi Komin slope, 1300-1600 m, 20.vii.1962, (P. Lauterer) (MMBC); 1 3, same data but part Ciervenä Hlina, 1400-1500 m, 21.vii.1962; 1 3, same data but Kobyli vrch Mt.,1100 m, 7.ix.1967; 3 9 same data but Velky Ovéi Komin slope, 1550-1650 m, 9.1x.1967; 2 2, Rohaée (= Liptovske Hole) Mts., Rohacské Lake surroundings, 1700 m, 24.v1.1971 (P. Lauterer) (MMBC). Description. Adult. Coloration. General coloration green or yellow; antenna yellowish, ochreous with segments 9 and 10 black. Anterior part of mesopraescutum, two or four longitudinal stripes on mesoscutum, mesothoracic venter, and sometimes abdominal ventrites brown to dark brown. Forewing with yellow veins and colourless to whitish, transparent membrane. Legs entirely light ochreous or with dark brown patches on the femora, light brown tibiae and yellowish tarsi. Apex of paramere black. Young specimens with less dark colour. Morphology. Head narrower than mesoscutum, inclined in a 45° angle from the longitudinal body axis. Genal processes about two thirds length of vertex along mid- line, pointed apically. Antenna with conspicuously long terminal setae on segment 10 (fig. 1). Forewing long narrow, widest in apical two thirds to three quarters; apex blunt- ly angular. Surface spinules covering all cells, leaving narrow spinule-free stripes along the veins; regularly, sparsely spaced. Metatibia with 1+3 apical sclerotised spurs. TRIOZA FLIXIANA SP. N. (HEMIPTERA, PSYLLOIDEA) 801 Fics 1-8 Trioza spp. 1, 2: Antennal segment 10 with terminal setae; 3, 4: inner face of paramere; 5, 6: dis- tal segment of aedeagus; 7, 8: female terminalia. 1, 3, 5, 7: T. flixiana sp. n.; 2, 4, 6, 8: T. cirsii Low. Scale lines: figs 1-6 = 0.05 mm; figs 7, 8 = 0.1 mm. 802 D. BURCKHARDT & P. LAUTERER Terminalia as in figs 3, 5, 7. Paramere with very large anterior lobe. Apex of distal portion of aedeagus almost globular; sclerotised end tube of ductus ejaculatorius short. Female proctiger long, with concave dorsal margin, apex truncate. Larva unknown. Host plant unknown. Some adults have been collected on Cirsium spinossissi- mum (Asteraceae) which is a likely host. Most specimens have been collected from conifers suggesting that the species overwinters as adult on conifers. CONCLUSIONS Trioza flixiana sp. n. is morphologically similar to Trioza cirsii Löw, T. viridula (Zetterstedt) and 7. agrophila (Löw). T. flixiana differs from the other three species in the very large anterior lobe of the parameres (fig. 3) which is small or absent in 7 cir- sti (fig. 4) and 7. viridula, and absent in 7. agrophila, and the very long terminal setae on antennal segment 10 (fig. 1) which are much shorter in the other three. species (fig. 2). From 7. cirsii with which it was often collected together, it differs also in the ochreous to light brown antennal segments 6-8 which are dark brown to black in T. cirsii, in the smaller apical dilatation of the distal aedeagal segment (fig. 5) which is large in T. cirsii (fig. 6), in the short sclerotised end tube of the ductus ejaculatorius (fig. 5) which is large in 7. cirsii (fig. 6), and in the larger female proctiger with concave dorsal margin and truncate apex (fig. 7) which is shorter and with undulating dorsal margin and rounded apex in 7 cirsii (fig. 8). The female terminalia of T. flixiana and 7. agrophila are similar but the procter and subgenital plate of the former are slightly shorter and the subgenital plate less pointed apically. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank David Mifsud (Malta), L. Rezbanyai-Reser (Luzern) and K. Thaler (Innsbruck) for the gift of specimens. RÉFÉRENCES BURCKHARDT, D. 2000. Entomofaunistik in der Schweiz. Entomologia Basiliensia 22: 31-43. HAENNI, J.-P. 2001. Rhexoza flixella sp. nov. (Diptera, Scatopsidae), eine neue Art aus den Biindner Alpen. Jahresberichte der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft Graubiinden 110 (2001): 39-43. HANGGI, A. & MULLER, J. P. 2001. Eine 24-Stunden Aktion zur Erfassung der Biodiversität auf der Alp Flix (Graubiinden): Methoden und Resultate. Jahresberichte der Naturfor- schenden Gesellschaft Graubiinden 110 (2001): 5-36. OSSIANNILSSON, F. 1992. The Psylloidea (Homoptera) of Fennoscandia and Denmark. Fauna Entomologica Scandinavia 26: 1-247. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 803-812; décembre 2002 Osmia (Melanosmia) steinmanni sp. n., a new bee species from the Swiss Alps (Hymenoptera, Apoidea, Megachilidae) Andreas MULLER Institute of Plant Sciences, Applied Entomology, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Clausiusstrasse 25/NW, CH-8092 Ziirich, Switzerland. E-mail: andreas.mueller @ipw.agrl.ethz.ch Osmia (Melanosmia) steinmanni sp. n., a new bee species from the Swiss Alps (Hymenoptera, Apoidea, Megachilidae). - Osmia (Melanosmia) steinmanni sp. n. is described, illustrated and compared to other European species of the subgenus Melanosmia. It is morphologically most closely re- lated to O. svenssoni Tkalcù, 1983 hitherto recorded only from northern Sweden. O. steinmanni is known from two localities in eastern Switzerland situated in the subalpine and alpine zone of the Alps. It was found on stony slopes exposed to the south-east. Known pollen sources are Hippocrepis comosa and Lotus corniculatus (both Fabaceae). Key-words: Megachilidae - Osmia - Melanosmia - taxonomy - new species - Switzerland. INTRODUCTION Within the scope of the preparatory work for the fourth volume of the Swiss bee fauna (Amiet er al., in preparation) seven 2% of an unknown Osmia species (Hymenoptera, Apoidea, Megachilidae) were found in the entomological collections of the ETH Zürich and of the University of Zürich. All specimens had been collected at the Ebenalp (1500 m above sea level) situated in the Alpstein massif in eastern Switzerland on 10th June 1907. An excursion to the Ebenalp nearly one century later, on Ist June 2002, resulted in the discovery of several 2 £ and of one & of this enig- matic Osmia. The inspection of all museum and private bee collections in Switzerland revealed one further d which had also been collected in the Swiss Alps near Juf (Avers, Graubünden, 2300 m above sea level) on 19th June 1994. On closer morphological inspection these specimens turned out to belong to a hitherto unknown bee species. Osmia steinmanni sp. n. is a typical representative of the Holarctic subgenus Melanosmia Schmiedeknecht, 1885. In the Nearctic region Mela- nosmia is the major subgenus of Osmia with 91 described species (Hurd, 1979; Michener, 2000). Seventeen species are known in the Palaearctic (Zanden, 1988), ten species occur in Europe (Tkalcu, 1983). Manuscript accepted 24.10.2002 804 A. MULLER SYSTEMATIC PART Osmia (Melanosmia) steinmanni Sp. n. Figs 1-7 MATERIAL Holotype: ©, Switzerland, Appenzell Innerrhoden, Wasserauen, Ebenalp, 749/238, 1500 m, 1.6.2002, leg. Felix Amiet, coll. ETH Ziirich. Paratypes: 52 2, 16, same locality and date as holotype, leg. Felix Amiet, Mike Herr- mann and Andreas Müller, coll. ETH Zürich (12, 16), coll. Muséum d’histoire naturelle Genève (1 2 ), coll. Felix Amiet (1 © ), coll. Mike Herrmann (1 2) and coll. Andreas Müller (19); 722, same locality as holotype, 10.6.1907, coll. ETH Zürich; 16, Switzerland, Graubünden, Juf-Stallerberg, 2300 m, 19.6.1994, leg. Bernhard Merz, coll. Felix Amiet. ETYMOLOGY The new species is dedicated to the excellent bee specialist Dr Erwin Steinmann (Chur) who is as fond of the mountains as "his" bee seems to be. DIAGNOSIS O. steinmanni sp. n. belongs to the subgenus Melanosmia Schmiedeknecht, 1885 described in detail by Tkalcü (1983). In both sexes it is morphologically most similar to O. svenssoni Tkalcù, 1983 hitherto known only from northern Sweden (Tkalcü, 1983), the 2 can easily be confounded with O. inermis (Zetterstedt, 1838) as well (see below). The diagnosis is given in the form of keys and tables. The keys including all European Melanosmia species except O. bulgarica Friese, 1922 (see discussion) lead to O. steinmanni and its morphologically most similar relatives which are then com- pared in tabular form. The morphological terminology follows Michener et al. (1994). The opinion that O. svenssoni and O. uncinata Gerstäcker, 1869 are syno- nymous (Schwarz et al., 1996) is not followed here. The examination of the type speci- mens of O. svenssoni corroborates the view of Tkalct (1983) that O. svenssoni and O. uncinata are valid species morphologically clearly separated from each other. Female | Propodeum shiny, propodeal triangle nearly completely polished or at least along sides with shiny area. Body length at least 11 mm. Osmia alticola Benoist, 1922; Osmia maritima Friese, 1885; Osmia xanthomelana (Kirby, 1802). See Tkalct (1983) and Haeseler (1999) for distinctive characters. js Propodeum and propodeal triangle completely shagreened and dull. Body lensth at most 1O.mm..... 2.2.2... NONE 2 Declining basal portion of first tergite shiny, at most superficially sha- greened here and there. Osmia hyperborea Tkalcù, 1983; Osmia parie- tina Curtis, 1828; Osmia pilicornis Smith, 1846; Osmia uncinata Ger- stacker, 1869. See Tkalct (1983) and Haeseler (1999) for distinctive characters. Digs Declining basal portion of first tergite densely shagreened, only with silky lustre. Osmia inermis (Zetterstedt, 1838); Osmia svenssoni Tkalcü, 1983; Osmia steinmanni sp. n.. See Tab. 1 for distinctive characters. DD OSMIA (MELANOSMIA) STEINMANNI SP. N. 805 TABLE 1: Distinctive characters of 2 of Osmia steinmanni sp. n., Osmia svenssoni Tkalcü, 1983 and Osmia inermis (Zetterstedt, 1838). Osmia steinmanni sp. n. (n = 13) Osmia svenssoni Tkalcü, 1983 (n= 1, paratype) Osmia inermis (Zetterstedt, 1838) (n = 10) Swiss Alps (Ebenalp, Juf) Second mandibular tooth asyme- trically triangular, separated from third tooth by acute-angled and broad indentation, from first tooth by shallow and rounded indentation (Fig. la). Mandible at its inferior outer margin nearly straight, without tooth (Fig. 2a). Ocelli less distantly separated from each other, distance between middle and lateral ocel- lus about two third of diameter of middle ocellus. Nervulus (cu-v) of fore wing postfurcal, i.e. running into cubital vein distally from orifice of basal vein. Tibial spine of middle leg longer, narrower and weakly bent (Fig. 3a). Pilosity of vertex, scutum, propodeum and first tergite whitish to yellowish-white. Pilosity of scutum in its anterior four fifth whitish to yellowish- white with single intermixed blackish hairs, that of backmost part of scutum and of scutellum brightly yellowish-brown. Pilosity of mesepisternum uniformly white to yellowish- white, in some specimens with single intermixed blackish hairs. Marginal zone of second and third tergite impressed on its whole width, clearly separated from disc. Punctation of tergite 2 medio- basally coarser, interspaces as large as the size of one to maxi- mally two punctures. Punctation of central area of scutum just behind longitudinal suture more dispersed, inter- spaces up to the size of two to three punctures. Longest hairs on outer margin of tibia of hind leg longer than maximal width of tibia. Northern Sweden (Abisko) (Tkalct, 1983). Second mandibular tooth sym- metrically triangular, broadly separated from both first and third tooth by acute-angled and broad indentation (Fig. 1b). As in Osmia steinmanni. As in Osmia steinmanni. As in Osmia steinmanni. As in Osmia steinmanni. Pilosity of vertex, scutum, propodeum and first tergite brightly yellowish-brown. Pilosity of scutum and scutellum uniformly brightly-yellowish brown without blackish hairs. Pilosity of mesepisternum predominantly blackish, only on its most anterior and uppermost part on narrow zone brightly yellowish-brown. Marginal zone of second and third tergite not impressed and not separated from disc. Punctation of tergite 2 medio- basally finer, interspaces up to the size of three punctures. Punctation of central area of scutum just behind longitudinal suture denser, interspaces maxi- mally as large as the size of one puncture. Longest hairs on outer margin of tibia of hind leg as long as maxi- mal width of tibia. Northern and central Europe, North America (Tkalcù, 1983; Warncke, 1988). Second mandibular tooth broad and long, little prominent, not clearly separated from first tooth; indenta- tion between second and third tooth very narrow, acute-angled (Fig. Ic). Mandible at its inferior outer mar- gin with prominent, asymmetrically triangular tooth (clearly visible only when mandible is opened) (Fig. 2b). Ocelli more distantly separated from each other, distance between middle and lateral ocellus about equal to diameter of middle ocellus. Nervulus (cu-v) of fore wing interstitial, i.e. running exactly into orifice of basal vein. Tibial spine of middle leg shorter, broader and more triangular (Fig. 3b). As in Osmia svenssoni. As in Osmia svenssoni. Pilosity of mesepisternum in its upper part brightly yellowish- brown, in its lower part whitish. Marginal zone of second and third tergite only slightly impressed, weakly separated from disc. As in Osmia steinmanni. As in Osmia steinmanni. As in Osmia svenssoni. 1* 2* A. MÜLLER Outer margin of gonoforceps preapically with semicircular widening, gonoforceps here nearly twice as broad as at its narrowest width. Body length at least Il mm. Osmia alticola Benoist, 1922; Osmia maritima Friese, 1885; Osmia xan- thomelana (Kirby, 1802). See Tkalcù (1983) and Haeseler (1999) for distinctive characters. Outer margin of gonoforceps preapically without widening or only weakly widened, gonoforceps here at most little broader than at its narrowest width. Body length:at most 10;mm-—-.. .. er. ers ere re re Fourth sternite with normal hairs, without hooked bristles. Osmia inermis (Zetterstedt, 1838); Osmia hyperborea Tkalcu, 1983. See Tkalcü (1983) and Haeseler (1999) for distinctive characters. Fourth sternite with hooked bristles both along apical margin and on pre- marginal area; along apical margin the bristles are oriented horizontally whereas on the premarginal area they are directed increasingly vertically . . . 3 Underside of antennal segments only microscopically haired. Osmia parietina Curtis, 1828; Osmia uncinata Gerstäcker, 1869. See Tkalcü (1983) and Haeseler (1999) for distinctive characters. Underside of antennal segments with conspicuous bristles which are one fourth as long as diameter of antenna to as long as diameter of antenna... . Bristles on underside of antennal segments as long as diameter of an- tenna. Projecting middle part of sixth sternite narrow, densely covered with conspicuously knobbed hairs. Osmia pilicornis Smith, 1846. Bristles on underside of antennal segments about one fourth as long as diameter of antenna. Projecting part of sixth sternite broad, without knobbed hairs. Osmia svenssoni Tkalcù, 1983; Osmia steinmanni sp. n.. See Tab. 2 for distinctive characters. TABLE 2: Distinctive characters of d of Osmia steinmanni sp. n. and Osmia svenssoni Tkalcù, 1983. Osmia steinmanni sp. n. Osmia svenssoni Tkalcu, 1983 (n = 2) (n = 1, holotype) Vertex (seen from the front) weakly ascending, out- line of head roundish (Fig. 5a). Third sternite more deeply recessed, emargination about one third as deep as broad (Fig. 6a). Projecting middle part of sixth sternite shorter, less than half as long as broad (Fig. 6a). Outer margin of gonoforceps preapically not widened, gonoforceps here as broad as more basally (Fig. 7a). Marginal zone of second, third and fourth tergite strongly impressed on its whole width, polished to only superficially shagreened. Pilosity of second to fourth tergite yellowish-white. Vertex (seen from the front) more strongly ascend- ing, outline of head more quadrangular (Fig. 5b). Third sternite less deeply recessed, emargination about one fifth as deep as broad (Fig. 6b). Projecting middle part of sixth sternite longer, more than half as long as broad (Fig. 6b). Outer margin of gonoforceps preapically distinctly widened, gonoforceps here broader than more basally (Fig. 7b). Marginal zone of second, third and fourth tergite weakly impressed, densely shagreened at least on its basal half. Pilosity of second to fourth tergite brightly yellowish-brown. OSMIA (MELANOSMIA) STEINMANNI SP. N. 807 GE i AU 3a 3b 2a 2b 4 N 7b Fics 1-7 1: Right mandible of the 2: a Osmia steinmanni sp. n., b Osmia svenssoni Tkalcü, 1983, c Osmia inermis (Zetterstedt, 1838). - 2: Inferior outer margin of right mandible of the 9 : a Osmia stein- manni sp. n., b Osmia inermis (Zetterstedt, 1838). - 3: Tibial spine of right middle leg of the 9: a Osmia steinmanni Sp. n., b Osmia inermis (Zetterstedt, 1838). - 4: 3 of Osmia steinmanni sp. n.: a Right antenna from the front, b Right basitarsus of hind leg, c Apical margin of sixth and seventh tergite. - 5: Head of the d seen from the front: a Osmia steinmanni sp. n., b Osmia svenssoni Tkalcü, 1983. - 6: Apical margin of third and sixth sternite of the d: a Osmia steinmanni sp. n., b Osmia svenssoni Tkalcü, 1983. - 7: 4 genitalia in dorsal view: a Osmia stein- manni Sp. n., b Osmia svenssoni Tkalct, 1983. 808 A. MULLER DESCRIPTION Female Body length 8-10 mm, fore wing length 7.0 - 7.7 mm (@ = 7.3 mm, n = 12). Body colour dark brown to black without metallic sheen. Head: Head seen from the front about as long as broad. Distance between lateral ocellus and margin of vertex about three times as long as ocellar diameter. Mandible four-toothed; second tooth asymmetrically triangular, separated from third tooth by an acute-angled and broad indentation, from first tooth by a shallow and rounded inden- tation (similar to O. uncinata, see Tkalcu, 1983) (Fig. la). Inferior outer margin of mandible nearly straight, without tooth (Fig. 2a). Punctation of vertex, genal area, supraantennal area, supraclypeal area and clypeus (apart from the polished marginal area) very dense, interspaces much smaller than the size of one puncture. Paraocular area less densely punctate, interspaces up to the size of one puncture. Pilosity of clypeus predominantly blackish with single intermixed white hairs, pilosity of the remaining head whitish to yellowish-white with many intermixed blackish hairs. Hairs on apical half of clypeus dense obstructing the view onto the polished marginal area of the clypeus (as in ©. inermis and O. svenssoni). Thorax: Punctation of scutum (except in centre), scutellum and mesepisternum very dense, interspaces much smaller than the size of one puncture. Central area of scu- tum just behind longitudinal suture more dispersely punctate, interspaces up to the size of two to three punctures. Metanotum, propodeal triangle and propodeum densely sha- greened, dull. Pilosity of backmost part of scutum and of scutellum brightly yellowish- brown clearly contrasting with the remaining pilosity of the thorax which is whitish to yellowish-white. Scutum and in some specimens also mesepisternum with single intermixed blackish hairs. Veins and stigma of wings dark brown to black. Nervulus (cu-v) of fore wing running into cubital vein distally from orifice of basal vein ("post- furcal"). Tibial spine of fore and middle leg long, narrow and weakly bent (Fig. 3a). Tibial spurs of hind leg black. Erect pilosity of femur of all legs predominantly whitish with intermixed blackish hairs, that of tibia and tarsus predominantly blackish with intermixed white hairs. Longest hairs on outer margin of tibia and basitarsus of hind leg longer than maximal width of tibia and basitarsus respectively. Abdomen: Declining basal portion of first tergite densely shagreened, only with silky lustre (as in O. inermis and O. svenssoni, see Tkalcù, 1983). Punctation of disc of second to fourth tergite basally dense (interspaces mostly of about the size of one puncture), distally more dispersed (interspaces up to the size of three punctures). Inter- spaces on second tergite nearly polished, on third tergite superficially shagreened and on fourth tergite distinctly shagreened. Marginal zone of second and third tergite impressed on its whole width, clearly separated from disc, shagreened and dispersely punctate. Pilosity on first tergite whitish to yellowish-white, on second and third tergite yellowish-brown with many intermixed blackish hairs, on fourth and fifth tergite predominantly blackish with whitish hairs along the marginal zone. Sixth tergite covered with appressed white hairs. Longest hairs on second to fourth tergite about as long as the last three segments of the antenna, on first tergite sligthly longer. Abdominal scopa black. OSMIA (MELANOSMIA) STEINMANNI SP. N. 809 Male Body length 9 mm, fore wing length 6.7 - 7.0 mm (© = 6.85 mm, n = 2). Body colour dark brown to black; head, thorax and abdomen with faint blue green metallic sheen. Head: Head seen from the front about as long as broad (Fig. 5a). Distance between lateral ocellus and margin of vertex about two and a half to three times as long as ocellar diameter. Underside of antennal segments each with 10-20 white bristles about one fourth as long as antennal diameter (as in O. svenssoni, see Tkalcù, 1983) (Fig. 4a). Punctation of vertex, genal area and face (apart from the polished marginal area of clypeus) very dense, interspaces much smaller than the size of one puncture. Pilosity of head long and whitish, on clypeus, paraocular area and supraclypeal area very dense. Thorax: Punctation of scutum, scutellum and mesepisternum very dense, inter- spaces much smaller than the size of one puncture. Metanotum, propodeal triangle and propodeum densely shagreened, dull. Pilosity of thorax whitish, on scutellum more yellowish but not as brightly yellowish-brown as in the ©. Veins and stigma of wings dark brown to black. Nervulus (cu-v) of fore wing running into cubital vein distally from orifice of basal vein ("postfurcal"). Tibial spurs of hind leg black. Erect pilosity of all legs whitish. Basitarsus of hind leg toothed, with slightly diverging sides in its basal two third (parallel in O. parietina, see Tkalcü, 1983) (Fig. 4b). Abdomen: Declining basal portion of first tergite densely shagreened, only with silky lustre (as in O. inermis and O. svenssoni). Punctation of disc of second to fourth tergite very dense, interspaces up to the size of one puncture but mostly smaller. Marginal zone of second to fourth tergite strongly impressed on its whole width, polished to only superficially shagreened, nearly impunctate. Pilosity on first, fifth and sixth tergite whitish, on second to fourth tergite yellowish-white. Longest hairs on second to fourth tergite little shorter than the last two segments of the antenna, on first tergite distinctly longer. Apical margin of sixth tergite slightly notched in the middle, seventh tergite bilobed (Fig. 4c). Apical margin of second sternite more or less rounded (slightly emarginate in O. uncinata, see Tkalcü, 1983). Third sternite deeply recessed, the emargination about one third as deep as broad and densely beset with long yellow- ish hairs (Fig. 6a). Fourth sternite as in O. svenssoni (see Tkalcü, 1983): apical margin straight to very shallowly emarginate, premarginal area black, strongly shagreened and completely dull with hardly visible punctures (in contrast to O. parietina and O. unci- nata where the premarginal area is dark brown, less strongly shagreened and more shiny with more distinct punctures); apical margin and premarginal zone beset with long and hooked, conspicuously yellowish-red coloured bristles (lighter in O. parietina and O. uncinata); along apical margin the bristles are oriented horizontally whereas on the premarginal area they are directed increasingly vertically. Fifth sternite broadly but weakly emarginate. Projecting part of sixth sternite rectangular (more roundish in O. parietina and O. uncinata, see Tkalcù, 1983), less than half as long as broad (Fig. 6a). Gonoforceps inflected in its apical part, preapically with a tuft of stiff and yellow- ish-red bristles both on the outer and the inner side (Fig. 7a); its outer margin pre- apically not widened (weakly widened in O. parietina, see Tkalcü, 1983), gonoforceps 810 A. MULLER here as broad as more basally; proximal to the inflexion and seen from above sides of gonoforceps nearly parallel for some distance (diverging towards base in O. uncinata). DISTRIBUTION, HABITAT AND FLOWER PREFERENCES O. steinmanni is known only from two localities in eastern Switzerland: Ebenalp (Wasserauen, Appenzell Innerrhoden) and Stallerberg (Juf, Graubünden). With 1500 m and 2300 m above sea level these two localities are at the lower subalpine and the lower alpine zone respectively. At the Ebenalp O. steinmanni was found on stony slopes exposed to the south- east. The vegetation cover varied between densely vegetated meadow-like areas to barely vegetated screes intermixed with groups of spruces. The most prominent plant in flower was Hippocrepis comosa (Fabaceae). Bee species accompanying O. stein- manni were Andrena intermedia Thomson, 1870, Andrena semilaevis Pérez, 1903, Lasioglossum cupromicans (Pérez, 1903), Osmia inermis (Zetterstedt, 1838), Osmia xanthomelana (Kirby, 1802), Hoplitis tuberculata (Nylander, 1848) and Bombus mon- ticola Smith, 1849, all typical inhabitants of upper montane and subalpine regions. The 2 2 of O. steinmanni were observed at flowers of H. comosa. The micro- scopic analysis of the pollen loads of four © © collected in 2002 revealed that this plant ~ species is an important pollen source. All loads contained pollen of H. comosa. In ad- dition, Lotus corniculatus (Fabaceae) was recorded in all samples as well. DISCUSSION Owing to the detailed study of Tkalct (1983) and the supplemental work of Haeseler (1999) the subgenus Melanosmia is well known in Europe. The discovery of anew Melanosmia species in the well investigated central European bee fauna is a sur- prise. The only unclear Melanosmia species in Europe is O. bulgarica described by Friese (1922) based on a single © from Macedonia. Warncke (1988) treats O. bulga- rica as a subspecies of O. inermis and mentions its occurrence in Macedonia, Greece and Italy. The type specimen obviously got lost (Tkalcù, 1983), but according to the original description O. bulgarica differs from all other European Melanosmia species, including O. steinmanni, by its lack of black hairs on head, thorax and abdomen. Tkalcù (1983) mentions a Melanosmia 2 from Gran Sasso (Abruzzo, Italy) which might be either conspecific with O. bulgarica or represent a new species. Its declining basal portion of the first tergite being polished and its mandible bearing a tooth on the inferior outer margin exclude the possibility that this Italian specimen and O. stein- manni belong to the same species. Although all museum and private bee collections available in Switzerland were examined only three contained specimens of O. steinmanni indicating that this species is extremely rare. However, its early flight period falling in late May, June and proba- bly early July in combination with its occurrence in subalpine and alpine areas might explain why this species was so rarely collected. Bee researchers collect bees at higher elevations preferably later in the season when the weather conditions are more favou- rable. Therefore, O. steinmanni is expected to occur not only at additional localities in eastern Switzerland but also at other places in the Swiss and probably Austrian alps. OSMIA (MELANOSMIA) STEINMANNI SP. N. 811 Melanosmia is especially well represented in montaineous regions (Michener, 2000). Two central European species, O. alticola and O. inermis, are known to occur beyond the timber line, the latter mounting up to 2800 m (Haeseler, 1999; Schedl, 1982). O. steinmanni is a further Melanosmia species reaching the alpine zone. Based on morphological characters of the 9 (but not of the 3), O. inermis and O. steinmanni seem to be closely related. Most noteworthy is that both species were recorded together in the same habitat on the same day at the Ebenalp. Similarly, O. svenssoni, the closest known relative of O. steinmanni, coexists with O. inermis in northern Sweden (Tkalcü, 1983). Given this syntopic occurrence the question arises how O. inermis and O. steinmanni are ecologically separated in the Swiss Alps. The few data indicate that the flight period of O. steinmanni starts earlier than that of O. inermis. At the Ebenalp, two freshly emerged 3 d but no 9 © of O. inermis were found on Ist June 2002 whereas the only d of O. sieinmanni collected that same day was heavily worn. However, most 2 2 of O. steinmanni recorded on this day were rather fresh indicating that there is an overlap rather than a clear separation in the flight periods of these two species. O. inermis is known to prefer flowers of Hippocrepis, Lotus and Onobrychis (all Fabaceae) for pollen collection (Westrich, 1990). The few pollen loads of O. steinmanni were found to consist of pollen from partly the same Fabaceae. Therefore, an ecological separation with respect to the preferred pollen sources seems rather improbable. The possibility exists that the two species differ in their nesting sites or nest architecture. O. inermis is known to build its brood cells with masticated leaves under stones (Priesner, 1981; Sched], 1982; Else & Edwards, 1996; own observation). Unfortunately, nests of O. steinmanni have not yet been recorded leaving the possibility of differing nesting biologies an open question. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I thank Prof. Dr B. Svensson and Dr Mats Eriksson (Museum of Evolution, Uppsala) for loaning type specimens of O. svenssoni, Mr Geerge Else (The Natural History Museum, London) for verifying the English morphological terminology and Dr Kathrin Tschudi (ETH, Zürich) for correcting the English. Comments of Dr Bernhard Merz (Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève), Dr Mike Herrmann (Konstanz), Felix Amiet (Solothurn), Prof. Dr S. Dorn (ETH, Ziirich) and two anony- mous reviewers substantially improved the manuscript. REFERENCES AMIET, F., HERRMANN, M., MÜLLER, A. & NEUMEYER, R. (in preparation). Fauna Helvetica, Apidae 4 (Megachilidae). Centre Suisse de Cartographie de la Faune, Schweizerische Entomologische Gesellschaft. ELSE, G. R. & EDwARDS, M. 1996. Observations on Osmia inermis (Zetterstedt) and O. uncinata Gerstäcker (Hym., Apidae) in the central Scottish Highlands. Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine 132: 291-298. FRIESE, H. 1922. Eine Kriegsausbeute an Apiden (Bienen) aus Makedonien. Zoologisches Jahr- buch, Systematik 46: 175-216. HAESELER, V. 1999. Zur Kenntnis von Osmia alticola Benoist 1922, Osmia maritima Friese 1885 sowie der für Mitteleuropa bislang unbekannten Osmia hyperborea Tkalcu 1983 (Apidae: Osmia (Melanosmia Schmiedeknecht 1885)). Entomofauna 20: 449-460. 812 A. MULLER HURD, P. D. JR. 1979. Superfamily Apoidea (pp. 1741-2209). In: KROMBEIN, K. V., HURD, P. D. JR., SMITH, D. R. & Burks, B. D. (eds). Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico, Vol. 2. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington. MICHENER, C. D. 2000. The Bees of the World. The Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore and London. MICHENER, C. D., MCGINLEY, R. J. & DANFORTH, B. N. 1994. The bee genera of North and Central America (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington and London. PRIESNER, E. 1981. Beobachtungen zur Nistbiologie der Alpen-Mauerbiene Osmia inermis (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Megachilidae). Carinthia II 171/91: 349-356. SCHEDL, W. 1982. Uber aculeate Hautflügler der zentralen Otztaler Alpen (Tirol, Österreich) (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Berichte des naturhistorisch-medizinischen Vereins Innsbruck 6929521477: SCHWARZ, M., GUSENLEITNER, F., WESTRICH, P. & DATHE, H. H. 1996. Katalog der Bienen Öster- reichs, Deutschlands und der Schweiz. Entomofauna, Supplement 8. TKALCU, B. 1983. Die europäischen Osmia-Arten der Untergattung Melanosmia (Hymenoptera, Apoidea, Megachilidae). Vestnik Ceskoslovenské Spolecnosti zoologicke 47: 140-159. WARNCKE, K. 1988. Isolierte Bienenvorkommen auf dem Olymp in Griechenland (Hymeno- ptera, Apidae). Linzer biologische Beiträge 20: 83-117. WESTRICH, P. 1990. Die Wildbienen Baden-Württembergs. 2 volumes. Eugen Ulmer Verlag, Stuttgart. ZANDEN, G. VAN DER 1988. Beitrag zur Systematik und Nomenklatur der palaearktischen Osmiini, mit Angaben über ihre Verbreitung. Zoologische Mededelingen 62: 113-133. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 813-868; décembre 2002 Galagete, a new genus of Autostichidae representing the first case of an extensive radiation of endemic Lepidoptera in the Galapagos Islands Bernard LANDRY Muséum d’histoire naturelle, C. P. 6434, CH-1211, Geneve, Suisse. E-mail: bernard.landry @mhn.ville-ge.ch Galagete, a new genus of Autostichidae representing the first case of an extensive radiation of endemic Lepidoptera in the Galapagos Islands. - Galagete, gen. n. (type species: Gelechia protozona Meyrick) is described to include 11 species of Autostichidae apparently endemic to the Galapagos Islands. This group represents the first recognised case of an extensive radiation of endemic Lepidoptera in the archipelago. The following species are described as new: Galagete cinerea, G. consimilis, G. cristobalensis, G. darwini, G. espanolaensis, G. levequei, G. pecki, G. seymourensis, and G. turritella. Gelechia gnathodoxa Meyrick and Gelechia protozona Meyrick, both described from the Galapagos Islands, are transferred to Galagete and redescribed. Galagete is closely related to Taygete Chambers, a taxon previously placed in the Gelechiidae. Specimens of Galagete were reared from twigs and dead leaves of Scalesia species (Asteraceae) and from Galapagos tortoise (Geochelone elephantopus) scats. Key-words: Moths - Autostichidae - Symmocinae - Taygete - Gelechiidae - Galapagos Islands - taxonomy - adaptive radiation - Scalesia. INTRODUCTION Of the 294 described and undescribed species of Lepidoptera known from the Galapagos archipelago, some 42% are considered endemic. Since we now estimate that close to 50 of these species were introduced by human colonists (Peck et al., 1998), the number of native species is probably around 250, and so the rate of original endemic- ity is closer to 50 percent. Of the 202 or so genera, only five have three or more endemic species. Cosmopterix Hiibner (Cosmopterigidae, Landry, 2001), Stenoptilodes Zimmerman, and Oidaematophorus Wallengren (Pterophoridae, Landry, 1993; Landry & Gielis, 1992) each have three species presumed to be endemic, but the morpho- logical evidence suggests that each species represents a different lineage within the respective genera. Only two genera: Eupithecia Curtis (Geometridae, Rindge, 1973; Landry & Rindge, 1995) and Utetheisa Hübner (Arctiidae, Hayes, 1975) have three endemic species that may be more closely related to each other than to species distrib- uted outside the archipelago. With a total of 13 species (two of which are not described Manuscript accepted 18.07.2002 814 B. LANDRY here for lack of material), Galagete thus represents the first documented case of a ra- diation of Galapagos lepidopteran endemics comparable in size to the radiations of the Darwin’s finches, the Asteraceae genus Scalesia Arnott, or the Tenebrionidae genus Stomion Waterhouse (Finston & Peck, 1997). MATERIAL AND METHODS This study is based primarily on 187 specimens that I collected in 1989 and 1992 on the Galapagos Islands (see Landry & Gielis, 1992 and Landry, 1993 for more details). I have also studied the type specimens of Gelechia gnathodoxa Meyrick and G. protozona Meyrick deposited at The Natural History Museum (BMNH), London, England. In April and May 2002 I made a third trip to the Galapagos at the invitation of Mr Lazaro Roque, entomologist at the Charles Darwin Research Station (CDRS), Santa Cruz Island, Galapagos. We collected together 37 Galagete specimens on Isabela (Alcedo) and Pinzon. Also, I was able to borrow 58 additional specimens from the CDRS collection. Most of these had been collected by L. Roque, some times with Dr Charlotte Causton. The data from these specimens were incorporated into this manuscript where possible. The new species described below were determined to be new with the help of Dr Klaus Sattler at the BMNH. The descriptions of the fore- and midleg color patterns refer to the sides of the legs that are exposed laterally for the fore- and midlegs, dor- sally for the hindleg. The fore- and midlegs medially and the hindlegs ventrally are the same colour as the abdomen ventrally, usually pale beige. The following abbreviations are used in citations of label data: “BL” for Bernard Landry, “msnm” for meters above sea level (in Spanish), and “MVL” for Mercury Vapour Lamp. Genital preparations were stained with orange G and chlorazol black. The male tegumen was detached from the rest of the genitalia on the left side and spread down side up. The cover slip was propped up by 0.25 mm to avoid breakage of the transtilla. Wing preparations were stained with orange G, but this gave sub-optimal results lacking in contrast. All preparations were mounted in Euparal. The colour photos of the imagos were taken with a camera mounted on a stereo- scope and figures 17 and 18 with the same camera mounted on a compound micro- scope. The final pictures were generated with AutoMontage®. The genital drawings were made with a camera lucida mounted on a Wild compound microscope. The setae and scales were drawn on one side of the parts only. The male genitalia are shown with the aedeagus as well as the tegumen+uncus+gnathos separated from the rest and unflattened except for the male of G. seymourensis for which the only available male was dissected and mounted before I realised the damage caused to the transtilla when the genitalia were flattened. The male genitalia of three species are shown sideways also. The female genitalia are shown in ventral view and in some cases the bursa was also drawn fully expanded before slide mounting. Mr Gilles Roth of the MHNG inked the drawings. A cladistic analysis was performed with PAUP* (Swofford, 2001). I used the 15 characters listed on Table 1. Taygete sphecophila (Meyrick) was used as the outgroup because it was found to be the most closely related taxon to Galagete on the basis of the presence of the same type of corematal organ (figs 17, 18) and the fusion of Ry, Rs, GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 815 TABLE 1. Characters used in cladistic analysis with scores attributed to character-states. 1. Female sternum VIII simple (0); bilobed (1) (figs 31-36). 2. Apical margin of female tergum VIII simple (0) (figs 32 A, 33-37); bilobed (1) (figs 31, 32 C). 3. Corpus bursa with signum (0) (figs 32 A, 33-37); without signum (1) (figs 31, 32 C). 4. Dorsal base of papillae anales separated in the middle (0) (figs 31-33); joined by sclerotized band (1) (figs 34, 35 D, 36 A). 5. Transtilla absent (0); well developed and tripartite (1) (figs 21-30, 37). 6. Uncus with pair of setose arms medially situated, barely separated, and pointing posteriorly (0); setose arms laterally situated, pointing anteriorly and downward (1) (figs 21-30, 37). 7. Apical half of uncus not projected mediodorsally (0) (figs 21-23, 26-30, 37); projected mediodorsally (1) (figs 24, 25). 8. Sacculus with a simple small projection (0) (figs 21-30, 37); large and with two projections (1). 9. Vesica with small cornuti only (0) (figs 21-23, 26-30, 37); with large cornuti (1) (figs 24, 25). 10. Aedeagus with at most a small crest medioventrally on coecum penis (0) (figs 24-30, 37); with a large crest medioventrally on coecum penis (1) (figs 21-23); with a pair of small crests laterally on coecum penis (2). This character is unordered. 11. Median process of transtilla narrowly terminated (0) (figs 24-26, 29, 30); enlarged apically Giese 22. 27,28, 37): 12. Lateral projections of transtilla short and rounded (0) (figs 21-23, 28, 30); rather short and narrow (1) (figs 24, 25, 29); long and narrow (2) (figs 26, 27, 37). This character is ordered. 13. Juxta a symmetric plate with a rounded, median concavity at apical margin (0) (figs 21-23, 26-30, 37); asymmetrical and forming sclerotized ring around aedeagus (1) (figs 24, 25). 14. Valva simple on costal margin (0) (figs 22-26, 28, 29); costal margin with process(es) (1) (figs 2122725037); 15. Colour of forewing of various shades of brown with darker markings (0) (figs 3-9, 13-15); dark brown with white markings (1) (figs 1, 2); whitish to cream coloured with dark-brown markings (2) (figs 10-12). TABLE 2. Matrix of character states and Galagete taxa used in the cladistic analysis (see Table 1 character definitions). A question mark is used when the state of the character is unknown in the species (as for the first three characters in the unknown female of G. espanolaensis). Character numbers 132%, 03.204. 5 6 7 8 9 pi S == = = D = (PS) —_ a pi un Taxa T. sphecophila G. seymourensis G. protozona G. gnathodoxa G. turritella G. espanolaensis G. consimilis G. darwini G. levequei G. cristobalensis G. pecki G. cinerea RR ee REE ERR EEO Se Cres oe yt SS Soo) Se) (i ISS) SBP OOrRrRFNVIOCOCO SS SSS Sa SS SaaS = ni nu ui ui ni ui ni ii mi © OS OS OCO = eo ooo oooooqc”nooooor > Serio OSSI SISISISTSISISISIH SI ED Hoo-o-o00--.%J NOR ONN- _ © © © eee) e NN eee) OONVOoooom-moo0o0 and M, in the forewing (figs 19, 20). The matrix is shown on Table 2. The characters were given equal weight. There were two multistate characters: character 12 was treated as ordered and character 10 as unordered. The results of an exhaustive search with the maximum parsimony algorithm are given below. Decay indices were gen- erated with AutoDecay (Eriksson, 1998) and viewed with TreeView (Page, 1996). 816 B. LANDRY RESULTS OF THE CLADISTIC ANALYSIS The cladistic analysis produced 7 trees of 25 steps (consistency indices: 0.720; retention indices: 0.767; rescaled consistency indices: 0.552). The consensus tree reveals seven clades: (((protozona + gnathodoxa) + seymourensis) + ((darwini + (consimilis + cinerea)) + (turritella + espanolaensis) + levequei + cristobalensis + pecki)). Three character states support the monophyly of Galagete (1-1, 5-1, 6-1), two character states (3-1, 10-1) are exclusive to the protozona + gnathodoxa + seymour- ensis clade, three others (7-1, 9-1, 13-1) to the turritella + espanolaensis species pair, one (12-2) for the darwini + consimilis + cinerea clade, and one (15-1) for the proto- zona + gnathodoxa pair. These are discussed in more details under the Remarks section for each taxon. A better resolved tree including the two recognised but undescribed species, along with better knowledge of the distribution of the species would be necessary to make valuable biogeographical analyses and for comparisons with other groups of Galapagos endemic species. SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT Galagete gen. n. Type species: Gelechia protozona Meyrick, 1926. Diagnosis. Galagete can be separated from other genera (notably Taygete) by the presence in the males of a tripartite “transtilla” made of two setose or scaled lateral lobes (or arms) and a simple, thin, central arm (figs 21-30). Taygete does not have a transtilla, but it has a strongly developed sacculus with two projections while that of Galagete is made of one rather small projection. The uncus in Galagete has a lateral pair of setose arms pointing anteriorly and downward while in Taygete sphecophila the setose arms are barely separated, medially located, and projecting posteriorly. The bilobed apical margin of the female’s sternum VIII (figs 31-36) is believed to represent an autapomorphy for Galagete. In Taygete, sternum VIII is a broad, simple plate with the ostium bursae in the middle. Also, the larger species of Galagete (protozona, gnathodoxa, seymourensis, and turritella) have a band of modified, pointed, and stiff yellow scales on terga II-VI in the males and II-VI (or I-VII) in the females (fig. 16). Galagete levequei also has pointed scales on some terga but they are not pigmented differently than the surrounding scales. Description. MALE (figs 17-19, 21-30). Head with rather long and narrow occipital scales arising from each side and projecting upward and medially and/or anteriorly; rest of scaling appressed. Frons evenly convex. Ocellus and chaetosema absent. Haustellum well developed. Labial palpus upturned, reaching above head, segments II and III equal in length and each slightly longer than diameter of eye, third segment acute. Maxillary palpus 4-segmented. Antenna reaching almost wing apex; antennal flagellomeres simple, rather short and thick, slightly ovate in cross section, with two sets of short brown scales surrounding flagellomeres completely and with several sensillae about as long as the scales and set around the whole surface of the GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 817 flagellomeres; scape without pecten. Male retinaculum consisting of a subcostal mem- branous hook (fig. 19), subcostal scales covering the hook, and a few small scales directed anteriorly at base of radial stem. Forewing base in anal sector with band of microspines along inner margin. Base of hindwing anal vein dorsally with patch of long and erect setalike scales. Forewing venation (based on BL 1310, 1311, 1312, the latter two are females) (figs 19, 20): Sc to middle of costa or before; R, from about middle of cell or slightly before; R, and R; separate, both from before upper angle of cell; R;, Rs, and M, from upper angle of cell, connected, R, and R; ending on costa before apex, M, reaching outer margin below apex; M, and M, separate, M, from above lower angle of cell, M, from lower angle of cell or above; CuAl from lower angle of cell or before; CuA2 from before lower angle of cell; CuP absent; cell a little more than half wing length; Al and A2 joined at 1/3 their lengths. Hindwing venation (based on BL 1310, 1311, 1312, the latter two are females) (figs 19, 20): Sc closely following costa, reaching it at more than 2/3 wing length, sometimes curving away from costa before reaching it; Rs connected with M, after upper angle of cell, Rs reaching costa slightly before apex, M, reaching outer margin at apex or slightly below; M, from slightly above lower angle of cell, reaching outer margin near middle, M, and CuAl from lower angle of cell or shortly connected, M, to tornus, CuA1 to inner margin before tornus; CuA2 from about 2/3 cell to inner margin at 2/3; CuP and anal veins indistinct; apex of wing not markedly produced; outer margin not distinctly concave and sometimes slightly projecting outward at junction with M,. Tibial spurs 0, 2, 4; hind tibia with long and slender scales on dorsal edge. Hind coxa and sides of metascutum with whitish, long setalike scales. Abdominal base with strong venulae, apodemes, and a corematal organ in the form of a long evaginable membranous structure set with long and narrow scales originating between sterna IT and III (figs 17, 18). Terga II-VII in the larger species of Galagete (protozona, gnathodoxa, seymourensis, and turritella) with a band of modified, pointed, and stiff yellow scales (fig. 16). Galagete levequei also has pointed scales on some terga, but they are not pigmented differently than the surrounding scales. Male genitalia (figs 21-30, 37). Uncus basically separated in two sections sometimes at right angle, with a pair of longitudinal crests dorsolaterally on basal section, with more or less triangular and se- tose lateral arms pointing ventrally on second section, and apically often with a pair of short posteriorly directed projections or projecting dorsally at right angle. Gnathos flaplike at base of two arms fused medially to form a strong hook usually folded on itself as an elongate “U” in lateral view, but sometimes less completely folded on itself. Dorsal connection of tegumen varying in width; pedunculi usually short and broad. Transtilla with a pair of lateral arms varying in length, dorsoventrally compressed, usu- ally covered dorsally with scales (sometimes set perpendicular and imbricated to form an anteroposterior barrier), or setae, and a median arm usually narrow and longer than lateral arms. Valva usually short and broad, sometimes more elongate, with strong, short pedunculi at base of costa, sometimes with short sclerotized crest at apex of costa, with a well-sclerotized sacculus. Juxta strongly melanized, usually symmetric and sheathlike with a deep medioapical notch where aedeagus is connected, but sometimes asymmetric, and sometimes oriented longitudinally against ventral wall of aedeagus and fused to ring of sclerotization around aedeagus. Vinculum only slightly extended 818 B. LANDRY anteromedially and bulbous, with rounded anterior margin. Aedeagus usually elongate, symmetric, with larger basal half, and open ventrally at apex, but sometimes short and thick, asymmetric, especially at apex, and with apical opening ventrally and laterally; vesica usually with numerous spicules, but sometimes with cornuti. FEMALE (figs 20, 31-36). Eye slightly smaller than male’s. Antennal flagello- meres slightly narrower than males’. Frenulum with 2 acanthae. Retinaculum consist- ing of anteriorly directed scales at base of cubital stem and posteriorly directed scales at base of Sc (fig. 20). Abdomen without corematal organ but with band of modified and stiff yellow scales on terga II-VI in same species as for males (fig. 16). Female genitalia (figs 31-36). Papillae anales slightly variable in length, moderately setose, apically rounded in lateral view; dorsobasal margin with or without emargination. Posterior apophyses usually straight, variable in length. Anterior apophyses with a dorsal branch connected to lateral margins of tergum VIII and a ventral branch connected laterally to basal margin of sternum VIII, the two branches connected usually at level of ostium bursae to form single “free” branch. Both pairs of apophyses often sinuous toward apex. Apical margin of sternum VIII with pair of rounded and flat lobes separated by median emargination; lobes with moderately long, sparse setae. Apical margin of tergum VIII with or without lateral lobes, with sparse setae along | margin if lobes absent or on lobes. Ostium bursae located medially in intersegmental membrane between margins of sterna VII and VII, in a somewhat rounded depression ornate with a sclerotized ring. Ductus bursae often constricted at base, subsequently variable in shape and length. Inception of ductus seminalis shortly after basal constriction of ductus bursae. Corpus bursae usually elongate, more or less spiculate, with or without signum; signum, when present, a plate usually with lateral spines. Etymology. The generic name is a combination of letters suggesting its Galapagos origin in the first two syllables and its close evolutionary affinity to Taygete in its last two syllables. The name is considered feminine in gender. Biology. Little is known of the immature stages or of the adult behaviour except for phenology, habitat, and light attraction. Several specimens of Galagete darwini and G. levequei in the CDRS were reared from dead leaves and branches of Scalesia (Asteraceae) species, but the behaviour of the larvae and exactly what they consume is unknown. One specimen of G. gnathodoxa collected on Pinzon was reared from tor- toise scats (CDRS). This is consistent with the feeding habits of other Autostichidae (Gozmany, 1975; Hodges, 1999). Systematic position. Galagete is clearly related closely to Taygete Chambers, 1873. Both groups share several characters (presence of corematal organ!, the fusion of R,, R;, and M, in the forewing, and similar male and female genitalia). The new genus is separated from Taygete by features of the genitalia, notably, in the males by the more strongly developed sacculus and uncus in 7aygete, and by the presence of an elaborate transtilla in Galagete. In females the abdominal sternum VIII is bilobed in Galagete but simple in Zaygete. The tripartite male transtilla, the position of the setose IThis structure (fig. 17) apparently was first recorded and illustrated by Dr Läszlé Gozmany (1975). GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 819 lobes of the uncus, and the bilobed female abdominal sternum VIII possibly represent autapomorphies for Galagete. The familial assignment of Taygete within the Gelechioidea has been problem- atic. In recent checklists (Becker, 1984; Hodges, 1983) Taygete was placed in Gelechiidae, Gelechiinae. Then, Hodges (1986: 6) mentioned that Taygete attributella (Walker) is related instead to the Oecophoridae because it has a cubital pecten on the female forewing. However, this was an error of the author who meant to write “reti- naculum” instead of “pecten” (Hodges, pers. comm.). The females of Galagete and Taygete indeed have a cubital retinaculum in addition to posteriorly directed scales on Sc (see fig. 20). According to Hodges (1999) this feature is present in Elachistinae, Epimarptinae, Momphinae, and Stathmopodinae, now placed in four different gele- chioid families. It should be noted that Taygete was not included in Hodges’ (1999) analysis. Hodges (1986) mentioned that female Gelechiidae can be recognised by the presence of a radial retinaculum and Minet (1986) considered this character to repre- sent an autapomorphy for the family. Hodges (1999) does not use this character as an autapomorphy for the Gelechiidae, presumably because the Physoptilinae (Gelechi- idae) have a different type of female retinaculum with anteriorly directed scales starting in cell and extending to the area between Sc and R. This latter character is shared by the Autostichinae (Hodges, 1999). The gnathos formed by a pair of lateral, articulated, symmetric sclerites with an articulated mesial hook currently seems to be the only known synapomorphy for adult Gelechiidae (Hodges, 1999). The mesial hook is present in Galagete, but there is no additional pair of sclerites. The articulation of the gnathos seems to be between the flaplike bases of its arms and the bases of the uncus. Although there is a constriction between the bases of the hook and the flaplike bases of the gnathos arms, and move- ment can be induced between the two parts, they appear fused to each other at the constriction rather than articulated as two separate parts. Hodges (1999) defined the Autostichidae on the basis of two parallelisms within the Gelechioidea: 1- the gnathos is an articulated band with an unarticulated mesial hook; and 2- there are spiniform setae in band across abdominal terga. These characters are both present in Galagete and Taygete sphecophila. As defined by Hodges (1999), the Autostichidae include the Autostichinae, Holcopogoninae, and Symmocinae. The presence of the abdominal corematal organ in Taygete, Galagete, as well as Oecia Walsingham, 1897 (Holcopogoninae) and Oegoconia Stainton, 1854 (Symmocinae) (Gozmäny, 1975, 2000) also suggests an affinity of Taygete and Galagete with the Autostichidae. Therefore, the morphological evidence suggests that Taygete and Gala- gete should be placed in the Autostichidae. Based on the absence of CuP in the forewing the two genera are tentatively assigned to the Symmocinae. The fusion of R,, R;, and M, in the forewing seems to be unique to Taygete and Galagete as I have not been able to see it in other Symmocinae and Holcopogoninae (Gozmäny, 1963, 1964, 1967, 2000). Remarks. In addition to the 11 species described or redescribed here, I know of two other species of Galagete in the Galapagos. One is represented by a single male specimen (fig. 15) collected at the site of the Charles Darwin Research Station, Santa Cruz Island, in 1989 (CNC). Its genitalia were unfortunately damaged during prep- 820 B. LANDRY aration and cannot be described accurately. It is a very small specimen (wingspan: 6.7 mm) with grey forewings apparently marked only by a slightly darker grey patch at base of costa. The other species is represented by a series of six females collected on 15 January 2002 on the island of Fernandina by L. Roque-Albelo and C. Causton. I prefer to wait for the availability of males to describe this species as the differences in female genitalia and habitus between this species and G. turritella are not very strong. Of the 11 species treated below, all are known from both sexes except G. espanolaen- sis known from males only. Galagete protozona (Meyrick) comb. n. INO, 20), 211,28, Si Gelechia protozona Meyrick, 1926: 277; Gaede, 1937: 205; Clarke, 1969: 120, pl. 60, fig. 2; Becker, 1984: 46. Lectotype 2 (by present designation), Ecuador: “Albermarle [Isabela] Island, Galä- pagos, at light, 50 ffeelt, 3.8.[19]24, St. George Expedfitio]n, C.L. Collenette.” (BMNH). The species was described from three specimens of both sexes. Meyrick (1926) did not select a type among the three syntypes, but Clarke (1969) reports a female type specimen with a “Type 6” label and without abdomen. I believe that Clarke should have selected this specimen as lectotype and it is here considered as such to clearly fix the application of the name to the taxon. Paralectotypes. Two specimens without abdomen collected on Isabela in August by CL. Collenette (BMNH). One was collected on August 3 and the other probably on August 1, but a pinhole makes this datum uncertain (K. Tuck, pers. comm.). Diagnosis. Galagete protozona is similar to G. gnathodoxa in having a wing pattern that is unique among Galapagos moths (see figs | and 2). Galagete protozona can be separated from G. gnathodoxa by the absence of white scaling on the inner margin of the forewing between the postbasal transverse band and the postmedian white spot. Redescription. Head pale yellowish beige with dark-brown periorbital scales to mostly dark brown with white to creamy-white scales around eye and on fronto- clypeus. Maxillary palpus greyish brown at base, beige apically. Haustellum greyish brown on basal third, subsequently whitish beige. Labial palpus greyish brown on first segment; second segment greyish brown at base and as a short ring subapically, other- wise whitish beige; third segment greyish brown with more or less extensive whitish- beige dorsal spots or complete rings at 1/3, 2/3, and apically. Antennal scape dark brown with small whitish beige spot apicoventrally; flagellum greyish brown, slightly darker on basal segments. Thorax dorsally dark brown except for pale greyish-brown metascutellum. Foreleg coxa greyish brown, sometimes paler (beige) at base; femur dark brown, sometimes with whitish-beige scales apically; tibia dark brown with small white to beige spots at base and middle, and with a larger spot apically; tarsomeres mostly dark brown, tarsomere I with a few white or beige scales at base and apex, tarsomere V beige on apical half. Midleg femur greyish brown to dark brown; tibia dark brown with white spots at base (very small), middle, and apex; tibial spines mostly beige with greyish brown laterally; tarsomeres dark brown with beige scales at apices but tarsomere V mostly beige. Hindleg femur greyish brown with beige scaling at apex; tibia pale greyish brown (sometimes darker brown at base) with beige scaling at base of spines and apex, also with dorsal crest of long and narrow beige scales; tibial spines beige; tarsomeres I-IV mostly greyish brown except for beige apices; last GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 821 Fics 1-8 Adults of Galagete species. 1. G. protozona, male from Santa Fé; 2. G. gnathodoxa, female from Floreana; 3. G. seymourensis, paratype female from Seymour Norte; 4. G. turritella, holotype (from Santiago); 5. G. turritella, paratype male from Isabela; 6. G. espanolaensis, holotype; 7. G. darwini, paratype male from San Cristöbal; 8. G. darwini, paratype male from Seymour Norte. 822 B. LANDRY tarsomere beige. Male wingspan (n=2): 12.5-13.0 mm; female’s (n=7): 10.5-16.0 mm. Forewing (fig. 1) mostly dark brown with white, cream-coloured, or pale greyish- brown markings as a subbasal transverse band of variable width but wider on inner margin, two small spots of variable shape on costa at 1/2 and 5/7, a larger generally tri- angular spot on inner margin at about 2/3, and, sometimes, with another smaller spot on inner margin below subapical costal spot, 2-3 tinier white spots toward apex along inner margin, and some basally brown and apically beige scales along inner margin from triangular spot to apex; fringe mostly greyish brown, sometimes with some white scales at apex. Hindwing uniformly grey; fringe concolorous except for slight beige tinge at base of scales. Abdomen tergum I white to greyish white; terga II-VII (fig. 16) covered with small, narrow, and pointed spinelike straw-yellow scales except for nar- row posterior band of larger white scales; rest of abdomen laterally with a band of greyish-brown scales, ventrally whitish beige, and beige around genitalia. Male genitalia (n=2) (figs 21, 28). Basal half of uncus at right angle from sec- ond half; second half not produced dorsally, apex distinctly produced into pair of short lateral points; arms not laterally compressed, sub-triangular, rather broad and of medi- um length, apically blunt; crests somewhat narrowly rounded, strongly demarcated. Median hook of gnathos of medium girth, apically narrower, dorsoventrally com- pressed, pointed, and distinctly upturned. Dorsal connection of tegumen wide; pedun- culi short and wide. Lateral arms of transtilla of medium length, somewhat triangular with rounded margins, with median margin more strongly melanized, dorsally covered with non-imbricating short and narrow scales; median arm rather wide, dorsoventrally compressed, about 1/3 X longer than lateral arms, apically enlarged and blunt (or slightly convex). Valva of medium width, rather short, dorsal margin ventrally trend- ing very gently before apex, ventral margin without subbasal notch and dorsally trend- ing from 1/3, apex almost blunt; costa strongly melanized with crested extensions di- rected medially at base and apically, the apical extensions longer and triangular in shape; sacculus of medium length, of narrow (almost spinelike) to medium width, without additional ridge. Juxta symmetrical, heart shaped, slightly elongate, with deep rounded notch. Vinculum of medium size, bulbous, rounded apically, without dorsal projection medially. Aedeagus long and mostly narrow, larger on basal 1/2 with medi- um-sized and narrow coecum penis adorned with short crest medioventrally, dorsal margin angled at about half right angle from slightly before middle, ventral margin an- gled from middle; apical 3/10 angled upward at about half right angle and open ven- trally, dorsal wall laterally enlarged to the right subapically, apically narrower and rounded; vesica abundantly spiculate apically, without cornuti. Female abdomen sometimes mostly grey on tergum VII and sometimes with a few yellow pointed scales on tergum VII as well as on terga II-VI. Female genitalia (n=2) (fig. 31). Papillae anales rather long and narrow (about 2 X longer than greatest, basal width in ventral view), in situ and in dorsal view with parallel sides at base and subsequently tapering gently, laterally compressed at apex, in lateral view projecting straight behind posteriorly (although tip of abdomen usually bent downward), parallel margined from base, and rounded at apex; dorsobasal margin thinly melanized in mid- dle. Posterior apophyses straight, only slightly enlarged apically, 1.4 X length of papil- lae anales, reaching basal margin of sclerotized ring of ostium. Free branch of anterior GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 823 Fics 9-16 Adults of Galagete species. 9. G. consimilis, paratype male from Isabela; 10. G. levequei, holo- type (from Santa Cruz); 11. G. levequei, paratype male from Isabela; 12. G. cristobalensis, holo- type (from San Cristobal); 13. G. pecki, holotype (from Isabela); 14. G. cinerea, paratype female from Isabela; 15. Undescribed Galagete species (unique damaged specimen from Santa Cruz; see Remarks of generic treatment above); 16. G. protozona, modified scales on terga II-V. 824 B. LANDRY apophyses with slight outward curve from base but apically parallel sided; dorsal and free branches together slightly shorter that posterior apophyses; ventral branches form- ing slightly convex, heavily melanized, short, narrow and distinct band along basal margin of sternum. Apical margin of sternum VIII with lobes short and conical; emar- gination reaching margin and slightly broader and rounder than lobes. Apical margin of tergum VIII with slightly shorter and narrower lobes and with a broader emargina- tion than on sternum VII. Ostium bursae in circular depression with about 2 X wider than long sclerotized ring. Ductus bursae without apparent basal constriction, of medi- um girth and slightly enlarging gradually toward corpus bursae. Inception of ductus seminalis at about 1/3 length of ductus bursae. Corpus bursae simply rounded, slight- ly elongate, slightly shorter than ductus bursae, without signum or distinct spicules or scobination. Biology. Moths were attracted to light from sea level to an elevation of 1300 meters, in January, March, April, May, August, October, and November. Distribution. Presumably endemic to the Galapagos, this species was found on Fernandina, Floreana, Isabela, Santa Fé, and Seymour Norte. Remarks. Galagete protozona and the following species are believed to be most closely related to each other than to other Galagete species on the basis of the unique. wing pattern and colours (character state 15-1 of Table 1). This relationship in the cladistic analysis shows a decay index of 1. Galagete protozona and G. gnathodoxa are together most closely related to G. seymourensis (decay index of 1) on the basis of two character states (3-1, 10-1 of Table 1), i.e. the absence of a signum on the corpus bur- sae and the presence of a large crest on the coecum penis of the aedeagus. According to the cladistic analysis, the above-mentioned clade of three species is the sister group to another clade formed by the rest of the Galagete species, a branch with a decay in- dex of 2. Galagete gnathodoxa (Meyrick) comb. n. Figs 2, 22, Sl Gelechia gnathodoxa Meyrick, 1926: 277; Gaede, 1937: 176; Clarke, 1969: 123, pl. 56, fig. 5; Becker, 1984: 46. Holotype 2, Ecuador: “James [Santiago] Island, Galapagos, at light, sea level, 26.7.[19]24, St. George Exped[itio]n, C.L. Collenette.” (BMNH). The species was described from a single female specimen which was dissected (BMNH Slide No. 9074) but because the abdomen had been badly eaten by museum pests, there are few parts of the genitalia left. Diagnosis. Galagete gnathodoxa and G. protozona are similar in wing pattern (figs. 2 and 1), but their wing pattern is unique in Galapagos moths. The forewings are black with white or sometimes white and pale-brown markings. The two species can be separated readily by the presence in G. gnathodoxa of a band of white scaling on the forewing inner margin between the white postbasal transverse band and the post- median white spot. Redescription. Head white to creamy white with dark-brown periorbital scales posteriorly, posterodorsally, and anteriorly below antenna, sometimes also with yellowish-orange periorbital scales dorsally. Maxillary palpus mostly dark brown, tipped white. Haustellum longitudinally striped with white, in the middle, and brown or greyish brown laterally. First segment of labial palpus dark brown or greyish brown; GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 825 174 18 Fics 17-18 Abdominal corematal organ of G. turritella in side view, slide BL 1132. 17. Base of male abdomen and corematal organ partially evaginated; 18. Apex of modified scales of abdominal corematal organ. 826 B. LANDRY second segment mostly white, with dark brown on basal half except usually for a thin line dorsally, and sometimes also before apex dorsally and laterally, sometimes with yellowish brown ventrally, laterally near middle, and/or subapically; third segment with rings of dark-brown scales postmedially and subapically, also with yellowish- brown or dark-brown scaling subbasally. Antennal scape mostly dark brown with more or less white to creamy-white scaling ventrally, at apex laterally, and sometimes at apex dorsally; flagellum basally dark brown, changing to pale brown near middle, some- times with white on first flagellomere. Thorax dorsally dark brown except for pale greyish-brown metascutellum. Foreleg coxa dark brown with beige basally; femur dark brown with a few beige scales at base and a few whites scales at apex; tibia dark brown with very few whites scales at base, middle, and apex; tarsomeres I-II mostly dark brown with beige at apex, tarsomere I also with white at base, tarsomere IV half brown and half beige, tarsomere V mostly beige with few brown scales at base. Midleg coxa and femur as in proleg; tibia as in proleg but usually with more white scaling in middle, spines beige; tarsomeres as in proleg. Hindleg coxa as in proleg; femur dark brown with few beige scales at base and apex; tibia laterally brown except for white apex, with a dorsal crest of thin and elongate beige scales, spines beige; tarsomere I dark brown with white base and apex; tarsomeres II-IV brown on basal half and beige; tarsomere V all beige or beige with a few brown scales at base. Male wingspan (n=2): 9.5-12.0 mm; female’s (n=7): 10.0-11.5 mm. Forewing (fig. 2) dark brown with white markings as a subbasal transverse band of variable width, connected with band along inner margin to a triangular spot slightly beyond middle, and to another smaller trian- gular spot subapically, also with two small white spots on costa at 1/2 and 5/7, and sometimes with tinier white spots along basal half of terminal margin; with creamy- white, yellowish-orange, or pale brown scales generally within the white areas along margins (especially along inner margin) and sometimes as a small spot at the base medially; fringe pale greyish brown, white or pale creamy white except for darker greyish-brown scales at apex. Hindwing pale greyish brown with concolorous fringe except for slight yellowish tinge in anal sector and along margin. Male abdominal tergum I mostly with greyish-white scales of reduced size, with anterior and posterior rows of larger greyish-white scales; terga II-VI mostly covered with small spinelike, pointed straw-yellow scales except for posterior row of larger greyish-white scales; rest of abdomen mostly brown or greyish brown laterally and ventrally except for yellow- ish-white scaling around genitalia and along mid-line ventrally. Female abdominal terga similarly adorned. Male genitalia (n=2) (fig. 22). Basal half of uncus almost at right angle from second half; second half not projecting dorsally, apex with pair of small rounded bumps; arms not laterally compressed, sub-triangular, broad and short, apically round- ed; crests rather narrowly rounded, well demarcated. Median hook of gnathos some- what short, of medium girth, apically rounded and slightly upturned. Dorsal connec- tion of tegumen very wide; pedunculi wide and short. Lateral arms of transtilla short, oval shaped, with median margin more strongly melanized, dorsally covered with rather short and narrow scales slightly curved at apex and not imbricating; median arm narrow about 1/3 longer than lateral arms, dorsoventrally compressed, apically enlarged and blunt. Valva short and broad, dorsal margin angled ventrally from about GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 827 Fics 19-20 Wing venation features of Galagete. 19. Male wing venation of G. consimilis; 20. Female wing venation of G. protozona. 2/3, ventral margin without notch, broadly convex, angled dorsally from before middle, apex rather narrowly rounded; costa more strongly melanized from base to middle; sacculus a small shark-toothlike projection with a low supporting ridge perpendicular to it from base dorsally. Juxta symmetrical, more or less lozenge shaped, with deep rounded notch. Vinculum short and broadly rounded, without projection dorsomedially. Aedeagus long and mostly narrow, larger on basal 1/2 with rather long and narrow coecum penis adorned with short crest apically, dorsal margin angled 828 B. LANDRY ventrally at about half right angle before 1/2, ventral margin at about 1/2; apical 2/5 slightly angled upward and open ventrally, dorsal wall laterally enlarged to the right subapically, apex narrower and rounded; vesica with large number of very short spicules, without cornuti. Female genitalia (n=2) (fig. 31). Papillae anales rather elongate and narrow (2 X longer than broad on slide), in situ appearing narrow for whole length, narrowly rounded at apex in side view, and angled downward at half right angle from base; dorsobasal margin indistinct medially because of less melanized and wide longitudinal depression. Posterior apophyses straight, very slightly enlarged at apex, about 2 X length of papillae, reaching slightly beyond ostium. Free branch of anterior apophyses slightly curved upward and outward; dorsal and free branches together as long as posterior apophyses; ventral branches forming distinct, narrow, narrowly rounded, melanized band along basal margin of sternum. Apical margin of sternum VIII with lobes rather narrow; emargination similar to lobes in size and shape, reaching slightly beyond middle of length between apex of lobes and basal margin of sternum. Apical margin of tergum VIII laterally with pair of lobes slightly shorter and wider than ventral lobes. Ostium bursae in rounded and partly sclerotized depression, sclerotized area sometimes forming a ring across middle. Ductus bursae constricted at base, sub- sequently rather wide. Inception of ductus seminalis shortly after basal constriction of ductus bursae. Corpus bursae only slightly larger than ductus bursae, short and circular, without signum or distinct spicules or scobination. Biology. Moths were collected at light between sea level and 1300 m in January, March, April, May, June, July, and October. One specimen in the CDRS has a label mentioning “Pinzon, from tortoise scats, 10 .v.[19]81, G. Walker.” The tortoise in question can only be Geochelone nigra (Quoy and Gaimard) (= G. elephantopus (Harlan)) (Testudinidae). Distribution. This species is believed to be endemic to the Galapagos where it was collected on Fernandina, Floreana, Isabela, Pinzon, and Santiago. Remarks. The phylogenetic relationships of G. gnathodoxa and its two most closely related species are explained above under the Remarks for G. protozona. Galagete seymourensis sp. n. as 3), 23) 32 Holotype ¢, Ecuador: Galapagos, Seymour Norte, 29.11.1992, M[ercury] V[apour] L[amp] (B. Landry) (genitalia dissected, BL 1133) (MHNG). Paratypes, Ecuador: 3 ® (two dissected, BL 1169, 1344) from the Galapagos Island of Seymour Norte, collected on 23.1.1989 at MVL by B. Landry. (CDRS, CNC, MHNG). Diagnosis. Among the species of Galagete, G. seymourensis can be distin- guished by its large size (wingspan between 13.0 and 14.0 mm) and by its forewing maculation appearing grey with paler (almost white) and darker (almost black) spots. Particularly distinctive are the two darker spots along the forewing’s midline sub- and postmedially. Galagete turritella (figs 4, 5) may have similar markings, but it is smaller, averaging 10.0 to 11.0 mm in wingspan (maximum 12.0 mm), and its forewing appears more chestnut brown than grey. Galagete cinerea (fig. 14) is also a grey species, but it is smaller (wingspan: 12.8 mm), the forewings are narrower, and the forewing markings are poorly contrasted and reduced. GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 829 Fic. 21 Male genitalia of Galagete protozona. A. Ventral parts (scale = 0.2 mm); B. Dorsal parts; C. Aedeagus; D. Scale of lateral lobe of transtilla (scale = 0.05 mm). 830 B. LANDRY Description. Head’s appressed scales of frontoclypeus and vertex mostly beige, with greyish brown in middle of vertex; longer erect scales laterally on occiput beige and pale brown; with few dark-brown periorbital scales posteriorly. Haustellum and maxillary palpus whitish beige. Labial palpus dark brown on segment I; segment II mostly whitish beige with dark brown on basal half laterally and ventrally, and as an incomplete ring subapically; segment III whitish beige ringed with brown at base and subapically, and with dark brown postmedially. Antennal scape apparently with bands of whitish beige and dark brown (rubbed on available specimens), whitish beige api- cally and ventrally; first flagellomere with whitish-beige and dark-brown scales; rest of flagellum dark brown changing to paler brown from about 1/3. Thorax mostly brown to dark brown with pale beige at apex of tegula and mesoscutum; metascutellum pale greyish beige. Foreleg coxa dark brown at apex, whitish beige basally; femur dark brown with whitish beige along ventral margin; tibia dark brown with whitish beige basally, at base of epiphysis, and apically; tarsomeres mostly dark brown with whitish beige at base and apex of tarsomere I and apex of tarsomeres II to V. Midleg coxa and femur whitish beige with dark brown on dorsal edge of femur, especially at apex; tibia dark brown to paler brown toward apex, with white to whitish beige at base, middle, apex, and on spurs. Tarsomeres mostly whitish beige with dark brown on tarsomere I _ dorsally except at base and apex, and on tarsomeres [I-IV on basal half. Hindleg mostly whitish beige with pale greyish brown laterally on tibia and dorsally on tarsomere I and darker greyish brown on base of tarsomeres IT and III. Male wingspan (n=1): 13.0 mm; female’s (n=3): 13.3-14.0 mm. Forewing (fig. 3) greyish brown; most scales white or beige at base and brown to dark brown apically; darker brown areas as a spot between costa and midline subbasally, a small longitudinal bar below midline intersecting a poorly defined band submedially, a smaller spot at about 2/3 along midline, and paler spots along costa intersected with white spots at 1/4, 1/2, and 3/4; also with more dis- persed white scales in sectors below costal white spots and as a small spot near anal angle; shorter scales of fringe beige tipped with brown, longer scales mostly white at apex and pale brown at anal angle. Hindwing pale greyish brown; fringe whitish beige tinged with yellowish beige at base of scales. Male and female abdominal terga I-VII mostly covered with short and thick yellowish-beige pointed scales, with row of nor- mally shaped scales apically on terga I-VI; scales of tergum I pale greyish beige, short, and apically V-shaped; sterna whitish beige. Male genitalia (n=1, mounted on slide before description) (fig. 23). Second half of uncus not produced dorsally, apicomedially with a shallow rounded concavity; arms not apparently compressed laterally, short and broad; crests apparently well demarca- ted and rounded. Median hook of gnathos medium sized, apparently pointed apically and slightly upturned, but not dorsoventrally compressed. Dorsal connection of tegu- men very wide; pedunculi short and broad. Lateral arms of transtilla short, rounded, with median margin more strongly melanized, dorsally with narrow scales of medium length, apparently not imbricating; median arm longer than lateral arms, rather wide, apparently compressed dorsoventrally and apically rounded. Valva short and broad, dorsal margin gently angled ventrally from base, ventral margin with postbasal concavity and subsequent convexity, gently angled dorsally from about middle, apex broadly rounded; costa apparently without crest, more strongly melanized from base to GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 831 FIG. 22 Male genitalia of Galagete gnathodoxa (scales = 0.3 mm). A. Aedeagus; B. Ventral parts (transtilla broken); C. Complete transtilla of other specimen; D. Dorsal parts. before apex; sacculus a rather large bell-shaped crest with short additional ridge near middle dorsally, apparently larger on right valva. Juxta somewhat lozenge shaped, symmetrical, with deep rounded notch. Vinculum medium sized, evenly rounded api- cally, without dorsomedian projection. Aedeagus sinuate, with base about 3 X larger than postmedian constricted section, with medium-sized and narrow coecum penis 832 B. LANDRY adorned with short crest mediodorsally, also with short and narrow peduncle on dorsal margin at about 1/3; apical 1/3 slightly angled upward and open ventrally, dorsal wall slightly enlarged subapically on right side, narrower and rounded apically; vesica api- cally with numerous spicules, without cornuti. Female genitalia (n=2) (fig. 32). Papillae anales rather short (as long as basal width in ventral view), conical, not clearly visible in situ on single undissected spec- imen; dorsobasal margin not melanized medially at longitudinal depression. Posterior apophyses mostly straight, slightly curved and enlarged apically, almost 2 X length of papillae, reaching beyond ostium bursae and into segment VII slightly. Free branch of anterior apophyses slightly curved in one direction or other; free and dorsal branches together slightly longer than posterior apophyses; ventral branches forming distinct and strongly melanized narrow band with a short and blunt projection medially. Apical margin of sternum VIII with lobes rather large and broadly rounded; emargination about as deep as lobes, almost reaching margin, narrow, rounded at base. Apical mar- gin of tergum VII with lateral lobes short and broadly rounded, separated by shallow and broadly rounded emargination. Ostium bursae in somewhat cup-shaped depression with sclerotized ring almost as long as wide. Ductus bursae not constricted’at base, of medium girth, gradually enlarging into corpus bursae. Inception of ductus seminalis at about 1/3 length of ductus bursae. Corpus bursae simple, rounded but slightly elongate, without signum but with tiny spicules on entire internal surface. Etymology. Galagete seymourensis 1s named for the type locality. The island’s name refers to Lord Hugh Seymour, admiral (1759-1801). Biology. The moths were attracted to light on the low island of Seymour in January and March. Distribution. Presently known from the Island of Seymour Norte only, the species is presumed to be endemic to the Galapagos. Remarks. The association of the sexes is possibly wrong because the only male was not collected at the same time as the three females. However, wing maculation is identical in all four specimens as far as could be discerned given that the male and the dissected females are somewhat descaled. The species is closely related to G. proto- zona and G. gnathodoxa as explained above in the Remarks for G. protozona. Galagete turritella sp. n. Figs 4, 5, 17, 18, 24, 33 Holotype & (dissected, BL 1315), Ecuador: Galapagos, Santiago, Bahia Espumilla, 4.1v.1992, M[ercury] V[apour] L[amp] (B. Landry), (MHNG). Paratypes, Ecuador: 11 ¢, 7 2 from the Galapagos Islands, collected at MVL by B. Landry, unless specified otherwise. Floreana: 1 & (dissected, BL 1132), Las Cuevas, 23.1v.1992; 1 © (dissected, BL 1344), Punta Cormoran. 21.iv.1992. Isabela: 1 3 (dissected, BL 1314), 8.5 km N Puerto Villamil, 11.11.1989: 2 & (dissected, BL 1405, BL 1407), 1 ? (dissected, BL 1410), Alcedo, lado N[orte] E[ste], camp arida alta, 200 m, 14.iv.2002, ufltra] v[iolet] l[ight] (B. Landry, L. Roque); 1 2 (dissected, BL 1383), Alcedo, lado N[orte] E[ste], low arid zone, bosq[ue] palo santo, 18.iv.2002, u[ltra] v[iolet] I[ight] (B. Landry, L. Roque); 2 9, Tagus Cove, 13.v.1992. Santa Cruz: 1 ©. Tortuga Bay, 29.1.1989; 1 d, Charles Darwin Research Station, 3.11.1989; 1 d (dissected, BL 1399), Barranco, 10.xii.2001, u[Itra] v[iolet] l[ight] (L. Roque); 2 3 (one dissected, BL 1388), Charles Darwin Research Station, xii.1968, Lepidoptera # 84 (R. ‚Perry, T.J. DeVries). Santiago: 1 5, 1 © (dissected, BL 1342) with same data as holotype. Seymour Norte: 1 & (dissected, BL 1283), 23.1.1989; 1 ¢, 29.11.1992. (BMNH, CDRS, CNC, MHNG). GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 833 FIG. 23 Male genitalia of Galagete seymourensis. A. ventral parts (scale = 0.3 mm); B. Aedeagus; C. Scale of lateral lobe of transtilla (scale = 0.1 mm); D. Dorsal parts. 834 B. LANDRY Diagnosis. The chestnut-brown forewing colour and pattern of dark-brown markings are unique in Galagete and Galapagos moths in general. The closest looking species are probably G. pecki (fig. 13) and G. seymourensis (fig. 3), but G. turritella (wingspan: 9.7-11.2 mm) is larger than G. pecki, for which I have not seen specimens larger than 8.7 mm, and the forewing ground colour of G. pecki is beige, rather than the chestnut brown in G. turritella. On the other hand, G. seymourensis is larger (wingspan between 13.0 and 14.0 mm) than G. turritella, and its forewing ground colour appears grey. Description. Head longer occipital and vertexal scales chestnut brown (some- times vertexal scales dark brown), shorter appressed scales underneath and on fronto- clypeus greyish brown, paler on frontoclypeus, also sometimes with whitish-beige or pale chestnut-brown scales along sides of frontoclypeus, and dark-brown periorbital scales posteriorly, posterodorsally, and anteriorly (or anteroventrally). Maxillary pal- pus whitish beige. Haustellum whitish beige, sometimes with greyish brown at base. First segment of labial palpus laterally brown, medially whitish beige; second segment laterally brown on basal 1/3, beige in middle and apically, and greyish brown subapi- cally, medially mostly beige with greyish brown subapically and sometimes with brown along ventral edge; third segment mostly dark brown with beige patch at 1/3, _ sometimes also at 2/3 and apex, or more extensive beige scaling along dorsal edge. Antennal scape dark brown with white or beige scales at apex ventrally and dorsolat- erally and sometimes also as a streak at base or all along lateral edge; flagellum dark brown on first few segments, paler greyish brown subsequently. Thorax dorsally chest- nut brown with dark brown along collar, basal 2/3 of tegulae, and tip of mesoscutel- lum, greyish beige on metascutellum, sometimes more extensively and uniformly dark brown. Foreleg coxa dark brown with paler whitish beige scales basally; femur dark brown with a few white scales apicoventrally; tibia dark brown with a few white or beige scales postmedially (usually) and apically; tarsus dark brown with beige at apex of last and sometimes first tarsomeres. Midleg coxa whitish beige to pale greyish brown; femur whitish beige to greyish brown at base, darkening toward dark-brown apex; tibia greyish brown with beige postmedially (sometimes) and apically; tarso- meres dark brown with beige apices. Hindleg beige with a tinge of pale greyish brown and with darker brown (or greyish-brown) scales at apex of femur, base of tibia, and most of tarsomeres I and II except apices, and basal halves of tarsomeres III and IV. Male wingspan (n=11): 9.7-11.2 mm; female’s (n=7): 9.2-11.7 mm. Forewing (figs 4, 5) chestnut brown with suffusion of brown-tipped scales; with dark-brown markings as a large triangle from costa to inner margin, linked by strong costal line to small sub- median costal spot, with medium-sized submedian spot in cubital fold, with small spot along midline slightly beyond submedian spot of costal fold (the latter two sometimes joined), with large costal triangle at 2/3, with medium-sized spot along midline at 2/3, and sometimes with inner margin spot at 2/3 and series of small spots along margin in wing’s distal 1/5; markings sometimes less contrasting due to more extensive greyish- brown scaling or more contrasted and forming 4 transverse bands at base, 1/3, 2/3, and apex; fringe greyish brown. Hindwing pale greyish brown; fringe pale greyish beige with base of scales purely beige. Male abdomen dorsally shining pale greyish white to darker greyish white on all of tergum I, basal 1/2-2/3 of tergum II, base of tergum III, GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 835 SS - = ~~ = u how FIG. 24 Male genitalia of Galagete turritella. A. Ventral parts (scale = 0.2 mm); B. Whole genitalia in side view, not to scale with A, C, and D. C. Dorsal parts; D. Aedeagus in ventral view. 836 B. LANDRY and as a single row at apex of terga II-VII; with thick modified (pointed) yellow scales as a band distally on tergum II, medially on tergum III, and on basal visible surface of terga IV-VII: female terga as for male except for absence of modified yellow scales on sternum VII; sterna uniformly beige in both sexes. Male genitalia (n=7) (fig. 24). Basal half of uncus at right angle with second half; second half strongly projecting dorsally, projection variable in width, generally as long as lateral arms, with posterior margin straight, apex anteroposteriorly compressed with rounded, straight, or slightly concave apical margin; arms not laterally compres- sed, sub-triangular, rather long, apically narrower and rounded; crests narrowly rounded, well demarcated. Median hook of gnathos of medium girth, apically rounded and only slightly upturned. Lateral arms of transtilla short, longer than wide, evenly sclerotized, dorsally with numerous setae and only a few narrow scales near base, apically rounded; median arm narrow, slightly longer than lateral arms, gently pointed and slightly upturned apically. Valva rather elongate, dorsal margin gently angled ventrally from about 3/4, ventral margin with subbasal notch, subsequently broadly convex, broadly rounded apically; costa well melanized from base to about 2/3; sacculus medium sized, flattened, directed apicodorsally, with the apicodorsal margin projecting, narrow, and rounded, and the apicoventral margin projected slightly or not at all, supported by low basal ridge along ventral margin of valva. Juxta asymmetrical, with a small spinelike projection apically on right side, connected with narrow dorsal sclerotized ring around aedeagus. Vinculum medium sized, somewhat narrowly rounded apically, without dorsal projection medially. Aedeagus rather short and thick, slightly angled from before middle, with short lateral bumps at base and with short coecum penis unadorned with a crest; second half asymmetrical, bent slightly to the right, open ventrally and on the left side, dorsal wall depressed on left side from about 2/3, apically rounded; vesica with elongate patch of short to medium-sized cornuti on right side toward apex and ventrally, preceded by narrow line of cornuti ventrally and toward the left side, without spicules. Female genitalia (n=4) (fig. 33). Papillae anales elongate (almost 2 X longer than largest (median) width in ventral view), in situ appearing completely compressed laterally and in lateral view appearing of medium width and gently tapering to narrowly rounded apex; dorsobasal margin less melanized medially and with longitu- dinal depression. Posterior apophyses straight, with slightly enlarged apices, 1.4 X length of papillae, reaching ostium. Free branches of anterior apophyses slightly divergent and sometimes curving inward toward apex; free and dorsal branches together 1.4 X length of posterior apophyses; ventral branches along basal margin of sternum forming heavily melanized band usually diffusing and emarginated medially. Apical margin of sternum VIII with lobes of medium length and broadly rounded to blunt; emargination very narrow and of medium depth, reaching about 2/5 distance between apices of lobes and margin of sternum. Apical margin of tergum VIII simple, slightly concave or convex. Ostium bursae in wide bowl-shaped depression adorned with narrow sclerotized ring at bottom of depression. Basal 1/3 of ductus bursae sclerotized, spiculate, and of moderate girth, subsequently reduced in girth but en- larging gently toward corpus. Inception of ductus seminalis at very base of ductus. Corpus bursae elongate, not well demarcated from ductus bursae, shortly protruding at GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 837 Fic. 25 Male genitalia of Galagete espanolaensis. A. Ventral parts (scale = 0.2 mm); B. Dorsal parts; C. Aedeagus and juxta (broken specimen missing ductus ejaculatorius complex). 838 B. LANDRY signum, slightly bent to the right at apex; signum an elongate lozenge-shaped or cross- shaped plate with pair of short lateral spine-shaped ridges, situated above middle. Etymology. From the Latin turris, tower, and ella, a diminutive. Refers to the shape of the uncus. Biology. The moths were found at light during the first five months of the year and in December at sea level and up to 200 meters in elevation. Distribution. This species was found on the islands of Floreana, Isabela, Santa Cruz, Santiago, and Seymour Norte. Remarks. The male genitalia are somewhat variable in the width of the dorsal projection of the uncus. The cladistic analysis shows that Galagete turritella is most closely related to G. espanolaensis (decay index of 3). This is explained by three synapomorphies, viz. the dorsally projected uncus, the apically asymmetric aedeagus with the large spines on the vesica, and the asymmetric and modified juxta (7-1, 9-1, 13-1 on Table 1). The relationships of this pair of taxa with other Galagete species are unresolved. Galagete espanolaensis sp. n. Figs 6, 25 Holotype d, Ecuador: Galapagos, Espanola, Bahia Manzanillo, 25.iv.1992, M[ercury] V[apour] L[amp] (B. Landry), (MHNG). Paratype, Ecuador: 1 4 (dissected, BL 1284) with same data as holotype (BMNH). Diagnosis. Galagete espanolaensis is a small dark species with a wingspan of 9.0 mm. It is quite similar in wing pattern to G. darwini (figs 7, 8), G. consimilis (fig. 9), and G. turritella (figs 4, 5). Compared to G. turritella it is generally smaller (spec- imens of.G. turritella being usually 10.0 mm or greater in wingspan) and the forewing markings, especially the dark spots sub- and postmedially, are less distinct. The male genitalia offer the best diagnostic characters between G. espanolaensis and the other two species: in G. espanolaensis the uncus is produced upward distally (fig. 25), as in turritella (fig. 24), the aedeagus is adorned with spines, and the juxta 1s reduced in size and fused to a sclerotized ring around the aedeagus. Description. Head’s appressed scales of frontoclypeus and vertex mostly greyish brown, shining, with beige scales on lower part on frontoclypeus, and dark greyish-brown periorbital scales anteriorly; longer erect scales laterally on occiput beige with some dark brown at margin of eye posteriorly. Haustellum whitish beige. Maxillary palpus basally dark greyish brown, apically whitish beige. Segment I of labial palpus dark greyish brown and whitish beige; segment II mostly whitish beige medially, with dark greyish brown subapically, laterally mostly dark greyish brown with whitish beige at 2/3 and apically; segment III mostly dark greyish brown with beige apically and as incomplete rings at 1/2 and 3/4. Antennal scape dark brown dor- sally with beige scales at apex, white along anterior margin, ventrally with a mixture of white and greyish brown; flagellum shining, mostly greyish brown with darker brown on basal flagellomeres. Thorax mostly a mixture of various brown shades, the scales darker tipped; darker brown at base of tegula; metascutellum shining pale greyish brown with white along margins. Foreleg coxa dark brown on most of apical half, whitish beige on basal half; femur dark brown with a few whitish beige scales apically; tibia dark brown with whitish beige apically and at base of epiphysis, longer GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 839 Fic. 26 Male genitalia of Galagete darwini. A. Ventral parts (scale = 0.2 mm); B. Aedeagus; C. Dorsal parts. slender scales hiding epiphysis dark greyish brown and beige; tarsomeres dark brown with beige at apex of I, sometimes II, and V. Midleg coxa whitish beige; femur greyish brown with whitish beige medially and apically; tibia dark brown with large beige 840 B. LANDRY spots at middle and apex, and with a few beige scales at base, tibial spines greyish brown and beige; tarsomeres mostly dark brown except for beige apices. Hindleg coxa whitish beige; femur pale greyish white, shining; tibia mostly (including fringe and spurs) whitish beige with greyish brown most apparent at base; tarsomeres dark brown on most of I, base of II and sometimes III, whitish beige elsewhere. Male wingspan (n=2): 9.0 mm. Forewing (fig. 6) a mixture of darker tipped dark-brown and chestnut- brown scales; darker brown markings as a rather large band basally, a narrow line along costa interrupted before middle, a medium-sized triangle on costa postmedially, a sub- apical costal spot followed by medium-sized line all around apex and connected to postmedian band slightly above inner margin (postmedian band not reaching post- median costal spot), and a diffuse although rather large band across wing submedially; fringe greyish brown with paler yellowish brown at base of scales near anal angle. Hindwing pale greyish brown, slightly darker on distal half; fringe pale greyish brown with a yellowish tinge at base of scales, especially on longer scales of inner margin. Abdomen dorsally pale greyish brown with row of greyish-white scales at apex of each tergum, terga II-VII with band of short and thick, pointed, yellowish-beige scales api- cally; ventrally whitish beige; beige around genitalia. Male genitalia (n=1) (fig. 25). Basal half of uncus at right angle with second half; latter half projecting dorsally at right angle, slightly longer than lateral arms, trough shaped, with apex rounded; arms not laterally compressed, medium sized, sub- triangular; crests broadly rounded, well demarcated. Median hook of gnathos of medium size, apically not compressed, very shortly pointed and upturned. Dorsal connection of tegumen very wide; pedunculi short and broad. Lateral arms of transtilla long and rather narrow, evenly sclerotized, median margin almost straight, lateral mar- gin angled medially toward apex, dorsally without scales but abundantly setose apex rounded; median arm very narrow, about 1/4 longer than lateral arms, gently upturned, apically narrowly rounded. Valva rather long and narrow, dorsal margin trending ventrally at half right angle shortly before apex, ventral margin with only very slight concavity postbasally and trending dorsally from about 2/3, apex narrowly rounded; costa slightly more strongly melanized from base to about middle; sacculus rather narrow, medium sized, apically spoon shaped but pointed, pointing upward, with basal corners extended as crests for support, especially ventrally along ventral margin of valva to its base. Juxta small, hazelnut shaped, dorsoventrally compressed, fused to narrow ring surrounding aedeagus. Vinculum rather narrow, broadly rounded and slightly upturned apicomedially. Aedeagus of medium length and girth, angled slightly from about 1/3, only slightly enlarged laterally subbasally, with medium-sized coecum penis adorned with short crest apically; last 2/3 asymmetrical, open dorsally and on left side from about half total length of aedeagus; exposed vesica adorned with some 40- 50 strong spines of varying sizes mostly on first half of opening dorsally and along margin on left side ventrally, without spicules. Female. Unknown. Etymology. Galagete espanolaensis is named for the island where I collected it. Biology. The moths came to light near the shore of Espanola, at the end of April. Distribution. Currently known only from the Galapagos island of Espanola; presumed to be endemic to the archipelago and possibly to Espanola. GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 841 || BR LAGE 9 5050 oo IR o = i Fic. 27 Male genitalia of Galagete consimilis. A. Ventral parts; B. Aedeagus; C. Dorsal parts (scale = 0.1 mm). Remarks. Galagete espanolaensis is most closely related to G. turritella as mentioned above in details under the Remarks for that species. 842 B. LANDRY Galagete darwini sp. n. Figs 7, 8, 26, 34 Holotype 4 (genitalia dissected, BL 1338), Ecuador: Galapagos, S[an]ta Cruz, Tortuga Reserve, W S[an]ta Rosa, 6.11.1989, M[ercury] V[apour] L[amp] (B. Landry) (CNC). Paratypes, Ecuador: 48 6, from the Galapagos Islands, collected at MVL by B. Landry, except as indicated. Espanola: 1 5, Bahia Manzanillo, 29.iv.1992; 1 d (dissected, BL 1289), Las Tunas Trail, 100 m elev., 30.iv.1992. Floreana: 1 3, Punta Cormoran, 21.iv.1992; 1 & (dis- sected, BL 1287), Las Cuevas, 23.iv.1992. Isabela: 1 6, 2 km W Puerto Villamil, 5.11.1989; 2 d, 8.5 km N Puerto Villamil, 11.111.1989; 1 & (dissected, BL 1332), Alcedo, lado Este, 700 m elev., 6.1v.1999 (L. Roque); 1 à, Alcedo, lado N[orte] E[ste], plaja, night on bushes, 13.1v.2002° (B. Landry); 5 5, Alcedo, lado N[orte] E[ste], 700 m, camp guayabillos, 16.iv.2002, u[ltra] v[io- let[ I[ight] (B. Landry, L. Roque); 1 d (dissected, BL 1290), Volcan Darwin, 300 m elev., 15.v.1992; 1 4, Alcedo, Zona arida alta, Malaise trap, 13.x.1999 (L. Roque); 1 4, Alcedo, Los Guayabillos, sweep net, 15.x.1999 (L. Roque). Pinzon. 2 é (one dissected, BL 1382), plaja Escondida, 20.1v.2002, u[Itra] v[iolet[ I[ight] (B. Landry, L. Roque). Rabida: 2 3 (one dissect- ed, BL 1335), tourist trail, 3.iv.1992. San Cristöbal: 2 & (one dissected, BL 1324), 2 km SW P[uer]to Baquerizo, 11.11.1989; 1 &, 4 km SE P[uer]to Baquerizo, 12.11.1989. Santa Cruz: 1 3 (dissected, BL 1325), Los Gemelos, 31.1.1989; 2 4, CDRS, 3.1.1989; 1 & (dissected, BL 1285), 2 km W Bella Vista, 27.11.1989; 1 8, ECCD, El Barranco, 13.11.2000, MVL trap (L. Roque); 1 3d, CDRS, Barranco, 14.111.2002, u[ltra] v[iolet[ l[ight] (L. Roque); 3 d, CDRS, Barranco, 20 m elev., 30.1v.2002, u[ltra] v[iolet[ I[ight] (B. Landry); 1 d (dissected, BL 1394), CDRS, Barranco, 13.1x.2001, Malaise [trap] (L. Roque); 2 d (dissected, BL 1402, BL 1406), Barranco, 11.x11.2001, Malaise [trap] (L. Roque); 2 & (one dissected, BL 1392), Los Gemelos, xii.2001, ulltra] v[iolet[ I[ight] (L. Roque). Seymour Norte: 1 3, 23.1.1989; 2 3 (dissected, BL 1288 & 1330), 29.11.1992. Wolf. 5 & (2 dissected, BL 1395, BL 1396), Barrenador [borer] de Scalesia baurii, 7.1.2002 (L. Roque, C. Causton); 1 é, Minador [miner] Scalesia baurii, 7.11.2002 (L. Roque, C. Causton); 1 dg, N 01 23.380’ W 091 49.201’, 7.11.2002 (L. Roque, C. Causton). (BMNH, CDRS, CNC, MHNG). Diagnosis. Based on external characters I am not able to separate Galagete darwini and G. consimilis with certainty, although the latter may be a slightly larger species. However, the male genitalia provide good diagnostic characters. Among others, the uncus apically is deeply notched in G. consimilis (fig. 27), whereas it has only a pair of short pointed bumps in G. darwini (fig. 26), the costa of the valva is strongly sclerotized all the way to its apex in G. consimilis, whereas it is only sclero- tized basally in G. darwini, the median projection of the transtilla is enlarged apically in G. consimilis, whereas it is not in G. darwini, the paired projections of the transtil- la are rather wide, sharply constricted subapically, and bear a scale apically in G. consimilis, whereas they are narrow, not sharply constricted subapically, and with a se- ta apically in G. darwini. The putative females are diagnosed in the treatment of G. consimilis. Description. Head pale beige to greyish beige on frontoclypeus and greyish beige to pale orange brown laterally on occiput, otherwise dark greyish brown, or mostly greyish beige to pale orange brown (rarely yellowish orange) with dark-brown periorbital scales. Haustellum white. Maxillary palpus white with a few dark-brown scales at base usually. First segment of labial palpus white (or yellowish white) medially, dark brown laterally; second segment beige (or yellowish orange) medially with or without dark-brown patches at middle and apex on ventral side, laterally most- ly brown with beige postmedially and apically, or mostly beige (or yellowish orange) with brown at base and apex; third segment mostly brown with beige (or yellowish- orange) patches on dorsal edge at 1/3 and 2/3, or with dorsal edge all beige. Scape dark brown, usually with a few paler, beige, scales at apical margin mostly on lateral edge GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 843 PET ee Fic. 28 Male genitalia of Galagete levequei (A-C) and G. protozona (D, E). A. Ventral parts (scale = 0.2 mm); B. Aedeagus; C. Dorsal parts; D-E. Lateral view of whole genitalia. (scale = 0.5 mm). and ventrally; flagellomeres dark brown near base of flagellum, paler greyish brown beyond about 1/3. Thorax mostly dark brown to greyish brown with narrow line of beige (or yellowish orange) apically on tegula, or with more extensive beige or pale orange brown (or yellowish orange) in middle with dark brown on apex of meso- 844 B. LANDRY scutellum; greyish white on metascutellum. Foreleg coxa whitish beige at base, greyish brown on second half; femur dark brown with a few white scales at apex; tibia dark brown with or without white to beige scaling postmedially and at apex; tarsomeres I-IV mostly dark brown except for beige apex of tarsomere I; last tarsomere beige. Midleg coxa beige; femur beige with greyish brown apex; tibia dark brown except for patches of white to beige medially and apically; tarsomeres I-IV dark brown except for beige apices; tarsomere V beige. Hindleg coxa beige; femur beige with greyish-brown apex; tibia pale greyish brown with beige dorsal crest; tarsomeres I-IV pale greyish brown with beige apices or mostly beige with pale greyish-brown base on tarsomeres II-IV; tarsomere V beige. Male wingspan (n=49): 7.0-8.5 mm; female’s (n=16): 7.0-9.0 mm. Forewing (figs 7, 8) ground colour whitish beige to pale orange brown (rarely yellowish orange), with scattered darker brown scales; dark-brown to greyish-brown markings as a large basal triangle interrupted near middle by small paler spot, a medium-sized spot along costa at about 1/3 sometimes enclosing darker and smaller subcostal spot, a costal line between basal triangle and costal spot at 1/3, a small spot at 2/5 along midline, a dark medium-sized spot along cubital fold at about 1/3 some- times connected to rather large but paler (usually greyish-brown) area along inner margin, a good-sized usually greyish-brown costal spot at 3/5 sometimes connected to small dark-brown spot below near middle, latter sometimes connected to inner margin by more brown scales, apical 1/5 mostly greyish brown, sometimes with scattered paler scales and sometimes with series of small spots terminally along apex and outer margin; fringe mostly greyish brown to greyish beige with the apex of some scales whitish. Hindwing pale greyish brown with pale greyish-beige fringe. Abdomen dor- sally without modified scales, beige; ventrally whitish beige. Male genitalia (n=18) (fig. 26). Basal half of uncus only slightly angled from second half; second half not produced dorsally, apex with a pair of short points more or less separated from each other; arms laterally compressed, sub-triangular, broad and short; dorsal crests broadly rounded, only slightly protruding. Median hook of gnathos of medium girth, only slightly upturned and pointed apically. Tegumen with dorsal connection of medium width; pedunculi rather narrow. Lateral arms of transtilla of medium width to narrow, evenly sclerotized, median margin straight, lateral margin broadly rounded, dorsal surface covered with short imbricating fan-shaped scales, apically rounded narrowly, neither upturned nor scaled; median arm very narrow for whole length, apically rounded narrowly, compressed dorsoventrally, and slightly upturned. Valva rather short and broad, dorsal margin angled ventrally at 2/3, ventral margin angled dorsally from 1/2 and with shallow postbasal concavity, rather narrowly rounded at apex; costa only slightly more strongly melanized from base to 1/2; sacculus a short, laterally compressed, truncated triangle projecting apicodorsally and toward middle, with an additional low ridge perpendicular to it from its middle poste- riorly. Juxta, symmetrical, more or less heart shaped, with rounded notch of medium depth. Vinculum short and rounded, with a short bump dorsally on anteromedian margin. Aedeagus narrow, pistol shaped, slightly larger at base with very short coecum penis sometimes adorned with short crest medioventrally; apical 1/5 open ventrally, dorsal wall very slightly enlarged subapically, apically rounded and slightly bent to the right; vesica apically with many spicules, without cornuti. GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 845 Fic. 29 Male genitalia of Galagete cristobalensis. A. Ventral parts (scale = 0.1 mm); B. Aedeagus; C. Dorsal parts (slightly slanted). Female genitalia (n=16) (figs 34 A-C). Papillae anales rather elongate (about 2 X basal width in lateral view), in situ usually appearing sunken inward longitudinally along midline thus appearing larger at base and gently narrowing in lateral view, with apex narrowly rounded; dorsobasal margin with a distinctly melanized band forming a 846 B. LANDRY distinct, narrowly rounded concavity in the middle. Posterior apophyses mostly straight, slightly enlarged and curved at apex, slightly longer than papillae, reaching ostium. Dorsal and free branches of anterior apophyses together slightly longer than posterior apophyses; free branches slightly angled outward and parallel sided from middle to apex; ventral branches forming narrow, heavily melanized, and broadly rounded distinct band at basal margin of sternum, but sometimes less distinct medially. Apical margin of tergum VIII simple, straight. Apical margin of sternum VIII with lobes broadly rounded; emargination rather shallow and more or less narrowly rounded, reaching about midway between apex of lobes and basal margin of sternum. Ostium bursae with rather narrow and short sclerotized ring. Ductus bursae about 1/2 width of sclerotized ring of ostium at base, subsequently enlarging gently toward corpus bursae. Inception of ductus seminalis dorsal, shortly after basal constriction of ductus bursae. Corpus bursae pear shaped, not very distinct from ductus bursae; surface covered with tiny slender spicules; signum an oval plate near anterior end of corpus bursae, with a pair of short spines at edge of narrower ends and sometimes with an additional pair of shorter spines between lateral spines and middle of plate. Etymology. Galagete darwini is named in honour of the founders and staff of the Charles Darwin Foundation for the Galapagos Islands for their dedication and | efforts toward conservation of the archipelagos’ unique species and habitats. Biology. Galagete darwini has been found from January to May and from September to December from sea level to 700 meters in elevation. On Wolf Island the larvae of this species are associated with the dead leaves and/or branches of Scalesia baurii Robins. & Greenm. They were eating at the surface of the branches among the dead leaves that are found below the green leaves on the same branches (L. Roque, pers. comm.). Hence, the larvae do not appear to be borers or miners, as mentioned on the labels. Exactly how to feed and what they eat remain to be found. Distribution. Galagete darwini is found on Espanola, Floreana, Isabela, Pinzon, Rabida, San Cristobal, Santa Cruz, Seymour Norte, and Wolf. If females are correctly associated the species is also found on Genovesa and Marchena. Remarks. Because I am not able to separate Galagete darwini and G. consimilis with external characters, I was not able to associate their males and females with certainty. However, at the beginning of this study I believed that the three males and nine females collected on Genovesa were probably conspecific; the three males had the same genitalia and the two females I dissected were the same. Subsequently, I discovered that the series of specimens reared from Wolf Island and deposited at the CDRS were represented by a different pair of male and female genitalia type. Conse- quently, until a series of both sexes is reared from one single female or diagnostic characters common to both sexes are found, the association of the sexes in these two taxa is uncertain. For this reason I have excluded the females from their type series. However, for the purpose of describing them I associate the dissected females reared from Wolf Island (and the other specimens with the same genitalia) to G. darwini because there is only one form of genitalia for each sex in this series and the food of the larvae or the microhabitat may be specific. Also, because Wolf is small (1.344 km?) and isolated (43 minutes of latitude North of Pinta) from the larger islands of the archipelago, I believe that it is less likely to have both species than Genovesa, which GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 847 Fic. 30 Male genitalia of Galagete pecki. A. Ventral parts; B. Whole genitalia in side view; C. Dorsal parts; D. Aedeagus (scale = 0.2 mm). is larger (14.10 km?) and closer to the centre of the archipelago. If females are correctly associated, the genital variation in G. darwini females is expressed in the shape of the lobes and emargination of sternum VIII, the shape of the apical margin of tergum VI- II, and the shape of the signum (more circular, cross shaped, or reduced to a small spot) 848 B. LANDRY and the number of its spines, the submedian spines sometimes being paired (see fig. 34 A-C). The phylogenetic relationships of this species to the other Galagete species are mentioned in details below under the Remarks for G. consimilis. Galagete consimilis Sp. n. Figs 9, 19, 27, 34, 35 Holotype 3, Ecuador: Galapagos, Genovesa, Bahia Darwin, 26.11.1992, Mfercury] V[apour] L[amp] (B. Landry) (genitalia dissected, BL 1164) (MHNG). Paratypes, Ecuador: 8 ¢ , from the Galapagos Islands, collected at MVL by B. Landry, except when specified otherwise. Genovesa. 2 3 (dissected, genitalia: BL 1164; wings: BL 1310), with same data as holotype. Floreana. 1 3 (dissected, BL 1400), arid zone, 130 msnm, S 01 17.053’ W 090 28.295’, 24.viii.1996, in black light trap (L. Roque). Isabela: 1 3 (dissected, BL 1291), Puerto Villamil, 2.11.1989; 1 d,2 km W Puerto Villamil, 5.iii.1989; 1 &, 11 km N Puerto Villamil, 13.11.1989. San Cristobal: 2 3 (dissected, BL 1286, 1327), pampa zone, 18.11.1989. (BMNH, CDRS, CNC, MHNG). Diagnosis. Based on external characters Galagete consimilis is impossible to distinguish from G. darwini with certainty. The male diagnostic characters are men- tioned under the diagnosis for G. consimilis, and they can be seen usually by simply brushing off the scales surrounding the genitalia. If correctly associated the females of G. consimilis (figs 34, D-G, 35 A-C) differ from those of G. darwini (figs 34 A-C) by - the signum being located closer to the middle of the bursa, by its larger lateral spines usually not accompanied by smaller spines or sometimes with only one smaller spine, by the somewhat wider sclerotized ring of the ostium bursae, and the papillae anales generally do not collapse apically when mounted on slide, which may mean that they are more heavily melanized than those of G. darwini. Description. Head with a copper shine, mostly beige to pale greyish brown on vertex and frontoclypeus, darker brown on medial side of antenna and eye, with cluster of erect, fulvous-beige scales on each side of occiput, with dark-brown periorbital scales posteriorly. Haustellum varying from dark brown to pale beige, sometimes brown toward base and pale beige toward apex. Maxillary palpus beige basally, dark brown apically. Labial palpus usually cream coloured on dorsal edges of segments and brown to dark greyish brown elsewhere, sometimes with more extensive cream- coloured or beige scaling on median side of segment II. Antennal scape dark brown with a few cream-coloured or beige scales on ventroapical margin, sometimes with more extensive beige scaling ventrally and cream coloured apically on laterodorsal side; flagellum greyish brown with a copper tinge, paler toward apex. Thorax brown with dark brown at apex of mesoscutellum and at base, especially on tegula, sometimes more extensively dark brown, greyish white on metascutellum, sometimes with ful- vous at apex of tegula. Foreleg coxa greyish brown with beige basally; femur dark brown with a few whitish-beige scales apically; tibia dark brown with small white to beige patch apically and usually also postmedially; tarsomere I dark brown with small white to beige spots at base and apex; tarsomeres II-IV dark brown; tarsomere V dark brown at base, beige apically. Midleg coxa beige; femur pale greyish brown or with beige scaling toward middle and greyish brown toward apex; tibia dark brown with more or less extensive beige patches at apex and postmedially; tarsomeres I-V dark brown with beige apically. Hindleg coxa and femur mostly beige, with greyish brown at apex of femur; tibia mostly greyish brown laterally with beige elsewhere; tarsomeres GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 849 Las dii PC) Fic. 31 Whole female genitalia. A. Galagete protozona; B. Galagete gnathodoxa (scales = 0.5 mm). I-V greyish brown and beige, greyish brown on most of tarsomere I except apex, some- times also on basal half of tarsomeres II and II, and very base of tarsomere IV. Male wingspan (n=8): 8.5-9.0 mm; female’s (n=7): 8.5-10.0 mm. Forewing (fig. 9) dark brown to greyish brown with more or less distinct chestnut-coloured and darker brown 850 B. LANDRY markings: darker brown as single spots variable in size subbasally below costa, sub- medially in middle of wing, below and before submedian spot, postmedially and below middle, sometimes above postmedian spot and along apex, and as a series of 3-4 small spots along outer margin; chestnut-coloured as a short streak subbasally along sub- costa, as a longer streak interrupted by dark-brown spot along cubital fold, medially as irregular spots mostly on costa and inner margin, postmedially in an oblique and more or less interrupted line or series of small spots from about 4/5 costa to end of anal vein, as a series of small spots subapically along outer and apical margins, and apically as small spots between dark-brown spots; fringe greyish brown at apex and along most of outer margin, pale greyish white on inner margin and base of outer margin. Hindwing pale greyish white; fringe greyish white along costa, paler greyish white along outer margin, cream coloured in anal sector. Abdomen mostly greyish white, dorsally with paler fan-shaped scales at apex of segments and with beige pointed scales most easily distinguished on terga IV-VII. Male genitalia (n=6) (fig. 27). Basal half of uncus only slightly angled from second; second half not produced dorsally, apex with a more or less deep, rounded notch, the two lateral extensions slightly upturned; arms tubular, narrow, and rather long; dorsal crests more or less broadly rounded, well demarcated. Median hook of gnathos of medium girth, only slightly upturned and pointed apically. Tegumen with dorsal connection of medium width; pedunculi broad. Lateral arms of transtilla elon- gate, of medium width, evenly sclerotized, median margin slightly concave, lateral margin slightly convex postmedially and curved inward at half right angle at about 4/5, dorsal surface covered with short imbricating fan-shaped scales, apically more or less pointed, shortly upturned, and typically with one scale at apex; median arm narrow, apically enlarged, rounded, dorsoventrally compressed, and slightly upturned. Valva rather short, rather broadly rounded at apex, dorsal margin gently trending ventrally at about 4/5, ventral margin with a postbasal rounded concavity, angled dorsally from about 1/2; costa strongly melanized from base to short, rounded, subapical projection; sacculus a rather large, truncated, laterally compressed triangle, projecting medially, without additional posterior ridge. Juxta symmetrical, almost circular, with deep cir- cular notch. Vinculum short and rounded, without bump dorsomedially. Aedeagus narrow, slightly arched, slightly larger at base with short coecum penis adorned with short medioventral crest; apical 1/3 ventrally open, dorsal wall slightly enlarged sub- apically, apically rounded and slightly bent to the right; vesica apically with a large number of very short spicules, without cornuti. Female genitalia (n=7) (figs 34 D-G, 35 A-C). Papillae anales elongate (3 X longer than basal width), not examined in situ; dorsobasal margin well melanized, sometimes forming a strongly melanized band and broadly rounded or only slightly emarginated near middle. Posterior apophyses straight or broadly curved, as long as papillae anales or slightly shorter, usually reaching just beyond sclerotized ring of ostium bursae. Free branch of anterior apophyses straight or somewhat curved; dorsal and free branches together about as long as papillae anales; ventral branches usually diffusing (enlarging and become less heavily melanized) toward middle of sternum, not forming melanized and narrow margin medially. Apical margin of sternum VIII with lobes somewhat asymmetrical, with lateral margins more broadly rounded than GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 851 Fic. 32 Female genitalia. A, B. Galagete pecki: A. Whole genitalia (scale bar = 0.2 mm); B. Enlarged signum (scale = 0.02 mm). C. Galagete seymourensis, with broken ductus bursae and spicules enlarged to the right (scale = 0.2 mm). median margins; emargination V-shaped or U-shaped, variable in width, slightly shorter than distance between apex of lobes and base of sternum. Apical margin of ter- gum VIII simple, slightly concave to slightly convex. Ostium bursae rather wide and strongly melanized along rim. Ductus bursae slightly constricted at base, subsequently expanding gently toward corpus bursae, without significant demarcation between ductus and corpus. Inception of ductus seminalis in constricted base of ductus bursae. Corpus bursae elongate, slightly enlarged to the right (signum side) and apically curved 852 B. LANDRY to the right, spiculate; signum a small, circular to elongate plate set closer to middle than anterior end of corpus bursae, with a pair of large spines laterally and sometimes one or two additional spines on one or both sides. Etymology. From Latin, refers to the similarity between Galagete consimilis and G. darwini. Biology. Based on males only, G. consimilis was collected in February, March, and August from the lowest to the highest elevations. If the females are correctly associated the species was collected also in January, April, and May. Distribution. Based only on males G. consimilis is known from Genovesa, Floreana, Isabela, and San Cristöbal. However, if the females are correctly associated, the species is found also on Fernandina, Santa Cruz, and Santiago. Remarks. Because I cannot associate the sexes of G. darwini and G. consimilis with confidence, I have included only males in the type series. Nevertheless, for the purpose of describing them a male-female association is proposed on the basis of the reared series from Wolf Island, one of the remotest of the archipelago (see above under Remarks for G. darwini). Variation in the female genitalia is found in the shape of sternum VIINSs apical margin and that of the signum (see figs 34 D-G, 35 A-C). Galagete consimilis is most closely related to G. cinerea as revealed by the cladistic analysis (decay index of 1). These two species form a clade with G. darwini (decay index of 1) on the basis of an exclusive apomorphic character state, viz. the long and narrow lateral arms of the transtilla (character 12, state 2 on Table 1). This inter- pretation of the phylogeny implies that character state 11-1 (the enlarged apex of the transtilla’s median arm) and character state 14-1 (the presence of a process on the valva’s costa) have appeared more than once in the evolution of Galagete species. The relationships of this clade of three species with other species of Galagete are un- resolved. Galagete cinerea sp. n. Figs 14, 35, 37 Holotype © (dissected, BL 1307), Ecuador: Galapagos, Isabela, V[olcan] Darwin, 300 m elev., 15.v.1992, M[ercury] V[apour] L[amp] (B. Landry), (MHNG). Paratypes, Ecuador: 2 d, 5 © from Isabela. 1 9 with same collecting method and col- lector as holotype; 11 km N Puerto Villamil, 9.111.1989; 1 4,2 © (both dissected, BL 1401, BL 1404), V[olcan] Alcedo, Los Guayabillos, Malaise [trap], 15.x.1999 (L. Roque); 1 & (dissected, BL 1389), 1 2 (dissected, BL 1390), Volcan Darwin, 900 msnm, 5.111.2000, Malayse [sic] Trap, LR # 2000-011 (L. Roque); 1 2 (dissected, BL 1408), Alcedo, lado N[orte] E[ste], plaja, night on bushes, 13.1v.2002 (B. Landry). (BMNH, CDRS, CNC, MHNG). Diagnosis. Galagete cinerea is a relatively small grey species with poorly contrasting darker markings. It could be confused only with G. seymourensis (fig. 3), which is also mostly grey, but G. seymourensis has more contrasting markings, is slightly larger (wingspan between 13.0 and 14.0 mm), and has wider forewings. In the female genitalia, G. cinerea has a signum on the bursa (fig. 35 D-F), whereas G. seymourensis (fig. 32 C) does not. In the male genitalia, G. cinerea has the costa of the valva strongly melanized with a projection and a long transtilla (fig. 37) whereas G. seymourensis (fig. 23) has no process or stronger melanization on the costa of the valva and the transtilla is short. GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE a EEE ds ee ù ~ son Ian 1 CA nd Em Se EIG#99 Female genitalia. A, B. Galagete turritella: A. Whole genitalia (scale = 0.2 mm); B. Unflattened corpus bursae (scale = 0.5 mm). C, D. Galagete cristobalensis: C. Signum and spiculate mem- brane above and structure of signum below (scale = 0.1 mm); D. Whole genitalia (scale = 0.2 mm). 853 854 B. LANDRY Description. Head shining pale greyish beige with few darker, brown scales at anterior and posterior margins of eye. Maxillary palpus and haustellum whitish beige. Labial palpus mostly beige, with a few greyish-brown scales laterally on first segment. Antennal scape pale greyish brown with beige scales apically; flagellum greyish brown, darker on basal 1/3. Thorax shining greyish brown, with darker brown scaling at base of tegula. Foreleg coxa greyish brown except for beige apex; femur darker greyish brown with a few whitish-beige scales at apex; tibia uniformly brown; tarso- meres I-III mostly greyish brown, darker on tarsomere I, with a single row of whitish- beige scales apically, tarsomeres IV and V beige. Midleg coxa beige; femur beige at base, greyish brown and darkening toward apex; tibia pale greyish brown with a few beige scales apically; tarsomere I pale greyish brown with beige at apex; tarsomeres II-V beige. Hindleg beige, with a slight pale greyish-brown tinge on tibia. Male wingspan (n=2): 8.5-10.0 mm; female’s (n=6): 10.0-11.2 mm. Forewing (fig. 14) shining pale greyish brown, with slightly darker brown markings as a wide but short band at base on costa, a rather large spot submedially in middle and in cubital fold, and another medium-sized spot postmedially, also with greyish-brown scaling paler than markings (but darker than ground colour) on costa above spots, in apical sector, and on inner margin below postmedian spot; fringe pale greyish brown. Hindwing greyish white with whitish-beige fringe. Abdomen whitish grey, without modified scales. Male genitalia (n=1) (fig. 37). Basal half of uncus at half right angle from second half; second half only slightly produced. dorsally, apex only slightly concave; arms laterally compressed on basal half, apical half narrow with rounded apex; dorsal crests narrowly rounded, slightly protruding. Median hook of gnathos narrow, apically rounded, and slightly upturned. Dorsal connection of tegumen shorter than half length of pedunculi; pedunculi narrow. Lateral arms of transtilla long, narrow, laterally expanded at middle, evenly sclerotized, dorsally with fan-shaped scales, lateral edge rounded and setose, apically narrowing, apex pointed with one curved narrow scale; median arm as long as lateral arms, narrow, apex dorsoventrally compressed, upturned, enlarged, and rounded. Valva somewhat elongate and narrow, dorsal margin straight, ventral margin with short, basal, rounded projection followed by shallow rounded emargination, apex narrowly rounded; costa strongly melanized, apically with a short, rounded and flattened projection directed mediodorsally; sacculus short, flattened, strongly melanized, projecting mediodorsally, more or less rectangular with short narrow projection at dorsoapical corner. Juxta symmetrical, somewhat heart shaped, with shallow and broadly rounded median notch. Vinculum short and rounded, only slightly upturned. Aedeagus broadly down curved, with narrow basal half followed by narrower third quarter, distal quarter melanized only dorsally, laterally expanded, oval shaped, and curved to the right; coecum penis well demarcated; vesica without cornuti, with spinules of various sizes. Female genitalia (n=5) (fig. 35). Papillae anales only slightly longer than wide in ventral view; not examined in situ; dorsobasal margin slightly melanized in middle. Posterior apophyses slightly curved inward, about equal in length to papillae anales, reaching slightly beyond sclerotized ring of ostium bursae. Free branch of anterior apophyses with or without slight inward curve; dorsal and free branches together slightly longer than posterior apophyses; ventral branches forming broadly convex and GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 855 Fic. 34 Female genitalia. A-C. Galagete darwini: A. Whole genitalia without left posterior apophysis (scale = 0.2 mm); B, C. Signa of different specimens (scale = 0.1 mm). D-G. Galagete consimilis: D, E, G. Signa of separate specimens (scale = 0.1 mm); F. Whole genitalia without right posterior apophysis (scale = 0.2 mm). 856 B. LANDRY rather wide melanized band medially along basal margin of sternum. Apical margin of sternum VIII with lobes rather short, broadly rounded (almost bluntly terminated); emargination rounded and short, reaching about 2/5 distance between apex of lobes and margin of sternum. Apical margin of tergum VIII with a slight, broad emargination medially. Ostium bursae in bowl-shaped depression with about 2 X wider than long sclerotized ring. Ductus bursae with slight basal constriction, subsequently enlarged to about 4/5 width of ostium’s sclerotized ring and equal in girth for entire length, or enlarging from basal constriction. Inception of ductus seminalis at about 1/3 length of ductus bursae. Corpus bursae simply circular, about as long as ductus bursae and more or less clearly demarcated from it, depending on the specimens; signum more or less crescent shaped to potato shaped, with rather large and acute lateral spines and smaller additional spines pointing inward; with very little scobination near signum. Etymology. From the Latin cinereus, grey, referring to the colour of the forewing. Biology. The moths were mostly collected at light from sea level to 900 meters in elevation in March, April, May, and October. One female was collected at night on the leaves of a bush after a rainfall. Individuals of other moths were also collected at that time, as if they were exposing themselves to dry. Distribution. Found only on the island of Isabela, Galagete cinerea is believed to be endemic to the Galapagos. | Remarks. The holotype is a female because only two females were available for study when the description was first written. Additional material of both sexes became available after the manuscript had been submitted and it was incorporated here in the type series and description except for three females collected on Volcan Darwin on March 5, 2000 by L. Roque. These specimens either lacked their abdomen or the latter was in a gelatine capsule. Galagete cinerea is most closely related to G consimilis and G. darwini as explained above under the Remarks for G. consimilis. Galagete levequei sp. n. Figs 10, 11, 28, 36 Holotype ¢, Ecuador: Galapagos, Santa Cruz, Finca Vilema, 2 km W Bella Vista, 1.1v.1992, M[ercury] V[apour] L[amp] (B. Landry), (MHNG). Paratypes, Ecuador: 12 d, 19 © from the Galapagos Islands, collected at MVL by B. Landry unless specified otherwise. 4 d with same data as holotype; 2 more 4,6 2 from Santa Cruz: 1 3 (dissected, BL 1136), 1 2, 4 km N Puerto Ayora, 20.1.1989; 1 9, Tortuga Reserve, W Santa Rosa, 6.11.1989; 1 8,3 © (one dissected, BL 1303), 2 km W Bella Vista, 27.1.1989; 1 9, 5 km N Puerto Ayora, Transition Zone, 17.1x.2001, u[ltra] v[iolet] I[ight] (L. Roque). Isabela: 2 2, Puerto Villamil, 2.11.1989: 1 d, 1 2, 11 km N Puerto Villamil, 9.111.1989; 1 4 (dissected, BL 1304), 2 2,.8.5 km N Puerto Villamil, 11.11.1989; 1 8, 2 2, 11 km N Puerto Villamil, 13.11.1989; 2 ©, Alcedo, lado N[orte] E[ste], 200 m, camp arida alta, 14.iv.2002, u[ltra] v[iolet] I[ight] (B. Landry, L. Roque); 1 9, Alcedo, lado N[orte] E[ste], ca. 100 m, day on Opuntia pad, 14.1v.2002, (B. Landry); 1 4, 3 2 (one dissected, BL 1305), + 15 km N Puerto Villamil, 25.v.1992; 1 dé (dissected, BL 1391), Alcedo, Zona arida alta, Malaise Trap, 13.x.1999 (L. Roque); 1 3, Alcedo, arida alta, 200 m, Adulto en Opuntia insularis, 28.x.2000, Coll # 2000- 016 (L. Roque) (BMNH, CDRS, CNC, MHNG). Diagnosis. Within the genus, and among all Galapagos Lepidoptera, the forewing markings of Galagete levequei are unique. Galagete cristobalensis (fig. 12) GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 857 Fic. 35 Female genitalia. A-C. Galagete consimilis: A. Segment VIII and ostium bursae (scale = 0.2 mm); B. Unflattened corpus bursae; C. Enlarged signum of separate specimen than A or B (scale = 0.05 mm). D-F. Galagete cinerea: D. Whole genitalia (scale = 0.2 mm); E. Enlarged signum of same specimen; F. Enlarged signum of another specimen (some spines broken). 858 B. LANDRY is the closest in wing markings, but, among several characters, it does not have the broad transverse band submedially, and it is generally smaller with a maximal wing- span of 7.3 mm, whereas 8.5 mm is the minimal wingspan in G. levequei. Description. Head white with some dark-brown periorbital scales posteriorly and anteriorly, sometimes with pale-brown or beige periorbital scales dorsally. Haustellum and maxillary palpus white. Labial palpus white with dark brown laterally on first segment and basal half of second segment, and as rings postmedially and sub- apically on third segment; sometimes with a few brown scales subapically on second segment. Antennal scape mostly dark brown with white scales ventrally, especially at base and apex; basal third of flagellomere dark brown, subsequently paler brown. Thorax white with dark-brown band anteriorly, darker brown on tegula with anterior band somewhat extending laterally; metascutellum pale creamy white as abdomen. Foreleg coxa pale greyish brown with beige scales at base; femur dark brown with a narrow longitudinal line of beige ventrally; tibia dark brown with a few white or beige scales at base, apex, and sometimes middle; tarsomere I dark brown with beige at base and apex; tarsomeres II-IV dark brown, sometimes with beige at apex of tarsomere II; tarsomere V beige. Midleg beige with greyish brown at apex of femur, basally and sub- apically on tibia, and on most of tarsomeres, except tarsomere V, usually mostly beige. Hindleg mostly beige, including long dorsal scales on tibia, with greyish brown at base of tibia and base of tarsomeres I-IV, sometimes also at base of tarsomere I. Male wingspan (n=12): 9.0-10.0 mm; female’s (n=20): 8.5-11.5 mm. Forewing (figs 10, 11) white to pale greyish brown with dark-brown markings as a broad basal triangle larger on costa, a broad submedian band that is more or less triangular and does not reach inner margin in Santa Cruz series (or that is more or less rectangular, reaching inner margin, and sometimes constricted below costa in Isabela series), and a small to large spot on costa at about 3/4 sometimes connected to a smaller spot below along middle line; the larger basal and submedian markings connected by thin dark-brown line on costa; area below submedian band usually pale yellowish brown in Santa Cruz series; sector at 3/4 variably suffused with pale yellowish brown to brown (scales being generally brown at base and beige on apical half, but rarely entirely dark brown to form a wide band), sometimes with a few dark-brown scales on inner margin (in Isabela series); apical sector more or less suffused with brown (scales being brown at base and beige on apical half) or pale yellowish brown or dark brown, sometimes with a darker brown area at apex, sometimes with evenly spaced paler spots along margin; fringe generally greyish brown, sometimes with double linear pattern in cases where scales are distinctly darker brown at base and paler apically. Hindwing uniformly pale grey; fringe creamy white. Abdomen dorsally and laterally whitish grey or pale yellowish grey, with variable amounts of modified pointed scales usually more yellowish, but not distinctly thicker, on terga II-VI; uniformly pale yellowish white ventrally and around genitalia. Male genitalia (n=3) (fig. 28). Basal half of uncus only slightly angled from second half; second half not produced dorsally, apex smooth and rounded; arms of medium size, not laterally compressed, triangular, apically rounded; dorsal crests broadly rounded, poorly demarcated. Median hook of gnathos rather short and thick, only slightly upturned and pointed apically. Dorsal connection of tegumen very wide; GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 859 rar Sates .° 5°, ° oy © eo WA n > da Pa” ° 405 er, L = er “go oe? be se 2 È DB z = ~ # - #7 7 RAT ee 5 ye © Que F =< 6394 Quan = ? < x e SR ee ae de 5 PS EME » 5 DER, D bi ‘ FIG. 36 Female genitalia. A-D. Galagete levequei: A. Whole genitalia (scale = 0.2 mm); B. Unflattened corpus bursae in ventral view; C. Unflattened corpus bursae in lateral view; D. Enlargement of signum of specimen figured in A-C (scale = 0.05 mm). E, F. Unassociated Galagete female: E. Whole genitalia (scale = 0.2 mm); F. Enlarged signum of same specimen. 860 B. LANDRY pedunculi short, of medium width. Lateral arms of transtilla short, circular, evenly sclerotized, dorsally with rather long narrow scales not imbricated; median arm about twice as long as lateral arms, apically enlarged, blunt, compressed dorsoventrally, and slightly upturned. Valva rather long, dorsal margin only slightly angled ventrally near apex, ventral margin smooth, trending dorsally from about middle, apex narrowly rounded; costa only slightly more strongly melanized from base to almost apex; sacculus short, spoon shaped, narrowly pointed apicomedially. Juxta symmetrical, more or less heart shaped, with deep circular notch. Vinculum short and broadly rounded, without dorsal projection medially. Aedeagus narrow, slightly arched, slightly larger on basal 2/5 with short coecum penis adorned with short medioventral crest; apical 1/3 open ventrally, dorsal wall not subapically enlarged, apically rounded and slightly bent to the right; vesica apically spiculate, without cornuti. Female genitalia (n=2) (fig. 36). Papillae anales rather elongate (about 2 X longer than broad in ventral view), laterally compressed along margins in situ, narrowing gently toward apex, and narrowly rounded at apex in lateral view; dorso- basal margin not emarginate, broadly rounded. Posterior apophyses straight, slightly enlarged and curved at apex, about as long as papillae anales, reaching ostium bursae. Dorsal branch of anterior apophyses straight; dorsal and free branches together slightly longer than posterior apophyses; ventral branches forming broadly rounded, heavily melanized band, slightly diffused medially, along basal margin of sternum. Apical mar- gin of sternum VIII with lobes broad; emargination rounded and shallow, reaching about 2/5 length between apices of lobes and margin of sternum. Apical margin of tergum VIII broadly and shallowly emarginate medially, without distinct lateral lobes. Ostium bursae with medium-sized (about 2 X wider than long) sclerotized ring. Ductus bursae constricted at base, subsequently medium sized and gradually enlarging into corpus bursae. Inception of ductus seminalis shortly after basal constriction of ductus bursae. Corpus bursae not distinctly demarcated from ductus but with submedian slight constriction dividing medium-sized basal section and slightly broader apical section projecting to the left and apically rounded, with spicules especially evident around constriction dividing two parts of bursa, with strong scobination around signum; signum a lozenge-shaped plate with pair of short lateral, spinelike ridges, situated at apex of projected apical section. Etymology. In recognition of the conservation efforts of Dr. Raymond Lévéque, Swiss ornithologist and first director of the Charles Darwin Research Station, between 1960 and 1962. The suggestion to name a new species for Dr. Lévéque came from the Galapagos Conservation Trust of England. Biology. The moths were collected at light from sea level to 570 m in elevation between mid-January to the end of May, as well as in September and October. Two females collected on Isabela (Alcedo) by L. Roque in September 2001 (CDRS) probably belong to this species. Their labels mention “Barrenador [borer on] Scalesia affinis”. These specimens were reared from dead leaves but the behaviour and food of the larvae are not known for certain (L. Roque, pers. comm.). Two other specimens collected on Santa Cruz (30.1.2002, R. Boada) (CDRS) are probably also G. levequei. Their labels mention “Minador [miner] Scalesia retroflexa.” However, this appears to be an error and the moths can only be said to have been reared from dead leaves or GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 861 FIG. 37 Male genitalia of Galagete cinerea. A. Ventral parts (scale = 0.25 mm); B. Aedeagus; C. Dorsal parts. 862 B. LANDRY branches of the plant (L. Roque, pers. comm.). One female was collected during the day while it was resting in the shade of an Opuntia pad standing at about one meter high. The male paratype for which the label mentions “Adulto en Opuntia insularis” was not reared but collected with an entomological aspirator (or pooter) among pads of the plant (L. Roque, pers. comm.). Distribution. The only known collecting localities are on Santa Cruz and Isabela. I assume that this is an endemic species. Remarks. The specimens collected on Isabela are generally darker than those collected on Santa Cruz, but since I could not detect any differences in the genitalia between the two series, I interpret the colour differences as infraspecific. The two females associated with Scalesia affinis (see Biology section) are not included in the type series because their metathorax and abdomen were detached and placed in a gela- tine capsule. Also, although the genitalia of one of them show no appreciable differences with those of the two dissected female paratypes, they have much larger dark markings than the paratypes from Isabela. The male and female associated with S. retroflexa are not included as paratypes either because they are darker than the other known specimens from Santa Cruz, smaller (wingspan of 7.0-7.5 mm; perhaps due to the rearing condition), and the male genitalia show some differences with those of the dissected male paratypes. Another specimen is not included in the series of paratypes as it lacks the abdomen. It was collected on Isabela (Alcedo) at 570 meters in elevation by L. Roque in October 1998 (CDRS). The phylogenetic relationships of G. levequei to the other species of Galagete are unknown. However, as shown in five of the seven trees produced by the cladistic analysis, this species may be more closely related to G. cristobalensis. This relationship is supported by the whitish to cream-coloured forewing with dark-brown markings (character state 15-2 on Table 1). Galagete cristobalensis sp. n. Figs-12; 29533 Holotype 4 , Ecuador: Galapagos, San Cristobal, 4 km SE Puerto Baquerizo, 12.11.1989, Mlercury] V[apour] L[amp] (B. Landry), (CNC). Paratypes, Ecuador: 6 4,2 9 from the island of San Cristobal, Galapagos Islands, col- lected at MVL by B. Landry. 3 & (one dissected, BL 1145) with same data as holotype; 3 d (one dissected, BL 1302), 1 2 from same locality as holotype, 20.11.1989; 1 2 (dissected, BL 1301), base of Cerro Pelado, 22.11.1989. (CDRS, CNC, MHNG). Diagnosis. Among Galapagos moths, the wing pattern of Galagete cristo- balensis is unmistakable. Only Galagete levequei (figs 10, 11) is somewhat similar, but it has an additional broad transverse band submedially, and it is generally larger, with a minimal wingspan of 8.5 mm, whereas the maximal wingspan of G. cristobalensis is 7.3 mm. Description. Head cream coloured, with brown periorbital scales posteriorly, and usually also anteriorly and dorsally, the latter being sometimes yellowish brown or pale brown. Haustellum and maxillary palpus white or whitish beige. Labial palpus segment I brown dorsally and white ventrally; segment II whitish beige with dark- brown rings disconnected dorsally: one large on most of basal half and one smaller subapically; segment III whitish beige with complete dark-brown rings basally, post- medially, and subapically. Antennal scape dark brown with white ring apically, also GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 863 with white scaling at base and ventrally; flagellum dark brown at base, somewhat paler beyond base and with scales erect toward apex. Thorax cream coloured, with dark brown at base of tegula and apparently (where the minuten has been placed) as a small spot in the middle; metascutellum greyish white, shining. Foreleg coxa dark brown with large whitish-beige patch basally; femur mostly dark brown, with some white api- cally; tibia dark brown with a few white scales apically and postmedially; tarsomeres mostly dark brown with a few white scales at base and apex of tarsomere I, and with beige on most of tarsomere V. Midleg coxa mostly white; femur dark brown with a few white scales at base and apex; tibia dark brown with whitish beige to yellowish beige basally, postmedially, apically, and on spines; tarsomere I dark brown with whitish beige at base and apex; tarsomeres II and III basally dark brown, apically whitish beige; tarsomere IV basally dark brown, apically beige; tarsomere V beige. Hindleg coxa dark brown at base, white apically; femur dark brown with whitish beige at base and apically; tibia dark brown with whitish-beige or beige on spines, dorsal fringe of elongate scales, and apex; tarsomeres mostly beige, with dark brown on basal half of tarsomere I and at base of tarsomere II. Male wingspan (n=7): 7.0-7.5 mm; female’s (n=2): 7.0-8.0 mm. Forewing (fig. 12) cream coloured with dark-brown markings as a broad, almost crescent-shaped band basally, slightly continuing on costa, a small costal spot submedially with another small spot below in cubital fold, a slightly larger costal spot postmedially, a medium-sized band submedially from inner margin to alittle above midline, and a medium-sized apical spot on costa that sometimes extends slightly toward middle of wing; fringe cream coloured. One female specimen with slightly larger submedian, postmedian, and apical spots, the latter covering the entire apex of the wing as opposed to being only on the costa in the male specimens. Hindwing pale greyish brown, shining; fringe greyish brown on costa, cream coloured elsewhere except at base of inner margin, mostly white. Abdomen greyish white dorsally, shining, without modified pointed scales; brown laterally and ventrally, ex- cept around genitalia, whitish beige. Male genitalia (n=2) (fig. 29). Basal half of uncus only slightly angled from sec- ond half; second half not produced dorsally, apex with or without a pair of very short points; arms not compressed laterally, sub-triangular, broad and short with rounded apex; dorsal crests broadly rounded, only slightly protruding. Median hook of gnathos of medium girth, apically rounded and not distinctly upturned. Dorsal connection of tegumen very wide; pedunculi short and wide. Lateral arms of transtilla short and slightly elongate, evenly sclerotized, dorsally with fan-shaped scales of medium length and not imbricated, apically rounded; median arm short, about 2/3 length of lateral arms, narrow, apically pointed. Valva rather short, dorsal margin only slightly angled ventrally toward apex, ventral margin with low basal bump, gently angled dorsally from middle, rather broadly rounded apically; costa only slightly more melanized from base to 2/3; sacculus a rather wide, laterally compressed square projecting apicodor- sally and toward middle, with low supporting ridge perpendicular to it from base dorsally. Juxta symmetrical, more or less heart shaped, with rather deep narrowly rounded notch. Vinculum short and rounded, without dorsal projection medially. Aedeagus narrow, slightly angled from middle, slightly larger at base with short coecum penis sometimes adorned with short crest medioventrally; apical 1/3 open 864 B. LANDRY ventrally, dorsal wall slightly enlarged subapically, apically rounded and slightly bent to the right; vesica apically with cluster of rather long spicules, without cornuti. Female genitalia (n=1) (fig. 33). Papillae anales longer than broad (about 2 X longer than broad), laterally compressed along dorsal margin in situ, slightly narrowing toward apex, rather narrowly rounded at apex in lateral view and bent downward; dor- sobasal margin interrupted by median longitudinal fold less strongly melanized than lateral setose papillae proper. Posterior apophyses slightly angled upward beyond middle, otherwise straight, apically curved slightly, reaching slightly beyond ostium bursae. Free branch of anterior apophyses only slightly curved inward near middle and subsequently parallel sided; dorsal and free branches together slightly longer than posterior apophyses; ventral branches forming narrow, heavily melanized and broadly rounded band, with slight emargination medially, at basal margin of sternum. Apical margin of sternum VIII with lobes rather broad; emargination deep and narrow, reaching slightly more than 2/3 distance between apices of lobes and basal margin of sternum. Apical margin of tergum VIII only very slightly depressed medially, without lateral lobes. Ostium bursae with bowl-shaped (about as long as wide) sclerotized ring with slightly emarginate apicoventral margin. Ductus bursae constricted at base, subsequently narrow to corpus bursae. Inception of ductus seminalis shortly after basal constriction of ductus bursae. Corpus bursae apparently medium sized, slightly enlarging toward apex, and apically rounded (but corpus folded on dissected specimen), heavily spiculate; signum an oval-shaped plate placed sideways, situated subapically, with pair of short lateral, spinelike ridges. Etymology. The name of G. cristobalensis is derived from the name of the island where it was found, which in turns derives from the name of the passionate explorer, Christopher Columbus. Biology. The moths were collected at light in February at median elevations. Distribution. So far found only on San Cristöbal Island of the Galapagos, this species is currently believed to be endemic to the archipelago, and possibly to that single island. Remarks. The phylogenetic relationships of G. cristobalensis to other species of Galagete are unknown. However, see above under Remarks for G. levequei. Galagete pecki sp. n. Figs 13, 30, 32 Holotype 4, Ecuador: Galapagos, Isabela, + 15 km N P[uer]to Villamil, 25.v.1992, Mlercury] V[apour] L[amp] (B. Landry), (MHNG). Paratypes, Ecuador: 12 3, 2 © from Isabela, collected at MVL by B. Landry. 1 3 (dis- sected, BL 1340) with same data as holotype; 1 d, 11 km N Puerto Villamil, 9.ii1.1989; 1 9, 8.5 km N Puerto Villamil, 11.11.1989; 9 6,2 2 (one dissected BL 1341), 13 km N Puerto Villamil, 13.11.1989 (CDRS, CNC, MHNG). Diagnosis. This is a small beige species with dark-brown markings variable in size. This combination of size, colour, and markings is unique. Some specimens of G. darwini (figs 7, 8) and G. consimilis (fig. 9) are of the same range in size, but their background colour is brown and the markings are not strongly contrasted. Some specimens of G. turritella (figs 4, 5) may look similar also, but they are larger (wingspan: 9.2-11.7 mm) and the wing markings and colour are different. GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 865 Description. Head beige with a few dark-brown periorbital scales anteriorly near mouthparts and posterodorsally, also with a few greyish-brown tipped scales at medial bases of antennae and sometimes on occiput and vertex. Maxillary palpus beige. Haustellum whitish beige, sometimes with dark brown at base. First segment of labial palpus pale greyish brown; second segment mostly beige medially, usually with a dark-brown spot subapically and sometimes also near middle, laterally beige with dark-brown base and subapical spot; third segment beige with dark-brown rings basally, postmedially, and subapically. Antennal scape dorsally dark brown with apical row of white scales, ventrally white; flagellum dark brown on basal third, subsequently paler greyish brown. Thorax dorsally mostly beige with scales variably darker brown tipped, with shining greyish-brown row of scales basally, dark brown on basal half of tegulae and at apex of mesoscutellum medially, and shining greyish beige on meta- scutellum. Foreleg coxa greyish beige; femur dark brown with white apical spot; tibia dark brown with white spots at base and beyond middle, and beige at apex; tarsomeres dark brown with beige at apex of first, second, and last. Midleg coxa and femur as for proleg; tibia dark brown with a few white scales at base and rather large patches of beige postmedially and apically; all tarsomeres with dark brown at base and beige at apices, last tarsomere sometimes all beige. Hindleg mostly beige, sometimes with greyish brown to dark brown laterally on tibia, especially at base, and dorsally on most of tarsomere I except apex, and bases of tarsomeres II-IV. Male wingspan (n=13): 7.5- 8.7 mm; female’s (n=2): 8.2-8.3 mm. Forewing (fig. 13) beige with most of the beige scales brown tipped, with dark-brown markings as a large basocostal triangle reaching cubital fold, a small patch at base of inner margin, a small submedian costal spot joined with basal triangle by dark greyish-brown or dark-brown costal line, another small spot below and beyond submedian costal spot (slightly above midline), a larger spot in cubital fold directly below submedian costal spot, and a pair of small spots above each other, but sometimes joined, on each side of midline at about 2/3; with dark greyish brown to dark brown as a large costal triangle postmedially and along margin of wing’s apical 1/5; also with paler brown scales of various shades more or less extensively dis- tributed, but mostly below postmedian costal triangle, in apical 1/5, below pair of spots at 2/3, and below submedian large spot; fringe greyish brown at apex and inner mar- gin, mostly greyish beige on outer margin. Hindwing pale greyish brown; fringe concolorous at apex and outer margin, greyish beige on inner margin. Abdominal terga pale greyish beige with whitish-beige apical rows of scales, without distinct modified scales; sterna pale whitish beige. Male genitalia (n=2) (fig. 30). Basal half of uncus almost at right angle from posterior half; second half not produced dorsally, apical margin with pair of short points; arms not laterally compressed, triangular, short and broad, apically rounded; crests rather well demarcated and broadly rounded. Median hook of gnathos of medium size and girth, a rounded “V” in lateral view, very slightly pointed and upturned apically. Dorsal connection of tegumen wide; pedunculi short and broad but narrowing from apical margin subbasally. Lateral arms of transtilla short, almost circular, slightly elongate, with more strongly sclerotized median margin, dorsally with short to elongate scales of narrow to medium width, not imbricating; median arm longer than lateral arms and very narrow for whole length, broadly curved upward, 866 B. LANDRY narrowly pointed apically and dorsoventrally compressed. Valva of medium length and width, dorsal margin angled ventrally from about 2/3, ventral margin angled dorsally from about 2/3 and with subbasal notch, apex narrowly rounded; costa strongly melanized from base to about 2/3, with apical narrow and pointed crest directed apically, dorsally, and posteriorly; sacculus an apically rounded crest of medium length and width directed mediodorsally, with short but tall supporting ridge from base dorsally. Juxta symmetrical, almost circular to slightly elongate, with rounded but not very deep notch. Vinculum short and broadly rounded apically, without dorsal projection medially. Basal half of aedeagus angled at about half right angle from second half, about twice girth of median constricted section, with narrower coecum penis adorned with short crest; apical 2/7 not distinctly angled upward, slightly asymmetrical, opening ventrally and slightly more to the left, dorsal wall slightly enlarged to the right laterally before narrowly rounded apex; vesica with abundant spicules. Female genitalia (n=1) (fig. 32). Papillae anales only slightly longer that largest width in ventral view, in situ an elongate cone in dorsal view, narrow for whole length and apically rounded in lateral view; dorsobasal margin not melanized medially at longitudinal depression. Posterior apophyses straight with slightly enlarged and curved apices, only slightly longer than papillae anales, reaching slightly beyond ostium bursae. Free branches of anterior apophyses slightly divergent but curved inward at apex; free and dorsal branches together as long as posterior apophyses; ventrai branches forming distinct, heavily melanized, and broadly rounded band along basal margin of sternum. Apical margin of sternum VIII with lobes short and broadly round- ed, emargination shaped as a broad “‘V,” shallow, reaching almost 1/2 distance between apices of lobes and margin of sternum. Ostium bursae in bowl-shaped depression with narrow sclerotized ring. Ductus bursae slightly constricted at base, subsequently enlarged slightly and only very slightly enlarging toward corpus. Inception of ductus seminalis at about 1/4 from base of ductus bursae. Corpus bursae simply rounded, with little spiculation at level of signum; signum an irregular-shaped plate with medium- sized spine on each lateral side and with smaller spines at base of larger ones. Etymology. With much gratitude I name this species in honour of Dr. Stewart B. Peck, assuredly one of the pillars of entomological studies in the Galapagos for the last 15 years. Without him, I would never have collected a single specimen of Lepido- ptera on the archipelago, and our expeditions together were among the greatest experiences of my life as a scientist. Biology. The moths came to light at midelevations on Isabela in March and May. Distribution. The species was only found on the Galapagos island of Isabela, from where it may be endemic. Remarks. Two females from Santiago and Santa Cruz may be G. pecki based on genital features (fig. 36), but their wing pattern is different enough that I have decided to leave them unnamed for the moment. These two specimens are deposited in MHNG. The phylogenetic relationships of this species to other species of Galagete are unknown. GALAGETE, A NEW GENUS OF AUTOSTICHIDAE 867 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am very thankful to the authorities of Galapagos National Park and those of the Charles Darwin Research Station for allowing fieldwork and for logistical support in 1989, 1992, and 2002. I am grateful to the Charles Darwin Foundation and the Galapagos Conservation Trust of England for providing financial support for my investigations at the BMNH in 2000 and in the Galapagos in 2002. I am especially thankful to Lazaro Roque-Albelo for his invitation and hospitality in the Galapagos in April and May 2002. I have a great deal of gratitude for Prof. Stewart B. Peck, Carleton University, Ottawa, for inviting me to join his 1989 and 1992 Galapagos expeditions. This fieldwork was supported by an operating grant to Dr Peck from the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada for field research on arthropod evolution. I am very appreciative to the following people for their help and pleasant company in the field: Novarino Castillo, Charlotte Causton, Joyce Cook, Moraima Inca, Ricardo Palma, S. B. Peck, L. Roque-Albelo, Bradley J. Sinclair, and Eduardo Vilema. I thank curators Kevin Tuck and Klaus Sattler (BMNH) for their help in the examination of specimens and for providing vital information; Dr Sattler generously helped to determine that the species described above were new, and provided useful information on the placement of these species to genus and family. I am thankful to Jean-François Landry, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, for his multi-faceted help while I was in Ottawa working on Galapagos moths, to Florence Marteau for making the first three plates, and to Gilles Roth for inking my drawings. Finally, I am deeply appreciative of Ronald W. Hodges, Jean Mariaux, K. Sattler, and Andreas Segerer for their comments on the manuscript. REFERENCES BECKER, V. O. 1984. Cosmopterigidae (pp. 43-44). In: HEPPNER, J. B. (ed.). Atlas of Neotropical Lepidoptera, Checklist: Part 1, Micropterigoidea - Immoidea. Dr. W. Junk Publishers. The Hague, xxvii + 112 pp. CLARKE, J. F. G. 1969. Catalogue of the type specimens of Microlepidoptera in the British Museum (Natural History) described by Edward Meyrick. Volume VII. Gelechiidae (D-Z). Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History), London, 531 pp. ERIKSSON, T. 1998. AutoDecay, version 4.0. Bergius Foundation, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm. Distributed by the author. FINSTON, T. L. & PECK, S. B. 1997. Genetic differentiation and speciation in Stomion (Coleo- ptera: Tenebrionidae): flightless beetles of the Galapagos Islands, Ecuador. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 61: 183-200. GAEDE, M. 1937. Familia: Gelechiidae (pp. 1-630). In: WAGNER, H., STRAND, E. & BRYK, F. (eds). Lepidopterorum Catalogus, part 79, Vol. IV. Dr. W. Junk, Berlin. GOZMANY, L. 1963. The family Symmocidae and the description of new taxa mainly from the Near East (Lepidoptera). Acta Zoologica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 9: 67-134. GozMANy, L. 1964. On the generic groups Eremica Walsingham and Symmocoides Amsel (Lepidoptera: Symmocidae). Acta Zoologica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 10: 101-129. GOZMANY, L. 1967. New symmocid moths (Lepidoptera) in the Collection of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). Annales Historico-Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici 59: 353- 201 GOZMANY, L. 1975. New symmocid species (Lepidoptera) and the description of an unknown abdominal organ. Acta Zoologica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 21: 263-269. 868 B. LANDRY GOZMANY, L. 2000. Holcopogonidae. Jn: GAEDIKE, R. (ed.). Microlepidoptera Palaearctica. Goecke & Evers, Keltern, 176 pp. Hayes, A. H. 1975. The larger moths of the Galapagos Islands (Geometroidea: Sphingoidea & Noctuoidea). Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 4 series, 40: 145-208. HopGEs, R. W. 1983. Gelechiidae (pp. 19-25). In: HODGES, R. W. et al. (eds.). Check List of the Lepidoptera of America North of Mexico. E. W. Classey Ltd. and the Wedge Ento- mological Research Foundation, London, xxiv + 284 pp. HODGES, R. W. 1986. Gelechioidea: Gelechiidae (in part). In: DOMINICK, R. B. et al. (eds). The Moths of America North of Mexico, fasc. 7.1. The Wedge Entomological Research Foundation, Kansas, 195 + xiii pp. HODGES, R. W. 1999. The Gelechioidea (pp. 131-158). Jn: KRISTENSEN, N. P. (ed.). Handbook of Zoology, Lepidoptera, Moths and Butterflies, Vol. 1: Evolution, Systematics, and Biogeography. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin & New York, x + 491 pp. LANDRY, B. 1993. Additions to the knowledge of the Pterophoridae (Lepidoptera) of the Galapagos archipelago, Ecuador, with descriptions of two new species. Zoologische Mededelingen, Leiden 67: 473-485. LANDRY, B. 2001. The Cosmopterigidae (Lepidoptera) of the Galapagos Islands, Ecuador. Revue suisse de Zoologie 108: 513-539. LANDRY, B. & GIELIS, C. 1992. A synopsis of the Pterophoridae (Lepidoptera) of the Galapagos Islands, Ecuador. Zoologische Verhandelingen, Leiden 276: 1-42. LANDRY, B. & RINDGE, F. H. 1995. Additions to the Geometridae (Lepidoptera) of the Galapagos Islands, Ecuador, with the description of a new species of Eupithecia. American Museum Novitates No. 3118: 1-10. Meyrick, E. 1926. On Micro-Lepidoptera from the Galapagos Islands and Rapa. Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society of London 74: 269-278. MINET, J. 1986. Ebauche d’une classification moderne de l’ordre des Lépidoptères. Alexanor 14: 291-313. PAGE, R. D. M. 1996. TREEVIEW: An application to display phylogenetic trees on personal computers. Computer Applications in the Biosciences 12: 357-358. PECK, S. B., HERATY, J., LANDRY, B. & SINCLAIR, B. J. 1998. Introduced insect fauna of an ocean- ic archipelago: The Galapagos Islands, Ecuador. American Entomologist 44: 218-237. RINDGE, F. H. 1973. The Geometridae (Lepidoptera) of the Galapagos Islands. American Museum Novitates No. 2510: 1-31. SWOFFORD, D. L. 2001. PAUP*. Phylogenetic Analysis Using Parsimony (* and other methods) version 4.0b8 (Altivec). Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, Mass. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 869-877; décembre 2002 Pseudaparopion, new genus of Curculionidae from southern Caspic region (Coleoptera, Curculionoidea, Molytinae) Roman BOROVEC!, Giuseppe OSELLA? & Anna Maria ZUPPA? ! Husovo nam. 48, Nechanice, Czech Republic. 2 Dipartimento di Scienze Ambientali, Università degli studi dell’ Aquila, Via Vetoio, 1-67100 L’ Aquila, Italy. Pseudaparopion, new genus of Curculionidae from southern Caspic region (Coleoptera, Curculionoidea, Molytinae). - A new genus, Pseu- daparopion, from southern Caspic region, is described. It includes two species: P. aequale (Reitter, 1883) from Lenkoran (Azerbajdzan) and P. kadleci sp. n. from Mazandaran (Iran). P. aequale was originally described by Reitter (1883) as Aparopion aequale but clearly does not belong in, that genus on the basis of intervals not raised and structure of VIII sternite of female. A lectotype and paralectotype are here designated for P. aequale; this species is transferred from genus Aparopion as Aparopion aequale. Drawings of male and female genitalia for all species are provided. Taxo- nomic account and an identification key to the species are given. Key-words: Curculionidae - Molytinae - Pseudaparopion - new genus - new species. INTRODUCTION Reitter (1883) described Aparopion aequale Reitter, 1883, from Lenkoran, dif- ferentiated from the other species of genus Aparopion Hampe, 1861, and in particular from A. costatum (Fahreus, 1843) from Caucasus and southern Europe, by intervals on elytra not raised. The original description did not mention male and female genitalia. A second, more complete description (Reitter, 1886) followed the first one and a third contribution (Reitter, 1891), added a key to the three species of Aparopion: A. costa- tum (Fahreus, 1843), A. aequale Reitter, 1883 and A. suturidens Reitter, 1891. No taxonomic accounts are available for genus Aparopion up to 1999, when Zuppa & Osella validated A. chevrolati Jacquelin du Val, 1868 (France and Italy) and described A. numidicum Zuppa & Osella, 1999 (Algeria). The authors excluded A. aequale from Aparopion because the intervals on elytra are not raised and structure of VIII sternite of female (only known sex). However, a new genus was not described as no male spe- cimen was known at the time. One of the authors (RB), found among Curculionidae from Mazandaran (northern Iran) collected by Stanislav Kadlec, a Molytinae closely related to A. aequale, whose symmetric aedeagus strongly differed from the asym- metric aedeagus of A. costatum. It is thus possible to describe Pseudaparopion gen. n., which includes P. aequale (Reitter) and P. kadleci n. sp. Manuscript accepted 04.07.2002 870 R. BOROVEC ET AL. Specimens are deposited in the following collections: (HNHM) Hungarian Natural History Museum, Budapest, Hungary (MSNM) Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Milano, Italy (MSNV) Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Verona, Italy (MHNG) Museum d’histoire naturelle, Genève, Switzerland (OS) Giuseppe Osella — Department of Environmental Science, University of L Aquila, Italy (RB) Roman Borovec private collection (MM) Massimo Meregalli private collection Pseudaparopion gen. n. Type species: Aparopion aequale Reitter, 1883. Description. Body oval, rusty brownish, with short microscopic yellowish setae. Rostrum cylindrical, in lateral view a bit curved, a bit longer than pronotum, almost parallel-sided, weakly enlarged at apex. Dorsal surface densely punctured, ven- tral surface with three keels, the middle one narrower and smaller than the lateral ones. Scrobes, in dorsal view, only visible at apex, in lateral view with upper margin better developed than bottom one, very slightly curved, reaching lower border of eye. Eye . small, weakly vaulted, elliptic. Head punctured, punctures as on rostrum, with a weak transversal depression between eyes. Antenna with slender scapus, in apical part widened, reaching anterior border of eye; funicle 7-jointed, slender, all segments longer than wide; club slender, with yellowish setae. Pronotum wider than long, a bit constricted behind anterior border, with arcuated sides without lateral lobes, densely punctured. Scutellum very small or invisible. Elytra oval, shoulder rounded, sides regularly arcuated, with 10 striae. Striae irregularly punctured, deeper than intervals with irregular row of small granules. Prosternum bow-shaped. Procoxae semi-globular, equidistant from anterior and posterior border of prosternum. Mesocoxae semi-glo- bular, distance between them about 2/3 of diameter of mesocoxa. Mesepisternum and mesepimeron fused, without suture. Metepisternum invisible. Metasternum very wide and short, distance between mesocoxae and metacoxae shorter than diameter of meso- coxae. Metacoxae oval, transverse, distance between them about 2.5 times diameter of metacoxae. Ventrite | as long as ventrite 2; this longer than ventrites 3+4 and about the same length as ventrite 5. Suture between ventrites 3 and 4 deep, sutures of other ven- trites shallow. The whole ventral sides of body densely and roughly punctured with rare, fine, short yellowish setae. Legs feebly robust. Trochanters small, triangular- shaped, femora untoothed. Tibiae curved on inner side, punctured, apex of anterior tibia with row of short yellowish setae and with one large, inside curved hook-shaped spine. Tarsi slender, article 3 wider than the others, bilobated, claws free. Sexual dimorphism. Male with rostrum shorter and wider than female; in females ventrite 5 longer at apex, regularly arcuated. Male genitalia symmetrical, well sclerotised; tegmen with short manubrium. Female genitalia with sternite VIII well sclerotised, with apical setae; spermatheca c- shaped. Etymology. The name Pseudaparopion (Pseudo = false) refers to the similarity with Aparopion. PSEUDAPAROPION, NEW GENUS OF CURCULIONIDAE 871 Distribution. Pseudaparopion seems to be endemic to coasts along Caspic sea, from Lenkoran in the north to montane and sub-montane areas in Damavand and Ala- Dagh, northern Iran, in the south. It is replaced in Caucasus by Aparopion. Ecology. No information is available for P. aequale. P. kadleci sp. n. was col- lected in superficial soil litter in broad-leaved forests, namely beech (Fagus orientalis Lipsky, 1898). Pseudaparopion seems to colonize the same habitat as Aparopion, although more researches are necessary for a complete knowledge of its ecology. Host plants for larva and adult are not known. Larva of Aparopion is xylophagous (Zuppa & Osella, 1999). Pseudaparopion aequale (Reitter, 1883) comb. n. Figs 1-2b Aparopion aequale Reitter, 1883: 9. Reitter, 1883: 9. Reitter, 1886: 231. Reitter, 1891: 249. Heyden et al., 1891: 301. Heyden et al. 1906: 652. Dalla Torre & Schenkling, 1932: 89. Winkler, 1932: 1572. Zuppa & Osella, 1999: 2. Type Locality: Lenkoran (Azerbajdzan). Type Series. Lectotype female, dissected, here designated, labelled “Lenkoran, Leder (Reitter)/coll. Reitter/Holotypus 1884 Aparopion aequale Reitter” (HNHM). Paralectotype female, labelled “ Lenkoran, Leder (Reitter)/coll. Reitter/Paratypus 1884 Aparopion aequale Reitter” (HNHM). Paralectotype female, labelled “ Lenkoran, Leder (Reitter)/ Aparopion n. sp. coll. Reitter” (HNHM). Paralectotype female, labelled “ Caspic M. Gebiet, Leder (Reitter)/ Aparopion aequale Reitt. coll. Jekel” (MSNM). A lectotype is designated out of the syntypic series in order to fix unambiguously the status of this species. Description. Body oval, light reddish, scarcely glossy, with short reclined golden setae on the whole body excluding rostrum and scape. Rostrum scarcely glossy, cylindrical at base, slightly widened at apex, weakly curved, barely longer than prono- tum (female specimens), densely punctured, lacking distinct keels. Scrobes visible from above only in posterior part. Antenna with slender scape, weakly widened at apex. Funicle with all segments longer than wide, of moderately increasing largeness; club elliptical, first segment slightly glossy, longer than the two remaining; these last shortly setose. Eye elliptical, flat or weakly convex. Pronotum as typical of the genus. Scutellum invisible. Elytra elliptical, longer than wide, scarcely convex, shoulders rounded. Striae more impressed in basal third, scarcely impressed towards apex; first 5 with deep punctures, more distinct in basal third, shallow and scarcely distinct towards apex; intervals wider than striae, weakly raised in basal third, with small punctures and short setae. Legs weakly robust, punctured, with stiff gold setae at apex. Tarsus with segment | longer than wide; segment 2 triangular; segment 3 bilobate. Onychium strongly curved, with slender free claws. Female genitalia. Sternum VIII with few apical setae, long, slender; arms broad, apically convergent, with outer margins almost parallel; fenestral area open, elongate, triangular. Apodemes broadly divergent, contiguous to base. Spermatheca with ramus distinct, extended slightly past insertion of spermathecal duct, set off from body by marked emargination; nodulus more or less slightly convex (Fig. 2b). Measurements. Lectotype female. Total length without rostrum = 3.75 mm; rostral length from hind margin of the ocular dimple to apex = 1.16 mm; rostral width inclusive of scrobes = 0.31 mm; rostral width except scrobes = 0.25 mm; rostral width under scrobes = 0.28 mm; head 872 R. BOROVEC ET AL. re bor A 17 Ny Ly Ù) i A cy la A a | «I NE CEI ES ie | GDF Marco FIG. 1 Habitus of Pseudaparopion aequale (Reitter, 1883) (Lectotypus): Lenkoran (Azerbajdzan). PSEUDAPAROPION, NEW GENUS OF CURCULIONIDAE 873 width = 0.59 mm; scape length = 0.69 mm; funicular length = 0.59 mm; club length = 0.28 mm; funicular joint 1 length = 0.12 mm; joint 2 length = 0.14 mm; joint 3 length = 0.06 mm; joint 4 length = 0.06 mm; joint 5 length = 0.06 mm; joint 6 length = 0.06 mm; joint 7 length = 0.06 mm; interocular distance = 0.29 mm; pronotal length = 1.09 mm; pronotal maximum width = 1.31 mm; fore margin of pronotum width = 0.94 mm; elytral length = 2.62 mm; elytral maximum width = 2.03 mm; elytral base width = 1.31 mm. Paralectotype female. Total length without rostrum = 3.25 + 0.4 mm; rostral length from hind margin of the ocular dimple to apex = 1.03 + 0.05 mm; rostral width inclusive of scrobes = 0.3 + 0.02 mm; rostral width except scrobes = 0.23 + 0.03 mm; rostral width under scrobes = 0.26 + 0.02 mm; head width = 0.55 + 0.03 mm; scape length = 0.65 + 0.09 mm; funicular length = 0.57 + 0.1 mm; club length = 0.22 + 0.03 mm; funicular joint 1 length = 0.1 + 0.01 mm; joint 2 length = 0.11 + 0.006 mm; joint 3 length = 0.06 + 0.006 mm; joint 4 length = 0.06 + 0.006 mm; joint 5 length = 0.06 + 0.006 mm; joint 6 length = 0.06 + 0.006 mm; joint 7 length = 0.06 + 0.006 mm; interocular distance = 0.29 + 0.02 mm; pronotal length = 1.03 + 0.16 mm; prono- tal maximum width = 1.2 + 0.05 mm; fore margin of pronotum width = 0.81 + 0.06 mm; ely- tral length = 2.22 + 0.27 mm; elytral maximum width = 1.91 + 0.08 mm; elytral base width = 1.2 + 0.05 mm. Pseudaparopion kadleci sp. n. Figs 2a-2c Type Locality: Mazandaran (Iran). Type Series. Holotype male: North Iran, Mazandaran, 10 Km S Caltis, 36°34’N, 51°22’E, 250-400 m, 21-23.vi.2000, Igt. S. Kadlec (MSNV). Paratypes: 4 males (1 d MHNG, 1 é MM, 1 RB), 2 females (1 2 OS, 1 © RB). Description. Body oval, rusty brownish, tarsus and antenna lighter. Whole body excluding rostrum and scapus with short, reclined yellowish setae. Rostrum robust, glossy, cylindrical, in lateral view a bit curved, in both sexes slightly longer than pronotum. Rostrum in basal half anteriorly tapered, widened towards apical half ante- riorly enlarged. Eye oval, feebly convex. Antennae with scapus slender, only in apical part enlarged. 1 segment of funicle longer than wide, a bit wider and shorter than the second one, that is longer than wide. Segments 3-6 wider than long, segment 7 longer than wide. Club about as long as last three funicle segments, slender, pointed. Pronotum wider than long, characters as in genus description. Elytra longer than wide. Scutellum incospicuous. Every interval brings two irregular rows of yellowish setae, placed on small granules. The same setae placed in each puncture of striae. Femurs un- toothed. Tibiae double curved in inner side, apex of tibia with row of short, yellowish setae. Tarsi slender; segment | longer than wide, conical; segment 2 wider than long; segment 3 strongly bilobated, much wider than the others. Onychium longer than seg- ment 3. Claws free. Male genitalia. Median lobe with dorsal surface, excluding orificial area, scle- rotized; ventral surface sclerotized, parallel-side; extreme apex elongate, slightly rounded, curved outside, in lateral view curved; dorsobasal margin distinct, deeply emarginate. Apodemes as long as median lobe. Tegmen without parameres (Fig. 2a). Female genitalia as in A. aequale except fenestral area open, short, subelliptical (Fig. De) Measurements. Holotype male. Total length without rostrum = 4.16 mm; rostral length from hind margin of the ocular dimple to apex = 1.16 mm; rostral width inclusive of scrobes = 0.5 mm; rostral width except scrobes = 0.28 mm; rostral width under scrobes = 0.31 mm; head width = 0.62 mm; scape length = 0.84 mm; funicular length = 0.69 mm; club length = 0.34 mm; funicular joint 1 length = 0.12 mm; joint 2 length = 0.16 mm; joint 3 length = 0.06 mm; joint 4 874 R. BOROVEC ET AL. T ERE EE a, 1 a el © A ce HS Fic. 2 Aedeagus (dorsal and lateral view) and spiculum gastrale of Pseudaparopion kadleci sp. n. (Holotypus): North Iran, Mazandaran (a) (scale line 0.5 mm); spiculum ventrale (scale line 0.2 mm) and spermatheca (scale line 0.5 mm) of Pseudaparopion aequale (Reitter, 1883) (Lectotypus): Lenkoran (Azerbajdzan) (b) and Pseudaparopion kadleci sp. n. (Paratypus): North Iran, Mazandaran (c). 14 PSEUDAPAROPION, NEW GENUS OF CURCULIONIDAE 875 length = 0.06 mm; joint 5 length = 0.06 mm; joint 6 length = 0.06 mm; joint 7 length = 0.06 mm; interocular distance = 0.31 mm; pronotal length = 1.12 mm; pronotal maximum width = 1.41 mm; fore margin of pronotum width = 0.97 mm; elytral length = 3.03 mm; elytral maxi- mum width = 2.25 mm; elytral base width = 1.41 mm. Paratype male. Total length without rostrum = 3.58 + 0.43 mm; rostral length from hind margin of the ocular dimple to apex = 1 + 0.05 mm; rostral width inclusive of scrobes = 0.39 + 0.04 mm; rostral width except scrobes = 0.24 + 0.03 mm; rostral width under scrobes = 0.30 + 0.03 mm; head width = 0.60 + 0.08 mm; scape length = 0.82 + 0.07 mm; funicular length = 0.64 + 0.07 mm; club length = 0.30 + 0.03 mm; funicular joint 1 length = 0.09 mm; joint 2 length = 0.12 mm; joint 3 length = 0.06 mm; joint 4 length = 0.06 mm; joint 5 length = 0.06 mm; joint 6 length = 0.06 mm; joint 7 length = 0.06 mm; interocular distance = 0.30 + 0.03 mm; pronotal length = 1.01 + 0.13 mm; pronotal maximum width = 0.98 + 0.49 mm; fore margin of pronotum width = 0.86 + 0.1 mm; elytral length = 2.56 + 0.3 mm; elytral maximum width = 2.03 +0.23 mm; elytral base width = 1.28 + 0.11 mm. Paratype female. Total length without rostrum = 3.95 + 0.16 mm; rostral length from hind margin of the ocular dimple to apex = 0.67 + 0.69 mm; rostral width inclusive of scrobes = 0.34 mm; rostral width except scrobes = 0.22 mm; rostral width under scrobes = 0.28 mm; head width = 0.5 + 0.31 mm; scape length = 0.8 + 0.02 mm; funicular length = 0.64 + 0.03 mm; club length = 0.28 mm; funicular joint 1 length = 0.11 + 0.02 mm; joint 2 length = 0.14 + 0.03 mm; joint 3 length = 0.06 mm; joint 4 length = 006 mm; joint 5 length = 0.06 mm; joint 6 length = 0.06 mm; joint 7 length = 0.06 mm; interocular distance = 0.32 + 0.02 mm; pronotal length = 1.03 + 0.06 mm; pronotal maximum width = 1.28 + 0.18 mm; fore margin of pronotum width = 0.83 + 0.11 mm; elytral length = 2.66 + 0.09 mm; elytral maximum width = 2.25 + 0.08 mm; elytral base width = 1.39 + 0.07 mm. Etymology. The new species is named after Stanislav Kadlec who collected all known specimens. Taxonomic account. Suprageneric systematics in Molytinae is far from being understood regardless to the numerous attempts (Zherichin, 1987; Kuschel, 1987). A precise classification is made complex by the large number of known taxa (about 1400 up to 1978, according to O’Brien & Wibmer, 1978), differences in descriptions, diffi- culty of finding materials for a complete revision, scarce level of faunistic knowledge, particularly in the case of extra-palaearctic faunas. Aparopion Hampe, 1861 has always been included in Curculioninae (at present Molytinae = Hylobiinae) (Bedel, 1888; Reitter, 1912; Reitter, 1916). Whithin this sub- family, Aparopion was ascribed to Plinthini, Curculionini or Anchonini and, at sub- tribal rank, to Plinthina, Leiosomatina, Cycloterina or, as recently proposed (Alonso- Zarazaga & Lyal, 1999), Typoderina. This last subtribe was described by Voss (1965) for Typoderus Marshall, 1953 (Angola). Zherichin (1987) recognized an “Ancho- nidium-group” for some Himalayan Molytinae. The author suggested that this informal group, to be named Typoderina, includes Anchonidium Bedel, 1884, Pseudoancho- nidium Osella, 1979, Aparopion Hampe, 1861, Caulomorphus Faust, 1886, Echino- morphus Fauvel, 1889, Microcopes Faust, 1886, Orinanchonus Voss, 1965, Aparo- pionella Hustache, 1939, Typoderus Marshall, 1953 and Microplinthus Zherichin, 1987. However, Zherichin did not formalize the proposal. Alonso-Zarazaga & Lyal (1999) accepted Zherichin’s opinion, without any critical justification, and added several genera to Typoderina: Neoanchonidium Hoffmann, 1968, Subanchonidium Hoffmann, 1968, Cotasteridius Péringuey, 1908, Merunymus Hoffmann, 1965, Miopus Marshall, 1949, Niphadomimus Zherichin, 1987, Oromia Alonso-Zarazaga, 1987, Pentaparopion Morimoto, 1982, Plessinellus Hoffmann, 1964, Styphloderes 876 R. BOROVEC ET AL. Wollaston, 1873, Entypoderus Voss, 1965. Caulomorphus Faust, 1886 was transferred to Plinthina; Echinomorphus Fauvel, 1889 and Microcopes Hustache, 1930 to Cossoninae Dryotribini. Typoderina sensu Alonso-Zarazaga & Lyal (1999) appears to be a rather heterogeneous group. M. Meregalli (Torino, personal communication), who is presently revising some Himalayan genera of Molytinae, confirms relationships be- tween Himalaya and Central Africa for some genera of Molytinae, as is the case of Niphades Pascoe, 1871. However, he notes that sternite VIII of females differs between Typoderus and other palaearctic genera ascribed to the tribe. The attribution of Aparopion to Cycloterina, suggested by Solari (1941), Marshall (1932) and Alonso- Zarazaga (1987) does not seem acceptable for morphological and biogeographical con- siderations: Cycloteres Schönherr, 1843 is a genus with 97 known species from Madagascar and Comores Islands (Richard, 1981); the subtribe is mainly tropical afro- american (Alonso-Zarazaga & Lyal, 1999). Thus, inclusion of Pseudaparopion gen. n. in Typoderina only basing on its presumed affinity with Aparopion is only hypotheti- cal. For the present time, we ascribe Pseudaparopion to the “Anchonidium group” sen- su Zherichin (1987). KEY TO SPECIES OF PSEUDAPAROPION GEN. N. Il Size smaller (3.25 mm). Scutellum invisible. Intervals wider than striae, with small punctures and short setae. Tarsus with segment 2 as wide as long and segment 3 bilobate. Lenkoran (Azerbajdzan) . . . P. aequale (Reitter) - Size larger (3.95 mm). Scutellum very small. Intervals as wide as striae, with small granules and two rows of setae. Tarsus with segment 2 wider than long; segment 3 strongly bilobate. Mazandaran (Iran) . . .. P. kadleci sp. n. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank Stanislav Kadlec who collected all specimens of Pseudaparopion kadleci and our friend Massimo Meregalli for taxonomic comments. REFERENCES ALONSO-ZARAZAGA, M. A. 1987. Oromia hephaestos n. gen., n. sp. de edafobio ciego de las Islas Canarias (Col., Curculionidae, Molytinae). Vieraea 17: 105-115. ALONSO-ZARAZAGA, M. A. & LyAL, C. H. C. 1999. A World Catalogue of Families and Genera of Curculionoidea (Insecta: Coleoptera) (Excepting Scolytidae and Platypodidae). Entomopraxis, 315 pp. BEDEL, L. 1888. Faune de Coléoptéres du Bassin de la Seine. Annales de la Societé ento- mologique de France 6 : 442 pp. DALLA TORRE, K. W. VON, SCHENKLING, S. & MARSHALL, G. A. K. 1932. Coleopterorum Catalogus, auspiciis et auxilio W. Junk editus a S. Schenkling, pars 122-123. Curculionidae: Hylobiinae, Curculioninae. W. Junk, Berlin: 1-112. HEYDEN, L. VON, REITTER, E. & WEISE, J. 1891. Catalogus Coleopterorum Europae, Caucasi et Armeniae rossicae. Curculionidae. Ed. Reitter: 270-330. HEYDEN, L. VON, REITTER, E. & WEISE, J. 1906. Catalogus Coleopterorum Europae, Caucasi et Armeniae rossicae. Curculionidae. Ed. Reitter: 593-707. KUSCHEL, G. 1987. The subfamily Molytinae (Coleoptera: Curculionidae): General notes and de- scriptions of new taxa from New Zealand and Chile. New Zealand Entomology 9: 1-117. PSEUDAPAROPION, NEW GENUS OF CURCULIONIDAE 877 MARSHALL, G. 1932. Notes on the Hylobiinae (Col., Curc.). Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9 (10): 341-355. O’BRIEN, C. W. & WIBMER, G. J. 1978. Numbers of Genera and Species of Curculionidae (Coleoptera). Entomological News 89 (2/3): 89-92. REITTER, E. 1883 (1884). Diagnosen neuer Coleopteren aus Lenkoran. Verhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins Briinn 22: 3-10. REITTER, E. 1886. Arthrozoa, Coleoptera. /n: RADDE. Die Fauna und Flora des südwestlichen Caspi-Gebiets. Wissenschaftliche Beiträge zu den Reisen an der Persisch-Russischen Grenze: 230-232 (Curculionidae). REITTER, E. 1891. Erster Beiträge zur Coleopteren-Fauna von Europa und den angrenzenden Ländern. Wiener Entomologische Zeitung 10: 246-249. REITTER, E. 1912. Bestimmungs-Tabellen der europäischen Coleopteren. LX VIII. Bestimmungs- Schlüssel für die Unterfamilien, Tribus und Gattungen der Curculionidae. Ver- handlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins Brünn: 1- 87. REITTER, E. 1916. Fauna Germanica. Die Käfer des Deutschen Reiches. K. G. Lutz‘ Verlag, Stuttgart: 168 pp. RICHARD, R. 1981. Insectes Coléoptéres Curculionidae Cycloterini. 55. Faune de Madagascar. Publiée sous les auspices du Governement de la République Malgache. Imprimerie Nouvelle, Paris: 5-104. SOLARI, F. 1941. Revisione dei Neoplinthus italiani ed alcune note di sistematica generale dei Curculionidi (Coleoptera). Memorie della Societa Entomologica Italiana 20: 43-90. WINKLER, A. 1932. Catalogus Coleopterorum regionis palaearcticae. Rhynchophora: Curcu- lionidae. Ed. Winkler 2: 1370-1631. Voss, E. 1965. Mission zoologique de I’I.R.S.A.C. en Afrique orientale (P. Basilewsky et N. Leleup, 1957). XCVII. Coleoptera Curculionidae II. Annales du Musée royal de L’Afrique Centrale. Serie 8. Sciences zoologiques 138: 293-377. ZHERICHIN, V. V. 1987. Curculionidae from the Nepal Himalayas. Part 1. Molytinae (Insecta: Coleoptera). Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde (Serie A) (Biologie) 411 (43): 1-43. ZUPPA, A. M. & OSELLA, G. 1999. Revisione del genere Aparopion Hampe, 1861 (Coleoptera, Curculionidae, Molytinae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 23: 1-48. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 109 (4): 879-918; décembre 2002 Revision of the genus Anonconotus Camerano, 1878 (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae) with description of A. pusillus sp. n. and A. baracunensis occidentalis ssp. n. Gilles CARRON!, Eric SARDET? & Emmanuel WERMEILLE? ! Case postale 250, CH-2002 Neuchatel, Suisse; gcarron@vtx.ch 2 Conservatoire des sites lorrains, 7 place Albert Schweitzer, F-57930 Fénétrange, France; e.sardet@bplorraine.fr 3 Petits-Chénes 4, CH-2000 Neuchatel, Suisse; ewermeille@vtx.ch Revision of the genus Anonconotus Camerano, 1878 (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae) with description of A. pusillus sp. n. and A. baracunensis occidentalis ssp. n. - The three species known to date are redescribed. The taxonomic importance of morphological characters is discussed; characters taken one by one are generally difficult to use, but the combination of sev- eral characters can be used successfully for identification. No taxonomic change occurs in either A. alpinus alpinus (Yersin, 1858) or in A. a. italo- austriacus Nadig, 1987. A. apenninigenus (Targioni-Tozzetti, 1881) is redescribed; this species is shown to be limited to the Apennine mountains and is not present in the Alps as previously thought. The Alpine populations which were considered as A. apenninigenus actually belong to A. pusillus sp. n. (populations north of Susa Valley) and to A. baracunensis occidentalis ssp. n. (south of Susa Valley). A. b. baracunensis Nadig, 1987 is limited to a very small area near the Mon Viso Mountain. A distribution map shows the updated distribution ranges of these allopatric(-parapatric) taxa in the Alps and in the Apennine mountains. Key-words: Orthoptera - Tettigoniidae - Platycleidini - Anonconotus - identification - taxonomy - distribution. INTRODUCTION The diagnostic characteristics of the genus Anonconotus Camerano, 1878 are the wrinkled upper surface of the pronotum and the relatively short antennae and post- femora. The type species of the genus is A. alpinus (Yersin, 1858). The genus is en- demic to the Alps and to the Apennine mountains (Harz, 1969). Few studies of this small genus of bush-crickets (Tettigoniidae) have been performed and many past misidentifications make previous references difficult to use. The main references are Griffini (1892), Chopard (1952), Baccetti (1954) and Harz (1969) for general remarks Manuscript accepted 30.07.2002 880 G. CARRON ET AL. on the genus, and Dreux (1962) and especially Nadig (1987) for the redescription, distribution and ecology of the different species. The song has been recorded and described by Heller (1988) and Ragge & Reynolds (1998). Until 1987, the genus included only two described species, A. alpinus (Yersin, 1858), described from the Swiss Alps, and A. apenninigenus (Targioni-Tozzetti, 1881), described from the Apennine Mountains. For a long time, the distinction between the two species was considered difficult, as the very brief original description of A. apen- ninigenus lacked any kind of diagnostic character and, being based on a single 9, was of limited value. The characters given by Chopard (1952) were not distinctive either. Both species were even synonymised by La Greca (1985). In 1987, a third species, A. baracunensis Nadig, 1987, was described from the Italian Alps. In 1999, we discovered some populations of Anonconotus in the Grées Alps (North-Western Italian Alps) whose morphological characteristics did not match any of the two previously described species. We extended our study area and examined Appenine and other Western-Alpine populations, and soon faced further difficulties in identification. Harz (1969) and mainly Nadig (1987) redescribed A. apenninigenus on the basis of Alpine specimens. Actually, as we quickly noticed, topotypical and Alpine populations do not belong to the same species. Moreover, we observed that the Alpine populations of “A. apenninigenus” included not one but two different taxa. It therefore appeared very useful to us to redescribe all taxa of this genus and to provide a new identification key. MATERIAL AND METHODS We indicate the origin of the studied material in the descriptions of the species and in the Appendix. The collections of Nadig and Harz that we examined are deposited in the Muséum d’histoire naturelle of Geneva (Switzerland) and the col- lection of La Greca in the Museo Civico di Storia Naturale of Milano (Italy). The Anonconotus collected by Yersin are distributed between Geneva (most of the spe- cimens), Lausanne (Musée zoologique) and Zürich (Eidgenössische Technische Hochschule Ziirich). Unfortunately there has been no access to the important collection of Dreux (Museum national d’ Histoire naturelle of Paris). Our own specimens were collected mainly between 1998 and 2001, at several localities in the Western Alps, especially in the Hautes-Alpes, Alpes de Haute- Provence (France), Aosta Valley, Piemonte and Apennine (Italy). For the body color analysis, some specimens were photographed. All photos were taken by the authors unless otherwise stated. Part of the collected and examined material was used for biometrical measure- ments. Sizes are given in mm. Using a micrometric lens, we measured the length of the postfemur and of the pronotum. Measurements were mainly taken from dd spe- cimens, which hold most of the taxonomic characters and are of greater help for iden- tification than © 9. As the measured specimens were not sampled randomly, we did not carry out statistical tests but rather presented the results in a scatter diagram, which gives a good view of the variability. The shape of the titillators is a useful character if their tridimensional ultra- structure can be visualized properly. The apical part of the titillator is the toothed part, REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 881 the rest is named the basal part. Some pairs of titillators, which were relevant to show intra- and interspecific variability, were micrographed with a SEM in the Muséum d’histoire naturelle of Geneva (see acknowledgements). The titillators of most of our dd were extracted within a few hours or days of collection. They were quickly cleaned in alcohol to avoid distortion and then displayed on cards which were pinned below the insect. Preliminary notes on morphology and abbreviations used in the “Description of species and subspecies” section: coll. collection DOBA dorso-abdominal median band (upper surface of the abdomen, forming a band often limited by the DOLI) DOLI dorso-lateral abdominal lines (pale-colored lines running along the abdomen, between the dorsal and lateral parts of the abdomen: see Figs 2e and 2f for examples) EL elytra META metanotum Paranota lateral lobes of the pronotum RE postfemora PR pronotum TIT titillators ul first abdominal tergite 112 second abdominal tergite RESULTS TAXONOMICALLY IMPORTANT CHARACTERS Nadig (1987) rightly emphasized the importance of body size, size and venation of elytra, titillators shape and, to a lesser extent, body color and pattern for identi- fication. The color of the titillators of mature specimens is, for one species (A. pusillus sp. n.), a useful character. Coloration of the elytra, as well as pronotum size and shape, are also important characters for us. Harz (1969) and Bellmann & Luquet (1995) use the protruding part of the elytra to separate A. alpinus from A. apenninigenus. The size of elytra is indeed a very important character, but can also be misleading, as the length of the pronotum and the elytra may vary independently and the elytra may appear more or less protruding depending on the size of the pronotum. We recommend observing the elytra from a lateral or slightly dorsolateral view. TAXONOMIC DECISIONS The Alpine populations of “A. apenninigenus” are described as A. pusillus Carron & Sardet sp. n. and A. baracunensis occidentalis Carron & Wermeille ssp. n. A. baracunensis Nadig, 1987 is a polytypic species with two subspecies. A. apennini- genus (Targioni-Tozzetti, 1881) only exists in the Apennine mountains. The taxonomic status of A. alpinus alpinus (Yersin 1858) and A. alpinus italoaustriacus Nadig, 1987 remains unchanged. Syntypes are designated for A. a. alpinus. Anonconotus ghiliani Camerano, 1878 is considered as a synonym of A. alpinus alpinus (Yersin, 1858). 882 G. CARRON ET AL. IDENTIFICATION KEY TO THE SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS Male I Eytra cream-white with at most a faint buffish or yellowish tinge (which disappears on dry specimens in collections); pronotum elongated at the fear, more than > MM INIETTATO AP 2 Elytra distinctly yellow; pronotum shorter, less than 6 mm.............. 4 Apex of elytra reaching at least 4/5 of the first abdominal tergite, usually reaching the first 1/5 of the second tergite; apical part of titilators brown, elongated and pointed, with many medium-sized teeth, basal part black and long, flattened, generally widened basally, shape as in Fig. 7-8. 3 (alpinus) Elytra shorter, not reaching the middle of the first abdominal tergite; apical part of the titillators very elongated, regularly curved, pointed, with many small teeth, basal part brown, not or less flattened, regularly curved in a U=shape,;-as my Pie 124 bn suit} VO apenninigenus Basal part of the titillators strongly widened in the middle, tappering towards the very narrow tip (according to Nadig, 1987) alpinus italoaustriacus Basal part of the titillators not or only slightly widened in the middle, of subequal width to the broadly rounded tip................ alpinus alpinus Titillators (Fig. 15-16) smaller, with a brown, short, fine, pointed apical part with medium-sized teeth; basal part light brown, thick and not flattened, regularly curved, never twisted; in living specimens stature slender, larva-like, abdomen distinctly narrower, parallel-sided as seen from above; two light buff-whitish dorso-lateral abdominal lines always present, dorso-abdominal median band brown or reddish-brown, rarely brownish olive; pronotum and hind femora shorter (Fig. 3); elytra smaller deep or generally heht yellow... lle pusillus Titillators larger, with a brown, pointed or rounded (with intermediates) apical part with large teeth; basal part usually black or dark brown, flattened and twisted, or simply bent or curved; in living specimens stature plumper, with wider abdomen, more convex-sided as seen from above; light buff dorso-lateral abdominal lines generally absent, dorso- abdominal median band always green except in rare, completely brown ind.; pronotum and hind femora longer (Fig. 3); elytra larger, generally deepsyEellowa nc Str. ale le SIRO En (baracunensis) Apical part of titillators broadly rounded, appearing truncated, basal part eenerallysnoßtwistedi(kier 120) te ore ee baracunensis baracunensis Apical part of titillators different, pointed or slightly rounded, basal part of variable shape, generally twisted (Fig. 13-14) . . . baracunensis occidentalis Female I Elytra distinctly cream-white, reaching the hind margin of the meta- notum (very rarely only the 2/3), often the first 1/5 of the first abdominal tert ha EUR NEN ARE EEE alpinus Elytra whitish, greyish or yellowish, not reaching the hind margin of the metanotum, color less distinct because of reduced size ................. 2 REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 883 (N°) Identification possible only of populations, not of single specimens. More than 50 % (usually 99 %) of the ind. of a population with contin- uous, buffish-white dorso-lateral abdominal lines................ pusillus - Less than 50 % (usually about 10 %) of the ind. of a population with continuous, buffish-white dorso-lateral abdominal lines 3 (separation of following species difficult) 3 Elytra larger, whitish, never yellowish, usually visible; postfemora usu- ally flesh-colored with pinkish or greenish (never yellowish ?) tinge; pronotumion average more elongated EN 2.2.22... aes oe apenninigenus - Elytra smaller, greyish, whitish or yellowish, usually not visible; post- femora flesh-colored or light brown often with a yellowish tinge; prono- tumtonkaveraseslessrelonsatede i «ate an ne baracunensis DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES 1. Anonconotus alpinus (Yersin, 1858) Pterolepis alpina Yersin, 1858 Analota alpina (Yersin, 1858) — Brunner von Wattenwyl, 1882 Anonconotus ghiliani Camerano, 1878 syn. n. 1. 1. A. alpinus alpinus (Yersin, 1858) Type designation: the material collected by Yersin which comprises 28 adults and larvae of A. alpinus alpinus had been considered as “unknown” until we discovered it in Geneva, in April 2002. We designated and labelled as syntypes the 10 specimens collected in the locus typicus (explicit individual label). Of the 18 remaining, one was collected in the Jura mountains (Reculet) but there is no indication of the collecting site for the 17 others so we decided as a pre- caution to expressly exclude them from the type series. In the original description Yersin (1858) explicitly writes “The Prerolepis which I used for my description come from the summits of the Alps near Morcles...”. Syntypes (with original labelling): adult d, “Analota alpina Yers., 27.1X, Alp Rosse- line”; adult 2 “Morcles Alpes, a/1666”; adult 9 “Prerolepis alpina Yersin, coll. Yersin, Morcles Alpes, a /1666”; two larvae males and one larva 9 “Ptero. alpina Yers., coll. Yersin, Morcles Alpes, a/1666” (all in the Museum of Geneva). One pair “Pterolepis alpina Yers., 4 and ©, Alp. Rosseline Dt de Morcles, Yersin” (Zürich). One pair “Morcles, Alpes” (Lausanne). Type depositories: Muséum d’histoire naturelle of Geneva, Switzerland (6 specimens); Eidgenössische Technische Hochschule Zürich (one pair), Switzerland; Musée zoologique of Lausanne, Switzerland (one pair). Locus typicus: Switzerland: Alps near Morcles in the canton of Vaud. Material examined (no. of imagos of both sexes): 63 in coll. Carron, 3 in coll. Harz, 306 in coll. Nadig and about 200 in coll. La Greca; material from many localities covering the whole distribution range, including the locus typicus (Appendix). Size: 6 (n= 78): PF 10.7-14.9; PR 5.3-8.0; © (n= 19): PF 12.5-14.8 (15.3 in Harz, 1969), PR 6.3-7.1 (7.8 in Harz, 1969). See Fig. 3. d with largest PR/PF are from lowland localities of the southern part of the range: Col de Perty, 1100-1300 m, Mont Ventoux, 1450-1650 m, Col de Maure, 1346 m. Smallest d mostly from the Alps of the canton of Vaud, at the type locality. PR shape: variable but longer, posteriorly more elongated and wider than in other species (Fig. 3, 4d, 5d). Elytra: d : shape and venation in Nadig (1987) and Heller (1988). EL (Fig. 4d and 6d) reaching 4/5 of T1 to 1/3 of T2. EL cream-white with, especially in northern populations, a light yellowish tinge which disappears on dry specimens. Venation less 884 G. CARRON ET AL. reduced than in other species. 2: EL (Fig. 5d) usually reaching 1/5 to 1/3 of TI, always visible in living specimens, rarely completely hidden under the PR in some dry speci- mens; EL color as in dd. Titillators: variation in shape and size given in Fig. 7-8. Apical part light or dark brown, straight, typically fine and elongated, with small and medium-sized teeth; basal part deep shining black, flattened, more or less elongated and widened in the middle, never twisted. Body color and pattern: variable species, with background color varying from dark brown to light green (Fig. la-d). DOLI not continuous, mostly formed by series of black and buffish spots, rarely forming uninterrupted buff-whitish lines. Ventral part of paranota whitish, rather dull, usually lacking the bright yellowish or mint-green tinges of pusillus sp. n. and baracunensis - if present, usually limited to the anterior part of the paranota, behind the head. PF (4, 2) flesh-colored with pinkish tinge, gen- erally without yellowish tinge. See also Nadig, 1987. The beautiful original painting by Alexandre Yersin himself, published in the Annales de la Société Entomologique de France in 1858, is reproduced here (Fig. 6e-f) with the kind permission of the Rédaction des Annales de la Société Entomologique de France. Song: succession of echemes each lasting 1.5 to 2.5 (1-3) seconds (Heller, 1988; Ragge & Reynolds, 1998). Distribution: see Fig. 17 and Appendix. External side of the alpine Arc, from the Departement of Alpes Maritimes-(col de la Cayolle) and Vaucluse (Mont Ventoux) to the Swiss Western Prealps and Alps. There is an erroneous reference by Chopard (1952) in Saint-Martin Vésubie which refers to A. baracunensis occidentalis ssp. n. In the Western Alps, A. a. alpinus enters Italy only in Susa Valley, Col of the Petit-Saint- Bernard and eastwards through the northern side of the Aosta Valley as far as the Biella region. Also a few data exist from the Eastern Alps, in Austria (Arlberg, N-Tirol) and Italy (S-Tirol) (synthesis in Nadig, 1987); more research is needed in this region. 1.2. A. alpinus italoaustriacus Nadig, 1987 Holotype d (examined). Well preserved, dry specimen with titillators mounted on card. Collected by Nadig on 3. IX. 1982. Locus typicus: border Austria / Italy: Southern Tirol, Pustertal: Strickberg above Innichen, 2050-2150 m. Type depository: Muséum d’histoire naturelle of Geneva, Switzerland. Other material examined: paratypes (4 4,2 ©) in coll. Nadig. Titillators: basal part of the TIT strongly widened in the middle, tapering to- wards the very narrow tip (see drawing in Nadig, 1987). The shape of the TIT is the only character separating this ssp. from the nominotypical ssp. Distribution: E-Tirol (Austria) and S-Tirol (Italia / Austria) (Fig. 17). Fic. 1 Left: A. alpinus. Topotypical d (a) and 2 (c), Switzerland, Portail de Fully, September 1999; d (b) © (d), France, Col d’Allos, August 2001. Right: A. apenninigenus: 3 (e — f) and 9 (g —h), Italy, Monti Sibillini, Val Bolognola, September 2001. Note whitish elytra of both sexes. (Photos f and h by Bertrand Baur). 885 REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 886 G. CARRON ET AL. 2. Anonconotus apenninigenus (Targioni-Tozzetti, 1881) Omalota apenninigena Targioni-Tozzetti, 1881 Analota apenninigena (T.-Tozzetti, 1881) — Brunner von Wattenwyl, 1882 Anonconotus alpinus; La Greca 1985 (partim) (nec Yersin, 1858) — misidentification Holotype © (examined). Specimen in alcohol, dissected in the middle of the abdomen, shape also altered by long conservation in alcohol (Fig. 10). Original label (Fig. 9): “Omalota apenninigena. M. 484. Coll. [361. ? unreadable]. 1866. St. Ilario. R. Museo di Fis.e St. Nat. Di Firenze”. Along with the original label, two other, recently created (by whom?) labels: “0546 Holotypus 9” and “La Specola - Firenze, Omalota apenninigena n. sp. Targ. Tozz. 1881, Olotipo e allotipo, S. Ilario (Fi)”. Type depository: Museo zoologica “La Specola” of Firenze, Italy. Locus typicus: Italy: Apennine mountains, precise locality unidentified (indications from Targioni-Tozzetti doubtful). Other material examined (no. of imagos of both sexes): 3 in coll. Carron and 24 in coll. Nadig, all from Italy Monti Sibillini, Val Bolognola; 2 in coll. La Greca, from Italy Monti Reatini, Jaccio Crudele. We assume that Targioni-Tozzetti collected only two specimens as there is no other specimen in the entire Firenze museum material with the exception of a pair of A. pusillus sp. n. collected by “Isp. For. Di Torino in Torino” in 1879. Targioni-Tozzetti did not designate any types in his description of the species, or on the label joined to his material. As his description clearly refers to a single 9 specimen (one value for each measurement given, no indication on variability), there is no reason to think that this is not the holotype. Along with the holotype, a subadult male is labelled as “allo- types. (es): The precise locus typicus should be considered as doubtful. The only indication in the original description is “In subapenninis prope Florentiam reperta” (found in the lower Apennine near Firenze). In our research we could not find any Santo Ilario (or Sant’Ilario) above 800 m a.s.l. in the whole Tuscany region, nor any locality bearing this name situated close to a mountain where the species could live. Later, Targioni- Tozzetti (1898) mentioned Analota apenninigena from Roccaforte (Firenze). Baccetti (1954) found that these specimens, identified by T.-Tozzetti and labelled Anatola apen- ninigena were Pholidoptera. Moreover, in spite of our thorough research, no Roccaforte was to be found in the Tuscany region. Furthermore, a new label has re- cently been placed with these Pholidoptera, indicating that they were collected in 1878 by Cavanna in “Roccaforte RC = Reggio Calabria”, thus in the extreme south of Italy. Interestingly, in a report of a meeting of the Italian Entomological Society, Cavanna (1881) wrote these words: “Il Presidente prof. Targioni Tozzetti descrive le seguenti specie nuove di Ortotteri italiani: 1 Ectobia..., 6 Thamnotrizon Brunneri del- la Majelletta in Abruzzo, 7 Omalota apenninigena della Consuma, 8 Pezotettix brutius del Monte Morrone in Abruzzo...” The mention of “Consuma” does not correspond FIG. 2 Left: A. baracunensis occidentalis ssp. n.; a-b = 3, d= ©, Italy, colle dell’ Assietta, August 1998. Note plump outline and green upper-side of abdomen of dd; c = d with rare grey-brownish coloration on whole body, France, col de Montgenévre, August 2000. Right: A. pusillus sp. n.: e-f = d, h= 9, Italy, Aosta Valley, Lillaz, August 1999. Note slender outline and striped pattern of dd; g = d with unusual brownish olive upper-side of abdomen, Italy, Canavese, Santa Elisabetta, August 2000. REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 887 888 G. CARRON ET AL. with the locality given 15 years before by T.-Tozzetti, and it is difficult to understand the origin of this record. It certainly refers to the Passo del Consuma, 27 km west of Firenze, situated at an elevation of 1060 m, where the collecting site might have been. Nevertheless, there is still some reason to doubt. In September 2001, we visited all the higher meadows in the Pratomagno Chain and the Monte Falterone, very close to Consuma, and, although we might have missed the species, we found neither Anonconotus nor suitable habitats. Potentially suitable sites were found in the pastures of Monte-Secchieta — Poggio Uomo di Sasso and on the Monte Falco, where some alpine relicts like the flower Gentiana verna can be found. Secondly, we can not ex- clude an error in the labeling of the material. As Cavanna reports, T.-Tozzetti described in the same period species from Monte Morrone and Majelletta. These moutains are situated close to the Maiella region which is situated 280 km south of Firenze and where alpine habitats are known to exist. Moreover, there is a locality named Sant'Ilario (Sangro) in this exact region! However, Baccetti (1959) studied the Orthoptera of the Maiella and did not find Anonconotus so the question is still open. To our knowledge, no Anonconotus specimen except those of T.-Tozzetti has been collected in the Tuscany by any orthopterist. The locality closest to Firenze, where A. apenninigenus can presently be found is the Monti Sibillini (Marche region), where it was first discovered by Galvagni (1959) and where Nadig (and we) collected some specimens. In conclusion, we consider the locus typicus as the “Apennine moun- tains”, with the precise locality unidentified. Size: 6 (= 15): PF 11-3-12.5; PR 5.3-5.9; 2 (n = 14): PF 124214 3B,RS 2 6.7. Holotype (9): PF 13.4; PR 5.2 abnormally wrinkled (Fig. 10) and contracted, probably by conservation in alcohol. These values give an incomplete aspect of the variability because of few specimens measured, but values tend to be intermediate be- tween alpinus and baracunensis (Fig. 3). PR shape: intermediate between alpinus and baracunensis, moderately elon- gated (Fig. 3, 4c, 5c). Elytra: d (Fig. 4c and 6c): a little shorter than in A. alpinus, apical part and anal field reduced. In lateral view, apex reaching 9/10 of the META to 1/4 of T1. EL cream- white or white with a light buffish tinge, without yellowish tinge; apical, colored part reduced. In dorsal view, only apical part of EL protruding from under the PR. 2: EL (Fig. 5c) reaching 1/3 to 2/3 of the META, thus usually clearly visible in living speci- mens; EL whitish or grey whitish, never yellowish. Holotype: EL reaching about 1/4 of the META, protruding from under the PR. TIT: we could see only 6 pairs of TIT in specimens from the Monti Sibillini (Val Bolognola) and one pair in a d from another Mountain Massif, the Monti Reatini, 50 km S-W of the Monti Sibillini. The three-dimensional structure and the shape are clearly different from those in other species (Fig. 12a-b). All brown in color; apical part typically very elongated, curved, pointed with many small teeth; basal part only slightly flattened, regularly curved in a U-shape, twisted or not. Body color and pattern: ¢ dark brown with reddish tinge (Fig. le-f), 2 green (Fig. 1g-h) or completely brown; DOLI buff-whitish, not continuous. PF (d, 2) flesh- colored with greenish or pinkish tinge. REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 889 Song: around mid-day on 9. X. 2001, after 4 weeks of silent captivity in Carron’s office, a & suddenly produced three echemes of about 3 (beginning missed), then 6 and 8 seconds, respectively. The observer could directly watch the d sing and observe the movements of the EL. During the song the PR was raised to give space to the moving EL, and the subgenital plate was strongly lowered and the usually hidden soft parts of the abdomen’s apex were somewhat protruded. The song could be heard from a distance of 40 cm only. These three echemes were the only ones that we heard, in spite of long observations afterwards. The echemes are distinctly longer than in A. alpinus (1.5-2.5 seconds: Heller, 1988). It seems that the factor inducing the song was the exposure to bright sun light. These are the first observations ever reported on the song activity of this species. Distribution: Fig. 17; Apennine: verified data only from Monti Sibillini (Marche region) and Monti Reatini (Lazio region). 3. Anonconotus baracunensis Nadig, 1987 3. 1. Anonconotus baracunensis baracunensis Nadig, 1987 Holotype 4 (examined).Well preserved, dry specimen with titillators mounted on card. Collected by Nadig on 30. VIII. 1985. Type depository: Muséum d’histoire naturelle of Geneva, Switzerland. Locus typicus: Italy: Piemonte: V. Carbonieri, under Cle. Baracun, 2020 m. Other material examined (no. of imagos of both sexes): paratypes (7 8,4 2), 70 from locus typicus; from France, Queyras, Belvedere du Viso; from Italy, Val del Po, Pian del Re, all in coll. Nadig; 16 in coll. Carron from France, Queyras, Belvédére du Viso and from Italy, Val del Po, Pian del Re; 2 in coll. La Greca from Italy, Val del Po, Pian Melzé and Rocce Losere. Size: d (n= 34): PF 10.0-13.1 (holotype: 13.5*); PR 4.2-5.3 (holotype: 5.0*) ; 2 (n= 5): PF 13.2-14.1; PR 5.3-5.7. Values give an incomplete aspect of the variabi- lity because of few measured specimens. See Fig. 3. [* = values given by Nadig (1987).] TIT: (Fig. 12c). Brown or dark brown, not (never ?) black; apical part typically broadly rounded and bent outwards, appearing truncated, with a variable number of large teeth, sometimes also with small teeth between the large ones; basal part variably flattened and widened in the middle, generally not twisted but simply bent. Song: no spontaneous song was recorded by Heller (1988). Other characters: see A. b. occidentalis. Distribution: Fig. 17 and Appendix; distribution area limited to a very small region north of the Mon Viso Mountain. 3. 2. Anonconotus baracunensis occidentalis Carron & Wermeille ssp. n. Anonconotus apenninigenus; Chopard 1952, Harz 1969, Nadig 1987 (partim) (nec Targioni- Tozzetti, 1881) - misidentifications Anonconotus alpinus; La Greca 1985 (partim) (nec Yersin, 1858) - misidentification Holotype d. France: Hautes-Alpes, Col d’Izoard, 10. IX. 2000, leg G. Carron. Dry spe- cimen with titillators mounted on card. Type depository: Muséum d’histoire naturelle of Geneva, Switzerland. Locus typicus: France: Hautes-Alpes, col d’Izoard (north-exposed side, near Refuge Napoléon), 2300-2400 m. 890 G. CARRON ET AL. 8.5 —— *alpinus (n=77) ----- # apenninigenus (n=14) lee eb. baracunensis (n=34) A ————e baracunensis occidentalis (n=120) AT ——pusillus (n=64) Le Si pronotum length (mm) 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 postfemur length (mm) FIG. 3 Scatter diagram of postfemur (x) and pronotum (y) lengths. Scale of Y-axis expanded. “Convex polygons” drawn by joining “extreme” values. Large variability in all species; less interspecific overlap on pronotum than on postfemur length. REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 89] Paratypes from the locus typicus (8 d, 1 2, same date), and from France: Col de Montgenévre, north-exposed slopes south of the col (5 d, 1 2 9. IX. 2000); in Mus. Geneva. Other material examined (no. of imagos of both sexes): 27 in coll. Carron, 2 in coll. Harz, 403 in coll. Nadig and about 250 in coll. La Greca; material from many localities cover- ing the whole distribution range (Appendix). Derivatio nominis: occidentalis = “western”; the species name refers to the distribution area of the taxon, which is endemic to the Western Alps. This geographically “broad” term has been chosen to indicate that it is much more widespread than the nominotypical ssp. Differential diagnosis 3 easily distinguishable from those of A. alpinus and A. apenninigenus by the yellow (instead of whitish) EL and shorter pronotum, and from A. pusillus by the larger, plumper body structure, green DOBA and absence of DOLI. It can also be separated from all other taxa by the color, size and shape of the TIT, although differences are sometimes rather indistinct. 2: very similar to those of other species, with the exception of A. alpinus, which has much larger EL; isolated specimens impossible to identify with certainty. A. pusillus 2 have continuous DOLI. Populations with less than 20 % of the 2 with continuous DOLI undoubtedly belong to A. baracunensis or A. apenninigenus. A. apenninigenus has larger EL, a slightly more elongated PR (averages = 6.2 vs. 5.4), and lacks a yellowish tinge on PF (often present in A. baracunensis). Description of the holotype Size: PF 11.0; PR 5.0. EL: left reaching 4.5/5, right EL reaching 4/5 of the META, both clearly protruding from under the pronotum. DOBA green, DOLI buff- whitish, visible only on the first abdominal tergites. PR: paranota black, only ventrally whitish. TIT: apical part brown, conical, with blunt apex, with 5 teeth on each TIT; basal part brown-black, forming an angle with the apical part, flattened, widened basally, medially bent-twisted, becoming more slender distally. Variation Size: d (n= 121): PF 10.2-13.9; PR 4.4-5.7; 2 (n = 21): PF 11.8-14.1; PR 4.6- 5.5 (values for 2 give an incomplete aspect of the variability because of few measured specimens). Important intraspecific variation of PF/PR lengths within and between localities. Largest PF found in the south-eastern part of the range (Italy: Valle dell” Arma, 1300-1600 m) and shortest in the north-western part (France: Col d’Izoard, 2400 m). This suggests a latitudinal gradient, but altitude also has a strong influence on size (shortening with increasing altitude). See Fig. 3. PR shape: variable, not elongated at the rear (Fig. 3, 4 b, 5 b). EL: in d (Fig. 4b, 6b) reaching 3/4 of the META to 1/4 of the T1; smaller than in A. apenninigenus, with apical part more reduced and venation even more indistinct. See also the drawing by Nadig (1987), which was given for the Alpine “apennini- genus” and actually refers to b. occidentalis. EL generally deep, bright yellow, with a waxy appearance. 9 (Fig. 5b): EL reaching usually 1/5 to 1/4 of the META, usually completely hidden under the PR; whitish, yellowish or grey. 892 G. CARRON ET AL. Fics 4-5 Pronotum, metanotum, elytra (shaded) and first abdominal tergites of d (Fig. 4) and © (Fig. 5) Anonconotus Spp.; lateral, slightly from above view; a = A. pusillus sp. n., b = A. baracunensis, c =A. apenninigenus, d = A. alpinus. Scale = 5 mm. These figures show “average” morphology, species are difficult to separate on the basis of only these characters (see text for variability). REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 893 Yersin p,! Fic. 6 a-d: Elytra of d Anonconotus spp., a = A. pusillus sp. n., b = A. baracunensis, c = A. apennini- genus, d= A. alpinus; e-f: & and 9 of A. alpinus alpinus painted by Yersin (1858) himself. 894 G. CARRON ET AL. FIG. 7 Titillators of A. alpinus; a = Italy, Aosta Valley, Gressoney; b-c France, Col d’ Allos. REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 895 Fic. 8 Titillators of A. alpinus; a = France, Col d’ Allos; b = F, Col du Galibier; c = F, chaîne du Jura, Reculet. 896 G. CARRON ET AL. TIT: variation in shape and size given in Fig. 13-14; apical part light brown or brown, conical, more or less elongated and pointed, widening a little (Fig. 13a-c), or strongly (Fig. 14c-d) towards the base, apex usually with a small, curved tooth but sometimes with the apex more broadly rounded (Fig. 14a-b) and somewhat similar to the nominotypical ssp.; teeth large; basal part dark brown or of a deep shining black, flattened, variably widened basally or medially, generally with two angles: one at the base of the apical part, and a second inflexion / torsion in the middle, giving a typical twisted upside-down shape (Fig. 13a-b). Populations from the Maritime Alps (EF, I) have smaller, stouter, less twisted TIT, sometimes similar to those of A. alpinus (com- pare Fig. 13c with Fig. 7b). Body color and pattern: d: green often with a yellowish tinge, more or less darkened with black laterally, abdomen dorsally shining light green in 98 % of ind. (Fig. 2a-b); rarely body color light brown (Fig. 2c); never green with brown reddish DOBA; DOLI generally indistinct or limited to the first 4 tergites, very rarely contin- uous, if so greenish rather than buffish. © (Fig. 2d) very variable, green or olive to light brown with buff or reddish tinges, also mottled with brown and green; DOLI buff- whitish or greenish, continuous in about 5-15 % of ind. PF (d, ©) flesh-colored or light brown with a yellowish or pinkish tinge, generally whitish interno-inferiorly. Song A few echemes of only 1-2 seconds were recorded in the laboratory by Heller (1988), no song was heard in nature. Distribution Fig. 17 and Appendix; Italian and French South-Western Alps, south of the Durance (F) and the Susa (I) Valleys; most western known locality: Col de la Bonette (a pair in coll. Harz). The mention of Col d’ Allos by Azam (1901) was an error: we checked this population and found that it belongs to alpinus. 4. Anonconotus pusillus Carron & Sardet sp. n. Anonconotus apenninigenus (Targioni-Tozzetti) (partim) - Nadig, 1987; nec Anonconotus apen- ninigenus (Targioni-Tozzetti, 1881) Holotype d. Italie: Val d’Aoste, Val Champorcher, Chardonney, 12. IX. 1999 leg G. Carron. Dry specimen with titillators mounted on card. Type depository: Muséum d’histoire naturelle of Geneva, Switzerland. Locus typicus: Italy: Aosta Valley, Champorcher Valley, Chardonney, Laris, 2000- 2300 m. Paratypes from the locus typicus (3 4,4 2, same date) and also from Piemonte, Colle della Colombardo, N-side (5 4,2 9, 8. IX. 2000), Sant’ Elisabetta in Canavese (2 6,2 9°, 7. IX. 2000), Piamprato in Val Soana (2 2, 8. IX. 2000) (all in Italy); in Mus. Geneva. Other material examined (no. of imagos of both sexes): 82 in coll. Carron, 116 in coll. Nadig and about 10 in coll. La Greca; material from several localities covering the whole distri- bution range (Appendix). Derivatio nominis: pusillus = “small, incompletely grown”; the species name refers to the small, larva-like body of the 4. Differential diagnosis d easily distinguished from other taxa with yellow-EL by the small, slender, larva-like stature, by the brown and striped upper-side of the abdomen (light green in A. baracunensis), and by the very diagnostic small, brown TIT (which resemble very small A. alpinus TIT). REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 897 Fics 9-11 9. Original label of Omalota apenninigena, written by Targioni-Tozzetti. 10. Holotype of Anonconotus apenninigenus (in alcohol). 11. Larva of Anonconotus (in alcohol), designated as “allotype” of A. apenninigenus. 898 G. CARRON ET AL. FIG. 12 Titillators of A. apenninigenus (a-b) and A. b. baracunensis (c); a-b: Italy, Monti Sibillini (Apennine), Val Bolognola, note long, curved, finely toothed apical part; c = I, Alto vallo del Po, Pian del Ré, note widened apical part. REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 899 Fic. 13 Variation in shape of titillators of A. baracunensis occidentalis ssp. n., a = France, Col de Montgenevre; b = F, Col d’Izoard (locus typicus); c = F, Alpes maritimes, Mercantour, atypical shape similar to that of A. alpinus (compare with Fig. 7b) but larger teeth distinctive. 900 G. CARRON ET AL. Fic. 14 Variation in shape of titillators of A. baracunensis occidentalis ssp. n.; a = Italy, Piemonte, val Chisone, Fenestrelle, note small size; b = enlargement to show atypical, not pointed apical part; c = I, Piemonte (Cuneo), Frabosa, Prato Nevoso; d = I, Piemonte (Cuneo), Monesi — Colle Rossa; c and d from the Italian Maritime Alps, showing a particular, smaller, stouter shape than in other populations. REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 901 Fic. 15 Variation in shape of titillators of A. pusillus ssp. n.; a-d = Italy, Piemonte, Canavese, Santa Elisabetta. Note small size and thick basal part. 902 G. CARRON ET AL. Fic. 16 Variation in shape of titillators of A. pusillus ssp. n.; a, c, d = Italy, Piemonte, Canavese, Santa Elisabetta; b = I, Piemonte, Canavese, Piamprato, note shape similar to that of a small A. alpi- nus (compare with Fig. 7c). REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 903 Austria er A. alpinus alpinus IM A. baracunensis baracunensis ESA A. alpinus italoaustriacus == A. baracunensis occidentalis NN A. pusillus ==] A. apenninigenus Map (c) ESRI Inc. 1999 Fic. 17 Distribution areas of Anonconotus species and subspecies, according to the present revision. ?: with the exception of A. alpinus, which has much larger EL, other species are very similar and isolated specimens are impossible to identify with certainty. Populations with more than 50 % of © with continuous DOLI undoubtedly belong to A. pusillus sp. n. 904 G. CARRON ET AL. Description of the holotype Size: PF 9.6; PR 4.4. EL hidden under the PR. PR reddish-brown on disc, lighter on metazona; paranota black, margin broadly bordered with light mint-green anterior- ly, with greenish white ventrally and posteriorly. TIT: all brown, apical parts with 4 and 5 teeth, respectively. Variation Size: d (n= 66): PF 9.1-12.2; PR 4.1-5.2; © (n = 43): PF 12.2-14.8; PR 4.7- 5.7). Important intraspecific variation of PF/PR lengths within and between localities. Partially overlapping with A. baracunensis in PF and PR lengths but tending to have smaller values (Fig. 3). Stature of & distinctly slender (Fig. 2), body short and narrow, abdomen parallel-sided as seen from above; adult d very resembling a subadult of an- other species of Anonconotus ! General stature of 2 similar with that of A. bara- cunensis. Sexual dimorphism striking, much more pronounced than in other species. PR shape: similar to that of A. baracunensis, although smaller on average (Fig. 3, 4a, 5a). EL: d (Fig. 4a, 6a): reaching 3/4 of META to 1/4 of Tl; smallest EL of all Anonconotus. EL light or deep yellow, often more translucent than in A. baracunensis because of weakest venation. 9 (Fig. 5a): EL reaching 1/5 to 1/2 of the META, gene- rally protruding but sometimes completely hidden under the PR; whitish, yellowish or grey. EL usually more visible than in A. baracunensis because of slightly smaller pronotum (averages: 5.2 vs. 5.4, n = 43 and 21 respectively). TIT: variation in shape and size given in Fig. 15-16; apical part generally brown, short, conical, more or less elongated, teeth medium-sized; basal part always brown or light brown, not flattened but thick, more half-cylindrical, generally slightly widened basally, prolonging the apical part without any angle, then bent and regularly curved ventrally, never twisted. Body color and pattern: d : overall very shining (Fig. 2e-g); background color green, more or less black laterally on abdomen (melanism), pleura and paranota; DOBA a warm, slightly reddish brown (Fig. 2e-f), sometimes a cold greenish brown (Fig. 2g), rarely mottled olive green/brown; DOLI light buffish-white, continuous along the abdominal tergites T1-T9, very striking when bordered externally with black; PR: prozona greenish or brown, metazona generally brown; margin of paranota largely light green or mint-green anteriorly, whitish ventrally and extending posteriorly as a fine, bright mint-green line. Very typical “tricolor-striped” (brown/buff/black) appearance. ® very variable, green or olive to light brown with buffish tinge, also mottled with brown and green; DOLI buff whitish continuous in about 99 % of ind. (Fig. 2h). PF (d, ®) a honey-like color, light yellowish-brown, generally with a yellowish streak inferiorly. Song Unknown. Distribution Italy, endemic to the Grées Alps, in the sector delimited by the Aosta Valley and the Susa Valley, at the eastern margin of the Gran Paradiso Massif. REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 905 DISTRIBUTION All checked data are given in the Appendix. Fig. 17 shows the distribution ranges of all species. They are allopatric-(parapatric) with rare, very small areas of sympatry. A. alpinus and A. baracunensis occidentalis occur at the same site but not in the same habitat and altitude at two localities. Nadig (1987) reports the case of the south-exposed slopes north of the Col de Montgenevre (France near the Italian border, Hautes-Alpes): alpinus from 1850 m a.s.l. to about 1930 m, b. occidentalis from 1930 m upwards. Harz (1969) reports a similar situation from the Col de la Bonette (France, Alpes Maritimes / Alpes de Haute-Provence border: A. alpinus at 1200 m, A. b. occi- dentalis at 2000 m. A. alpinus and A. pusillus occupy the western and eastern parts of the Gran Paradiso Massif (North-Western Italian Alps), respectively; we did not find any zone of sympatry, but they occur very close to each other in Val dell’Orco (Val Locana). The Susa Valley separates A. pusillus (north) and A. b. occidentalis (south). The two ssp. of A. baracunensis have never been found together on the same mountain (Nadig, 1987). DISCUSSION We agree with Dreux (1962) and Nadig (1987) that the structure of the proster- num and the number of spines on the fore tibiae are very variable and cannot be considered as reliable characters. The size of the dd cerci varies interspecifically proportionally with the body size but this character is difficult to use to separate species; furthermore, we found that their shape, the presence or absence of an apico- external tooth and the shape of the apico-internal tooth are more variable characters than previously considered (by Nadig, 1987, for instance). The shape of the titillators is an important taxonomic character. Nevertheless, the titillators show a considerable intraspecific variability, and in the case of closely related species (as in our Anon- conotus), their intraspecific variability sometimes obliterates interspecific variability. In some rare cases, we were confronted with Anonconotus specimens which could not be identified with certainty using only this character. Finally, the song is an important taxonomic character. However, the squamipterous d d of Anonconotus seem to have a reduced song activity and their song is difficult to record. So far, only the song of A. alpinus has been recorded and described (Heller, 1988; Ragge & Reynolds, 1998). Some observations of singing specimens of different populations indicated that this character could also be of taxonomical value for the Anonconotus species but more research is needed. As a general rule, we recommend the collection of males, which possess most of the diagnostic characters for identification of species, and the use of a combination of several characters rather than only one. Anonconotus ghiliani Camerano, 1878 was first considered as a variety of Anonconotus alpinus (Yersin, 1858) by Chopard, 1952, then by following authors (Harz, 1969; Nadig, 1987). It is still considered as a distinct species by Otte (1997). This “species” has been described by Camerano (1878) on the basis of only one pair of specimens caught in Oropa near Biella (Italy). We studied topotypical material of A. ghiliani and the redescription of this “species” given by Griffini (1892) and came to the same conclusion as Nadig’s (1987): this entity is only a dark-colored variety of A. alpinus alpinus. 906 G. CARRON ET AL. Taxonomic studies on allopatric populations often need a concept other than the biological species concept. One could collect specimens from different mountains and undertake laboratory experiments to study mate choice, interbreeding and fertility of offspring, but artificial conditions cause artifacts and the specimens may be interfertile in the laboratory but not under natural conditions. Interfertility is not a definitive criterion in the phylogenetic and evolutionary concepts of species. The ranking (species / subspecies) of allopatric populations depends on the species concept that one considers. In the Western Alps, the distribution areas of the Anonconotus species and subspecies have boundaries separated by only a few kilo- meters and overlap sometimes, but so far no hybridization has been observed. Although intraspecific variability in some characters can be rather high, due to iso- lation of populations during the Holocene or the last glacial period, the taxa examined retain their diagnostic characteristics all over their distribution area. As we do not have intermediate populations with intergrading character states, the described taxa may all be good species. Nevertheless, we defined species and subspecies in the present work. We did so by comparing the amount of morphological difference between the taxa, i.e. the number of taxonomically important characters. All characters were given the same weight. We think that allopatric taxa distinguished by only one versus several charac- ters should not be given the same taxonomic rank. Consequently, we treated the Gran Paradiso populations, which accumulate several characteristics, as a distinct species (A. pusillus sp. n.). On the other hand, the former Alpine “A. apenninigenus” and A. bara- cunensis sensu Nadig, 1987 differ only by a single character and were treated as ssp. of a single polytypic species. Within the family Tettigoniidae, the shape of the titillators allows for the iden- tification of externally very similar taxa but in our opinion this single character does not, by itself, give any information on the taxonomic rank. Two distinct species may have similar titillators, and different populations of a single species may show very different ones (as in Ephippiger ephippiger Fiebig, 1784, Ephippigerinae). Considering the taxonomic characters generally used in our group, the european Platycleidini (Tettigoniinae), it seems that no case exists where a difference in the titillators is the only character for separating two species. There is no case where the gene flow between two sympatric and syntopic sibling species is interrupted by a single dif- ference in titillators. Regarding allopatric taxa, the numerous allopatric species of Parnassiana Zeuner, 1941 of the Greek mountains differ at least in one other character besides the titillators (Harz, 1969; Willemse, 1985). Titillators seem to be the only reliable character to distinguish some Mediterranean Eupholidoptera Ramme, 1951 species (see Willemse, 1984, 1985 for examples), but these are all allopatric taxa with very limited distribution areas (a single mountain or a single small island) and the taxonomic status of these allopatric taxa may be questionable. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Visits in museums were rewarding and valuable thanks to Dr Sarah Whitman (Museo zoologica “La Specola”, Firenze), Dr Anne Freitag (Musée Cantonal de Zoologie, Lausanne), Dr Peter Schwendinger (Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève), Dr Fabrizio Rigato (Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Milano), Dr Mauro Daccordi REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 907 (Musco Regionale di Scienze naturali, Torino) and Dr Andreas Müller (Eidgenössische Technische Hochschule, Ziirich). We thank Hannes Baur (Naturhistorisches Museum, Bern), Dr Philippe Thorens (Neuchatel), Dr Paolo Fontana (University of Padova) and Dr Roy Kleukers (National Museum of Natural History, Leiden) for helpful exchanges of references, observations and ideas. Daniel Roesti (Wasen i. E.) and Bertrand Baur (Rumendingen) gave us details on their observations in the Berner Alps and provided photographic material. The fine SEM micrographs were taken by Dr Jean Wiiest (Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève). Christophe Praz (Saillon) and Fabrizio Manco (Lausanne) took part in our field expeditions. Finally, we would like to express our sin- cere gratitude to Dr Adolf Nadig (Chur), who helped us in reference searching and shared with us his personal observations on Anonconotus. His interest in our activities and his motivating encouragements to undertake this research were a source of great stimulation for us. REFERENCES AZAM, J. 1901. Catalogue synonymique et systématique des Orthopteres de France. Miscellanea Entomologica 9: 101 pp. BACCETTI, B. 1954. Contributo alla conoscenza dell’ ortotterofauna della Toscana continentale. Redia XXXIX: 75-155. BACCETTI, B. 1959. Notulae orthopterologicae. XIII. Indagini sugli Ortotteroidei della Maiella per il Centro di Entomologia Alpina e Forestale del C.N.R. Redia 44: 245-306. BACCETTI, B. 1971. Notulae orthopterologicae. XXIX. Gli ortotteroidei dei Monti Reatini. Lavori della Societa di Biogeografia N.S. 2: 107-177. BELLMANN, H. & LUQUET, G. 1995. Guide des Sauterelles, Grillons et Criquets d'Europe occi- dentale. Delachaux & Niestlé, Lausanne-Paris, 383 pp. BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, C. 1882. Prodromus der europäischen Orthopteren. Leipzig. 466 pp. CAMERANO, L. 1878. Descrizione di un nuovo genere e di une nuova specie di Ortottero piemon- tese. Atti dell’ Accademia delle Scienze di Torino 8: 1190. CARRON, G. & SARDET, E. 2001. Anonconotus baracunensis Nadig, 1987 (Orthoptera, Decti- cinae) et Chorthippus eisentrauti (Ramme, 1931) (Orth., Gomphocerinae), nouvelles espèces pour la France. Bulletin de la Société Entomologique de France 106 (2): 147- 148. CAVANNA, G. 1881. Resoconti delle adunanze della Societa entomologica italiana. Bollettino del- la Societa entomologica italiana 13: 17-20. CHOPARD, L. 1952 [“1951”]. Orthopteroides. Faune de France 56. Lechevalier, Paris, 359 pp. DREUX, P. 1962. Recherches écologiques et biogéographiques sur les Orthoptères des Alpes frangaises. These Université de Paris. Annales des Sciences Naturelles et de Zoologie 3: 323-766. FRUHSTORFER, H. 1921. Die Orthopteren der Schweiz und der Nachbarländer auf geographischer wie ökologischer Grundlage mit Berücksichtigung der fossilen Arten. Archiv für Natur- geschichte Abt. A 87 (4-6): 1-262. GALVAGNI, A. 1959. Studio ecologico sistematico sugli Ortotteroidei dei Monti Sibillini. Memo- rie del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Verona, VII: 1-76. GRIFFINI, A. 1892. Sui generi Anonconotus Camerano e Analota Brunner. Bollettino del Museo di Zoologia e Anatomia Comparata dell Universita di Torino 7: 1-5. HARZ, K. 1969. Die Orthopteren Europas I (Unterordnung Ensifera). Junk, The Hague, 749 pp. HELLER, K.-G. 1988. Bioakustik der europäischen Laubheuschrecken. Margraf, Weikersheim, 358 pp. HÖLZEL, E. 1955. Heuschrecken und Grillen Kärntens. Carinthia Il, 19. 112 pp. 908 G. CARRON ET AL. Krauss, H. 1909. Orthopterologische Mitteilungen. Deutsche Entomologische Zeischrift 1909: 137-148. La Greca, M. 1985. Contributo alla conoscenza degli Ortotteri delle Alpi occidentali piemon- tesi con descrizione di una nuova specie di Stenobothrus. Animalia 12: 215-244. NADIG, A. 1987. Saltatoria (Insecta) der Süd- und Südostabdachung der Alpen zwischen der Provence im W, dem pannonischen Raum im NE und Istrien im SE (mit Verzeichnissen der Fundorte und Tiere meiner Sammlung). 1. Teil: Laubheuschrecken (Tettigoniidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 94: 257-356. OTTE, D. 1997. Orthoptera species file 7: Tettigonioidea. Orthopterist’s Society and the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 373 pp. RAGGE, D. R. & REYNOLDS, W. J. 1998. The Songs of the Grasshoppers and Crickets of Western Europe. Harley Books, 591 pp. TARGIONI-TOZZETTI, A. 1881. Orthopterum Italiae. Species novae in collectione R. Musei Florentini digestae. Bollettino della Societa entomologica italiana 13: 180-186 (in Latin). TARGIONI-TOZZETTI, A. 1898. Catalogo della mostra di animali diversi, di parti di pianti o pro- dotti guasti composta di saggi delle collezioni della Stazione di Entomologia Agraria di Firenze e inviata alla esposizione nazionale generale di Torino nell’anno 1898. Firenze, 73 pp. WERNER, F. 1929. Anonconotus alpinus (Yersin) in Ost-Tirol (Insecta Orthoptera). Zoologischer Anzeiger 86: 3-4. WERNER, F. 1931. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Tierwelt Ost-Tirols. Veröffentlichungen des Museum Ferdinandeum, Innsbruck 11: 1-12. WERNER, F. 1934. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Tierwelt von Ost-Tirol II. Teil: Insekten, Spinnen und Krebstiere. Veröffentlichungen des Museum Ferdinandeum, Innsbruck 13: 357-388. WILLEMSE, F. 1984. Catalogue of the Orthoptera of Greece. Hellenic Zoological Society, Athens, 275 pp. WILLEMSE, F. 1985. A key to the Orthoptera species of Greece. Hellenic Zoological Society, Athens, 272 pp. YERSIN, A. 1858. Note sur un Orthoptére nouveau. Annales de la Société Entomologique de France 3(6): 111-122. REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 909 APPENDIX. Checked distributional data for Anonconotus spp. based on re-identified material (some A. a. italoaustriacus and a few literature data have not been checked). All geographic names are given in the local language. Localities are geographically ordered, from the Southern to the Northern and Eastern Alps. Obs. = observator or/and collector; year = year of collection; cou. = country; A = Austria, CH = Switzerland, F = France, I = Italy; col. = examined collection (1 = Harz, 2 = Nadig, 3 = Carron, 4 = La Greca); alt. = altitude in meters above sea-level. obs. year cou. region (A, |), canton (Ch), |col. department (F) |locality reference if published alpinus alpinus IL Walther 11965 || Vaucluse Mont Ventoux Mont Ventoux Nadig |1975 Vaucluse Mont Ventoux Mont Ventoux Nadig, 1987 Nadig 1977 Vaucluse Mont Ventoux Mont Ventoux |Nadig, 1987 Carron & Wermeille |1997 Vaucluse Mont Ventoux Mont Ventoux Eckerlein 1956 | Alpes de Haute- |Provence Sisteron (south of) Montagne de Luge (sic) = Lure + Nadig 1975 Alpes de Haute- |Provence Seyne (south of) Col de Maure |Nadig, 1987 Nadig 1975 —t Alpes de Haute- Provence |Seyne Col du Fanget Nadig, 1987 |Nadig 1975 Alpes de Haute- Provence |Seyne Téte grosse |Nadig, 1987 Nadig 1975 Alpes de Haute- Provence Col de la Cayolle Col de la Cayolle, S- side Nadig, 1987 \Carron & |Sardet 2001 [Alpes de Haute- ‚Provence Allos Col d'Allos Alpes de Haute- Provence Jausiers (Hte vallée de l'Ubaye) Col de la Bonette Heller, 1988 Alpes de Haute- Provence Jausiers (Hte vallée de l'Ubaye) Col de la Bonette 1200 Harz, 1969 Drôme, Ouvèze springs Buis les Baronnies Col de Perty 1100- 1300 Nadig, 1987 Hautes-Alpes Montgenèvre _[(Briançon) E Bois des Suffins Col de Montgenèvre, [1900- 2110 Hautes-Alpes Montgenèvre (Briancon) Col de Montgenèvre 1850- 1930 Nadig, 1987 Meduri Piemonte (Val di Susa) south of Bardonecchia, near Melezet Punta Colomion |Meduri Piemonte (Val di |Susa) Bardonecchia |Bardonecchia Meduri Piemonte (Val di Susa) Bardonecchia Monte Jafferau 4 | | | | Carron & | Sardet Piemonte (Val di Susa) |Oulx (Savoulx) under rochers de l'aigle (near M. Jafferau) |Meduri Hautes-Alpes Chapelle St Hippolyte Vallée étroite (Briancon) \Carron & | Sardet Hautes-Al Col du Lautaret Appendix, 1 Col du Lautaret 910 G. CARRON ET AL. region (A, I), canton (CH), . |department (F) locality site reference if published Carron & Sardet Hautes-Alpes Col du Lautaret - Col du Galibier, road between Col du Lautaret - Col du Galibier, road between Carron & Sardet Hautes-Alpes Col du Galibier, S- side Col du Galibier, S- Carron & Sardet Hautes-Alpes / Savoie Col du Galibier side | Col du Galibier Sardet Savoie, Maurienne Valmorel (near Moûtiers) Col du Gollet Coin Savoie, Maurienne Modane, Valfréjus (Maurienne, N Fréjus) lacs de Sainte- Marguerite (Mt Thabor) Bellmann & Luquet, 1995 Nadig Val d'Isère _|Col d'Iséran, N-side Nadig, 1987 Sardet Savoie | Savoie Val d'Isère Col d'Iséran Sardet Savoie Val d'Isère Tête d'Arolla |Sardet | Savoie Tignes _|Croix du Bario Sardet Savoie Tignes Grande Sassiere, |Plan du cheval Nadig Savoie Bourg St- Maurice Col du Petit St Bernard, S-side Nadig, 1987 Carron & Sardet Haute-Savoie Mieussy |Pointe de Chavasse | Nadig Val d'Aoste V. Veni (west of Courmayeur) V. Veni (west of Nadig Val d'Aoste La Thuile, Courmayeur {Cou rmayeur) Chadura above La Thuile Nadig Val d'Aoste La Thuile, Courmayeur La Thuile main road Nadig Val d'Aoste La Thuile, Courmayeur under the Col |Nadig | |Val d'Aoste La Thuile, |Courmayeur M. Belvedera |La Greca Val d'Aoste La Thuile, Courmayeur Col du Petit St Bernard La Greca | Val d'Aoste La Thuile, Courmayeur Les Suches (= La Souche, la Thuile?) Goidanich Piemonte (Val dell'Orco |Ceresole reale Appendix, 2 Ceresole (haut val dell'Orco REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 911 region (A, |), canton (CH), reference if jobs. year cou. col. |department (F) locality site alt. published Piemonte (Val la Merola (above Goidanich |1953 |l 4 dell'Orco) Ceresole reale |Ceresole) 2000 Val d'Aoste La Greca 11967 || 4 (Valtournenche) Chamois Chamois 2000 Val d'Aoste (Valle Ostafa above 2100- Nadig 1990 || 2 |d'Ayas - Verrès) Champoluc Champoluc 2350 Carron & Val d'Aoste (Val di Praz 1999 |l 3 Gressoney) Gressoney Gressoney-la-Trinité Val d'Aoste (Val di 1950- Nadig 1985 | 2 Gressoney) Gressoney |Bettaforca 2350 |Nadig, 1987 Mont Gabiet Val d'Aoste (Val di (Gressoney-la- La Greca |1967 || 4 Gressoney) Gressoney Trinite) 2300 [Alagna- 2000- Nadig IU I 2 _|Piemonte (Val Sesia)|Valsesia Alagna 2300 |Nadig, 1987 Nadig I Piemonte (Val Sesia)|Biella Oropa Nadig, 1987 Fruhstorfer, Ghiliani | Piemonte (Val Sesia) Biella Monti Biellisi 1921 Frey- per tuner Gessner Ei Ain Thoiry Reculet 1921 Carron & | Sardet 2001 |F 3 {Ain Thoiry Reculet 1700 1994 1500- Carron |? CH | Ct. Valais Vouvry |Miex-Col de Verne [1600 | Praz 11997 |CH 13 |Ct. Valais Champéry Col de Bretolet [2000 Montreux / Fruhstorfer, Fruhstorfer| |CH Ct. Vaud Veytaux Dent de Jaman 1921 Montreux / Nadig 1922 |CH |2 Ct. Vaud Veytaux Rochers de Naye Nadig, 1987 Frey- Montreux / Fruhstorfer, Gessner CH Ct. Vaud Veytaux Rochers de Naye [1921 Le Crételet - La 1950- Nadig 1978 |CH |2 Ct. Vaud Lavey-Morcles |Tourche 12250 |Nadig, 1987 Yersin, Lavey-Morcles Fruhstorfer, |Meyer-Dur CH Ct. Vaud / Valais / Fully Dent de Morcles 2000 11921 | 2100- Carron 1999 |CH Ct. Valais Dorénaz Lui - Scix Carro 2300 | | 2100- Carron [2001 ‚CH |3 (Ct. Valais Dorenaz {Lui - Scix Carro 2300 | Pacoteires above Fruhstorfer, Gams 1919 |CH Ct. Valais |Dorénaz Alesses 2100 |1921 2200- |Carron 11999 |CH Ct. Valais Fully _|Lui, Portail de Fully |2300 | 2200- Carron 2001 ICH Ct. Valais Full Lui, Portail de Full 2300 Appendix, 3 912 obs. G. CARRON ET AL. region (A, |), canton (CH), department (F) locality site Fruhstorfer Ct. Valais Fully Grand Chateau (above Fully) reference if published Fruhstorfer, 1921 Ct. Valais Fully Grand Chavalard Fruhstorfer, 1921 Fruhstorfer | Nadig Ct. Valais _|Leytron _|Ovronnaz, Chatillon Nadig, 1987 Carron Ct. Valais Conthey Col du Sanetsch Carron Ct. Valais Conthey Col du Sanetsch Carron Ct. Valais ‚Conthey |Col du Sanetsch Baur (B & H) Ct. Beme, Niedersimmental Boltigen Vordere Reidigen + Baur (H) ct. Berne, | Niedersimmental Boltigen Chlusalp above | Reidenbach Roesti Ct. Berne, Adelboden | Engstligental N-Tirol (Arlberg) Harz, 1969 1988 N-Tirol (Arlberg) St. Anton | St. Anton Luquet, 1995 Krauss / Nadig Nadig 1985 N-Tirol (Arlberg) St. Anton Ulmerhaus Krauss, 1909; Nadig, 1987 Krauss / Nadig Nadig [1985 | A 2 | | T N-Tirol (Arlberg) St. Anton | Ob. Steissbachtal Krauss, 1909; Nadig, 1987 Nadig 1985 | A |N-Tirol (Arlberg) St. Anton near Gampen | Nadig, 1987 Krauss 1909 | | Veneto, S-Tirol Schlem Schlem Krauss, 1909 | Ramme | IL Schlern Schlern in Nadig, 11921 Nadig 1987 A | | | |Veneto, S-Tirol il | Kamten Reiseckgr. | Kaponiktal | Kaponiktal + 1987 4 T alpinus ssp. ? Krauss 1900 | | | | | di | | | | | Veneto, Monte Baldo Monte Baldo Altissimo di Nago Krauss, 1909 alpinus italoaustriacus |Wemer | Î E-Tirol, Schober- Gruppe (all from Nadig, 1987) | Zettersfeld above Biedner-Hutte | Werner, 1929, 1931, 1934 Werner tL | | E-Tirol, S-Seite der Kalser Ton Appendix, 4 | Kalser Tor Wemer, 1931 obs. region (A, |), canton (CH), department (F) locality REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO 913 reference if alt. published je Franz Kämten, Sonnblickgruppe Gr. Fleiss in Nadig, [1900 1987 Nadig S-Tirol, Sexten-Tal |Hahnspielhü.- Helm Hahnspielhü.-Helm 2050- (2350 Nadig 1982 2 Veneto, S-Tirol, Pustertal, Defereggen-Gebirge Strickberg above Innichen 2050- 2150 |Nadig, 1987 probably alpinus italoaustriacus (all fro m Nadig, 1987) Werner 1930 E-Tirol Ederplan (Lienz) under Annahitte and |Gipfelplateau Werner, 11950 1931, 1934 Hôlzel 1943 A Sandnig-Sonnblick- Gruppe Hölzel, 1955 apenninigenus | | 1966 | Lazio, Monti Reatini Monte Terminillo Jaccio Crudele 1900 |La Greca 1966 14 Lazio, Monti Reatini Monte Terminillo Jaccio Crudele Baccetti, 1900 |1971 | Baccetti |Baccetti _|1966 | + |Lazio, Monti Reatini M. Porcini M. Porcini Baccetti, 1900 |1971 Baccetti 1967 Lazio, Monti Reatini Colle delle |Pozze |Colle delle Pozze Baccetti, 1900 |1971 Baccetti 1967 Lazio, Monti Reatini |M. di Cambio M. di Cambio Baccetti, 1900 |1971 Galvagni / Nadig 1979 Carron & |Wermeille 2001 Il 3 4 Marche, Monti Sibillini val Bolognola Fonte Bassette 1500- 1700 |Nadig, 1987 Marche, Monti Sibillini |val Bolognola Monte Rotondo, val Bolognola | |Galvagni 11954 1 Marche, Monti Sibillini Monti Sibillini to Lago Pilato Monti, Monti Sibillini JL path from Forca Viola Galvagni, 1959 baracunensis baracunensis | Carron & Sardet Hautes-Alpes Ristolas Belvedere du Viso- Le Sellard, Sommet de l'Olive Hautes-Alpes Ristolas Monviso N-side, Petit Belvedere du Viso (Torrent du Pisset) Carron & Sardet, 2001 Hautes-Alpes Ristolas Monviso N-face, above Belvedere du Cirque Carron & Sardet, 2001 Piemonte (Alto Valle Crissolo Appendix, 5 Pian del Re, Pö 914 G. CARRON ET AL. region (A, |), canton (CH), department (F) SII locality site Piemonte (Alto Valle del Po) Crissolo Pian Melzé (between Crissolo et Pian del Ré) reference if published Piemonte (Alto Valle del Po) Crissolo above Pian del Re Piemonte (Alto Valle del Po) Crissolo Rocce Losere Piemonte (val | Pellice) Bobbio Pellice Rif. Barbara, 8 km S of B. Pellice Heller, 1988 Nadig Piemonte (Valle Pellice) Bobbio Pellice, Val Carboneri under Cle Baracun, above Rifugio Barbara Nadig, 1987 Nadig Piemonte (Valle Pellice) Bobbio Pellice, Val Carboneri Cle Baracun Nadig 2 Piemonte (Valle Pellice) Bobbio Pellice, Val Carboneri Cle Baracun [1991 | baracunensis occidentalis Nadig 1986 Liguria Monte Saccarello M. Saccarello- Redentore, E-side |Nadig 1986 | {Alpes Maritimes Monte Saccarello M. Saccarello, W.- side |Nadig 1985 Piemonte (Cuneo) |Ormea {cle Termini Nadig Piemonte (Cuneo) Monesi Colla Rossa E-side (Monesi) (= Monte Saccarello) 1830 Nadig, 1987 Harz Alpes maritimes / _|Piemonte Mont Bertrand Mont Bertrand 1800 Harz, 1969 Nadig {Piemonte (Cuneo) C. del Becco N- | side C. del Becco N-side 2160 | _|Nadig, 1987 Nadig Piemonte (Cuneo) Vecchie (Col |de la Celle Colle Vecchie - Rifugio Barbera 2090- 2130 Nadig, 1987 |Nadig Alpes maritimes / Piemonte Col di Boana, |S-side |C. di Boaria S-side 2160 | Ferraris | Alpes maritimes / Piemonte Col de Tende |Col de Tende Galvagni, 1959 yes Lombardo Piemonte (Valle Stura) Valdieri Termi di Valdieri Nadig Alpes Maritimes St Martin | Vésubie M. Fenestre Lombardo |Alpes-Maritimes st Martin Vésubie Madonne de Fenétre La Greca Piemonte (Valle Stura Demonte Appendix, 6 Passo Gardetta region (A, |), canton (CH), department (F) locality REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO site 915 reference if published Piemonte (Valle Stura) Demonte |Valle dell'Arma Piemonte (Valle Stura) _|Demonte Valle dell'Arma, towards Colle del |Mulo Nadig, 1987 Alpes Maritimes Col de la Lombarde, S- side Col de la Lombarde, S-side Nadig, 1987 Piemonte (Valle Stura) Vinadio vallone S. Anna + |Piemonte (Cuneo) | Frabosa Prato Nevoso, under Rif. Balma Nadig, 1987 Alpes Maritimes Mercantour |V.d. Casterine Alpes Maritimes Mercantour 1 Fontanalbes Piemonte / Alpes de Haute-Provence Argentera Colle Maddalena = DI Col de Larche [Piemonte / Alpes de Haute-Provence Argentera Colle Maddalena = Col de Larche Nadig, 1987 | Walther Alpes de Haute- Provence Jausiers (Hte vallée de l'Ubaye) Col de la Bonette Harz, 1969 |Nadig Alpes de Haute- Provence / Hautes- Alpes Jausiers (Hte vallee de _|l'Ubaye) Col de Vars Nadig, 1987 Nadig Piemonte (Val Grana) Val Grana Monte Reina, S- Hang Nadig, 1987 |Nadig Piemonte (Val Grana/Val Maira) Marmora Colle d'Esischie-Cle. Mulo Nadig, 1987 Nadig Piemonte (Val Maira) Val Maira Elva Nadig, 1987 |Nadig Piemonte (Val Maira) CARE Val Maira Col de Sampeyre, S- side |Nadig, 1987 |Varaita) Piemonte (Val Sampeyre Col de Sampeyre Piemonte (Val Varaita) Sampeyre Col de Sampeyre Piemonte (Val Varaita) Sampeyre side Col de Sampeyre, N- | Nadig, 1987 |Piemonte (Val Varaita) Casteldelfino (Sampeyre) Chiazale, val Varaita di Rui, Monte Mongioia Piemonte (Val Varaita) Casteldelfino (Sampeyre) Chiazale Piemonte (Val Varaita Pontechianale Appendix, 7 Le Conce (Monte- 916 obs. G. CARRON ET AL. region (A, |), canton (CH), department (F) locality site reference if published |La Greca Piemonte (Val Varaita) Pontechianale Chianale Nadig Piemonte (Val Varaita) Pontechianale Cle del Agnello, SE- ‚side (near Chianale) Nadig, 1987 Nadig Piemonte (Val Pontechianale Cle del Agnello, SE- 2100 Nadig | Varaita) Piemonte (Val Varaita) Pontechianale ‚side (near Chianale) Cle del Agnello 2700- 2900 IL Nadig, 1987 Nadig Hautes-Alpes |(Queyras) St Véran Cle del Agnello, NW side 2100- 2500 Nadig Hautes-Alpes (Queyras) Chateau Queyras Sommet Bucher 2200- 2250 Carron & Sardet, 2001 Nadig + Hautes-Alpes Col d'Izoard Col d'Izoard 2300- 2456 Nadig, 1987 Nadig Hautes-Alpes ‚Col d'Izoard ‚Col d'Izoard 2300- |2420 Carron & Sardet Hautes-Alpes |Col d'Izoard Col d'Izoard 2400 Carron & Sardet Hautes-Alpes Col d'Izoard, ‚side Refuge Napoléon 2300 |La Greca Piemonte (Val Germanasca) Ghigo Cappello d'Envie (Punta Cialancia) 12550 |Nadig Piemonte (Val Germanasca) Tredici laghi - Punta Cialancia 2250- 2750 Nadig, 1987 Nadig Piemonte (Val Germanasca) |Ghigo |Ghigo 1740- 1800 Nadig, 1987 La Greca Piemonte (Val Germanasca) Perrero |above Ghigo Ribba, Pinerolo (?) Nadig [Piemonte (Val Germanasca) | Perrero Conca Cialanca (= |2260 1700 EF Nadig, 1987 Nadig Piemonte (Val | Germanasca) Perrero | Punta Cialancia) road to Co. Cialancia 1600 Nadig, 1987 | Heller | Piemonte (Val | Germanasca) alt | | | | - | Perrero t |Conca Cialanca (= Punta Cialancia) Heller, 1988 La Greca |Piemonte (Val Chisone) | NI | | | Cumiana Monte Uia, Cumiana, | Pinerolo La Greca | Piemonte (Val |Chisone) | | Fenestrelle Rif. Selleries Nadig | Piemonte (Val | Chisone) Carron & Praz Piemonte (val Chisone) | Fenestrelle | Fenestrelle ‘Cle Finestre Col Blegier Nadig | Piemonte (Val Chisone) | Fenestrelle | |Col Blegier Nadig, 1987 Carron & Praz Piemonte (Val Chisone | Pragelato Appendix, 8 Col de l'Assietta region (A, |), canton (CH), department (F) locality REVISION OF THE GENUS ANONCONOTUS CAMERANO site 91 reference if published Piemonte (Val |Chisone) _|Pragelato Col de l'Assietta Piemonte (Val Chisone) Pragelato Col de l'Assietta Nadig, 1987 Piemonte (Val |Chisone) Sestriere _[S€ Colle Basset Piemonte (Val Chisone) Sestrière M. Sises — Piemonte (Val |Chisone) Sestriere Sestriere Nadig, 1987 Piemonte (Val Chisone) Sestriere |Colle Basset Piemonte (Val di Susa) Torinese (Oulx) Colle Bercia (Cesana Torinese) Piemonte (Val di Susa) Torinese (Oulx) Colle Bercia (Cesana Torinese) Piemonte (Val di _|Susa) Cesana Torinese |(Oulx) Monti della luna, C. Bercia, above Sagna Longa Piemonte (Val di Susa) Claviére (Col |Montgenevre) Pian Gimont Montgenevre (Briancon) Col de Montgenevre Nadig, 1987 |Hautes-Alpes |Hautes-Alpes Montgenevre (Briancon) north-exposed slopes Hautes-Alpes | Montgenèvre (Briancon) Durance springs - Plateau Gondran Nadig, 1987 Piemonte Col Colombardo Col de Colombardo, N-side 1410 (?) Piemonte Col |Colombardo Col de Colombardo |1850- 1900 Nadig, 1987 | Piemonte Col |Colombardo Col de Colombardo N-side 1660 Nadig, 1987 Goidanich | Piemonte (Val dell'Orco) |Locana val dell'Orco Teleccio 2400 |Goidanich Piemonte (Val dell'Orco) Locana |val dell'Orco Teleccio | 2400 |Carron & | Sardet Piemonte (Val Soana) Valprato Soana Piamprato 1800- 1900 Piemonte (Val Soana) Valprato Soana |Piam prato (SW-side) 1750- 1900 |Nadig, 1987 Piemonte (Val |Soana) S. Bessa, S. Besso 2200 Piemonte (Val Soana, Val di Forzo Ronco canavese Appendix, 9 Forzo 2200 918 G. CARRON ET AL. region (A, I), canton (CH), reference if obs. year b . |department (F) locality site published Carron & Piemonte Santa Sardet 2000 (Canavese) Elisabetta Santa Elisabetta Piemonte Santa Nadig 1985 (Canavese) Elisabetta Santa Elisabetta _|Nadig, 1987 | [Piemonte M. Soglio S-side to Nadig 11991 (Canavese) the top Val d'Aoste (Val Nadig 1990 Champorcher) Champorcher |Dondenaz Carron & | Val d'Aoste (Val Praz 1999 | |Champorcher) Chardonney |Laris Carron & Val d'Aoste (Val de Sardet 1999 Cogne) Cogne-Lillaz |Loye Carron & Val d'Aoste (Val de Manco 1999 Cogne) Cogne-Lillaz |Loye Val d'aoste (Val Goidanich |1955 Savaranche Orvieille Orvieille + Appendix, 10 REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE Tome 109 — Fascicule 4 DA GAMA, Maria Manuela & BUSMACHIU, Galina. Systématique évolutive des Pseudosinella. XVI. Especes édaphiques de la Moldavie (Insecta: Eollembolay. art. wa. ne NN LIENHARD, Charles. Deux psoques intéressants de Corse (Psocoptera: Cae- ciliusidae) avec une liste des espèces ouest-paléarctiques de la famille BAEHR, Martin. Two new species of the genus Mecyclothorax Sharp from Papua New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae)...... PASNIK, Grzegorz. Four new species of the genus Gnypeta Thomson, 1858 from the Oriental Region (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae, Aleocharinae) . . FISCHER, Maximilian, TORMOS, Josep, PARDO, Xavier & JIMENEZ Ricardo. New Dacnusini from the Iberian Peninsula and the Canary Islands (Hymenoptera; Braconidae Alyson LOURENCO, Wilson R. Nouvelles considérations sur la systématique et la biogéographie du genre Butheoloides Hirst (Scorpiones, Buthidae) avec description d’un nouveau sous-genre et de deux nouvelles ESPECES HEE SE SIIT CN OU meee Stourac, Petr. Heterothops besucheti sp. n. und H. orientalis sp. n. aus der Hunker (Coleoptera: Staphylunidac) ioe ae ee STEBNICKA, Zdzistawa T. The New World Eupariini: Revision of the genus Auperia Chevrolat, 1864 (= Phalangochaeta Martinez, 1952) (Coleo- plerasScarabaeidae?Aphodunae) a. un u. en MAHNERT, Volker. Two new species of pseudoscorpions (Arachnida, Pseu- doscorpiones) from caves on Tenerife and La Palma (Canary Islands, Spain), with some new records from the Canary Islands and the Azores (ONU AD RE TEE Zıscı, Andras, Csupzi, Csaba & FEIIOO MARTINEZ, Alexander. Neue und bekannte Riesenregenwürmer aus Kolumbien, Ekuador und Peru (Oligochaeta: Glossoscolecida). Regenwürmer aus Südamerika 35... GIELIS, Cees. On the identity of Alucita endophaea Meyrick, 1930 (Lepido- pterayRterophondaey RE N ER wears BURCKHARDT, Daniel & LAUTERER, Pavel. Trioza flixiana sp. n. (Hemiptera, Psylloidea), anew jumping plant-louse species from Central Europe . MÜLLER, Andreas. Osmia (Melanosmia) steinmanni sp. n., a new bee spe- cies from the Swiss Alps (Hymenoptera, Apoidea, Megachilidae) . . . . LANDRY, Bernard. Galagete, a new genus of Autostichidae representing the first case of an extensive radiation of endemic Lepidoptera in the Galapasostslands sys vet N ee BOROVEC, Roman, OSELLA, Giuseppe & Zuppa, Anna Maria. Pseudapa- ropion, new genus of Curculionidae from southern Caspic region (GoleopteraCurcolionoideaMolytimac)y +s oan ee CARRON, Gilles, SARDET, Eric & WERMEILLE, Emmanuel. Revision of the genus Anonconotus Camerano, 1878 (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae) with description of A. pusillus sp. n. and A. baracunensis occidentalis Pages 679-685 687-694 695-704 705-713 715-723 725-733 735-739 741-775 771-784 785-796 mor 799-802 803-812 813-868 869-877 879-918 REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE Volume 109 — Number 4 DA GAMA, Maria Manuela & BUSMACHIU, Galina. Evolutionary systematics of Pseudosinella. XVI. Edaphic species from Moldavia (Insecta: Collembola)) EE memes